WO2007043258A1 - Game machine - Google Patents

Game machine Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2007043258A1
WO2007043258A1 PCT/JP2006/317756 JP2006317756W WO2007043258A1 WO 2007043258 A1 WO2007043258 A1 WO 2007043258A1 JP 2006317756 W JP2006317756 W JP 2006317756W WO 2007043258 A1 WO2007043258 A1 WO 2007043258A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
medal
inclined wall
game
ball
upper region
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2006/317756
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Masato Okuaki
Shoki Kogure
Original Assignee
Konami Digital Entertainment Co., Ltd.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Konami Digital Entertainment Co., Ltd. filed Critical Konami Digital Entertainment Co., Ltd.
Priority to GB0808450A priority Critical patent/GB2445708B/en
Publication of WO2007043258A1 publication Critical patent/WO2007043258A1/en
Priority to HK09100421.0A priority patent/HK1123238A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F17/00Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services
    • G07F17/32Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services for games, toys, sports, or amusements
    • G07F17/3286Type of games
    • G07F17/3297Fairground games, e.g. Tivoli, coin pusher machines, cranes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63FCARD, BOARD, OR ROULETTE GAMES; INDOOR GAMES USING SMALL MOVING PLAYING BODIES; VIDEO GAMES; GAMES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • A63F5/00Roulette games

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a game device, and more particularly to a game device that uses a substantially disc-shaped game medium such as a medal.
  • game devices that use an approximately spherical game medium such as a ball or an approximately disk-shaped game medium such as a medal are known.
  • a game device that uses such a game medium is referred to as a medal game device.
  • the term “game medium” means a tangible object used when playing a game.
  • a pusher game device As a typical example of a medal game device, a pusher game device is widely known.
  • a pusher game device generally has a slot for a game player to input a game medium, a play field for temporarily storing the game medium in which the input power is input, and a game field for which the input power is input. And a pusher unit that pushes the game medium on the play field in a predetermined cycle. A part of the game media pushed by the pusher unit falls from the play field and is stocked in the game device or the force paid out to the game player.
  • the medal game device represented by such a pusher game device is one in which a game player plays a game by inserting a game medium. The amount of game media played will affect the outcome of the game.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a game apparatus capable of switching a game state using a mechanical configuration.
  • the game device includes a predetermined table for storing the first game medium, and sliding the first table to push the first game medium.
  • Pusher means for generating the flow of the first game medium on the predetermined table
  • first flow control means for controlling the flow of the first game medium on the predetermined table
  • the first flow control means projecting from the predetermined table cover.
  • Moving means for retracting or retreating below a predetermined table top surface.
  • the first flow control means for switching the flow of the first game medium is provided in the game device that pushes the first game medium, which is a tangible object such as a medal, stored on the predetermined table.
  • the flow control means can be used to control the flow of the first game medium so as to be advantageous to the game player, for example.
  • it is possible to switch the flow of the game medium by further providing moving means for projecting the first flow control means onto the predetermined table or retracting it below the predetermined table. As a result, it is possible to switch between a game state advantageous to the game player, a disadvantageous game state, a normal game state, and the like using a mechanical configuration.
  • the game device according to the second invention is the game device according to the first invention, wherein the first flow control means includes a first guide plate protruding from the predetermined table cover, and is placed on the predetermined table. The flow of the first game medium is restricted by the first guide plate.
  • the first flow control means for controlling the flow of the first game medium that is a tangible object can be configured using a first guide plate that is a plate member.
  • the flow of the first game medium can be realized with a simple configuration in which the plate member protrudes above the predetermined table or retracts under the predetermined table. As a result, it is possible to realize a game device that switches the game state using a mechanical configuration at low cost.
  • a game device is the game device according to the second aspect of the invention, comprising two first guide plates in which the first flow control means are combined in parallel or in a C shape.
  • the first guide plate By using the first guide plate in combination in a parallel or square shape, it becomes possible to guide the first game medium in the direction in which the first game medium is to be reliably guided. That is, by configuring the first game medium to flow between the first guide plates combined in parallel or in the shape of a letter C, the flow of the first game medium can be accurately and surely limited.
  • the game device is a game device according to any one of the first to third inventions, wherein the first game medium dropped from a predetermined end of the predetermined table is paid out to the game player. And a first flow control means for controlling the flow of the first game medium on the predetermined table so that the first game medium flows to the predetermined end side.
  • the game is configured to be advantageous for the game player when the flow is controlled by the first flow control means. That's right.
  • the game device is the game device according to any one of the first to fourth aspects, wherein the second flow control means controls the flow of the second game medium stored on the predetermined table.
  • the pusher means slides on the predetermined table and pushes the first game medium or the second game medium, thereby generating a flow of the second game medium on the predetermined table.
  • a second flow control means for controlling the flow of the second game medium having a shape different from that of the first game medium, for example, a pusher game using the first game medium, for example, a bingo game
  • Other types of games such as the ball lottery game used can be combined. That is, it is possible to combine a plurality of types of games, and it is possible to realize more complicated game characteristics.
  • the game device is the game device according to the second aspect, further comprising second flow control means for controlling the flow of the second game medium stored on the predetermined table.
  • the pusher means slides on the predetermined table and pushes the first game medium or the second game medium to generate a flow of the second game medium on the predetermined table, and the second flow control means performs the first guide.
  • a second guide plate is disposed on the plate at a predetermined interval from the first guide plate, and the predetermined interval is equal to or greater than the thickness of the first game medium.
  • the second flow control means for controlling the flow of the second game medium that is a tangible object is, for example, a plate portion
  • a second guide plate that is a material can be used.
  • the configuration for controlling the flow of the first game medium and the second game medium occupies a predetermined amount. The area on the table can be reduced.
  • the flow of the second game medium is not limited without restricting the flow of the first game medium. The flow can also be controlled.
  • a game device is the game device according to the sixth aspect of the invention, comprising two second guide plates in which the second flow control means is combined in a parallel or square shape.
  • the second guide plate in combination in a parallel or square shape, it is possible to guide the second game medium in the direction in which the second game medium is to be reliably guided. That is, by configuring the second game medium to flow between the second guide plates combined in parallel or in the shape of a letter C, the flow of the second game medium can be accurately and surely limited.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a part of the overall configuration of a game device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a station unit ST in FIG.
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the satellite part SA in FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the satellite part SA in FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 4 is a partial perspective view extracting the configuration of the play field 500 and its peripheral part according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram for explaining the reciprocating motion of the pusher unit 510 in the play field 500 shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 6 is a front view of the play field 500 according to one embodiment of the present invention as viewed from the front (game player side).
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a flow of the medal M and the ball B1ZB2 on the main table 501 according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram showing a configuration of a guide part moving mechanism 540 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a view for explaining the protrusion and subtraction motion of the guide portions 530L and 530R according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a front view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 12 is a top view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 13 is a rear view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 14 is a partial exploded view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 15 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to Modification 1 of the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 A perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to Modification 2 of the embodiment of the present invention. ⁇ 17] It is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to Modification 3 of the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to Modification 4 of the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 20 is a perspective view showing another medal insertion mechanism according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 21 is a front view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 22 is a top view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 23 is a rear view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 24 is a perspective view showing a first modification of another medal insertion mechanism according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 25 is a perspective view showing a second modified example of another medal insertion mechanism according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 26 is a perspective view showing a third modification of another medal insertion mechanism according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 27 is a perspective view showing a modification 4 of another medal insertion mechanism according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 28 A perspective view showing Modification Example 5 of another medal insertion mechanism according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 29 is a diagram for explaining the relationship between the thickness of medals and the width of the step surface of the first step and the second step.
  • FIG. 30 is a perspective view showing a configuration of a medal movement simulation effect section according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 31 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a medal movement simulation effect section and its peripheral parts according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 32 is an exploded view showing a configuration of a medal insertion sensor and its surroundings in a medal insertion mechanism according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 33 is a diagram for explaining a medal flow in the station unit according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing the operation of the control unit when producing a pseudo medal movement according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 35 is a waveform diagram of signals input / output between a medal movement simulation rendering unit and its peripheral units and a control unit according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 36 is a diagram showing a modification of the operation of the medal movement simulation effect section and its peripheral part in one embodiment of the present invention, and shows the medal movement simulation effect part, its peripheral part and the control part in this modification example; It is a wave form diagram of the signal input / output between.
  • FIG. 37 is a perspective view showing a first modification of the configuration of the medal movement simulation effect section according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 38 (a) is a perspective view showing a modified example 2 of the configuration of the medal movement simulation effect section in one embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 38 (b) is an array of LEDs provided on each side surface in FIG. FIG.
  • FIG. 39 (a) is a perspective view showing a modified example 3 of the configuration of the medal movement simulation effect section in one embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 39 (b) is an array of LEDs provided on each side surface in FIG. FIG.
  • a medal is taken as an example of the above-described approximately disc-shaped game medium, and a pusher game device is taken as an example of a game device using this medal.
  • FIG. 1 is a partial perspective view showing a configuration of a pusher game device 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention. However, in order to simplify the explanation, FIG. 1 shows an excerpt of the basic configuration of the pusher game device 1.
  • the pusher game device 1 is configured to include a satellite unit SA and a station unit ST.
  • a force indicating an example in which one station unit ST is combined with one satellite unit SA
  • a plurality of station units ST can be combined with one satellite unit SA.
  • the station part ST is arranged so as to surround the satellite part SA.
  • the station unit ST is configured to provide various games such as pusher games, bingo games, and digital lottery games to game players.
  • the station unit ST includes a medal insertion mechanism (insertion unit) 100, a medal transport path 200, a lift-up hopper 300, a medal discharge path 400, a play field 500, A control unit 600, a display unit 700, and a housing 800 are included.
  • a medal insertion mechanism insertion unit 100
  • a medal transport path 200 a medal transport path 200
  • a lift-up hopper 300 a medal discharge path 400
  • a play field 500 As shown in FIG. 2, the station unit ST includes a medal insertion mechanism (insertion unit) 100, a medal transport path 200, a lift-up hopper 300, a medal discharge path 400, a play field 500, A control unit 600, a display unit 700, and a housing 800 are included.
  • Housing 800 is a structure that forms a framework of station ST.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 100 is disposed on the upper front side
  • the display unit 700 is disposed on the upper back side
  • the play field 500 is disposed on the upper center.
  • the housing 800 has a meda This accommodates the transport route 200, the lift-up hopper 300, the control unit 600, and the like.
  • the term “front side” means the side located when the game player plays
  • the term “back side” means the side opposite to the side where the game player plays
  • “Center” means the area between “front side” and “back side” described above.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 100 is a configuration for inserting a medal M, which is a game medium, into the pusher game device 1 when a game player plays.
  • the medal M inserted from the medal insertion mechanism 100 is transported to the lift-up hopper 300 via the medal transport path 200 and is temporarily stored in the lift-up hopper 300.
  • the medal transport path 200 and the lift-up hopper 300 are disposed in the housing 800 as described above.
  • the medal transport path 200 has a function of mechanically and physically connecting the medal insertion mechanism 100 and the lift-up hopper 300 and transporting the medal M inserted from the medal insertion mechanism 100 to the lift-up hopper 300.
  • the lift-up hopper 300 includes a medal storage unit 310 for accumulating medals M, a lift-up unit 320 for lifting the medals M to a predetermined height, and a medal M that has been lifted up to a predetermined level. And a medal discharge unit (discharge unit) 330 for discharging at timing.
  • a medal discharge path 400 for guiding the discharged medal M to the play field 500 is provided at the discharge port of the medal discharge unit 330 so as to be able to swing left and right.
  • the upper end of the lift-up unit 320 is disposed above the play field 500.
  • the medal discharge unit 330 provided at the upper end of the lift-up unit 320 is also disposed above the play field 500. Therefore, the medal M temporarily accumulated in the medal storage unit 310 provided under the play field 500 is lifted above the play field 500 by the lift-up unit 320 and then from the medal discharge unit 330 to the medal discharge path 400. And then injected into the play field 500.
  • the play field 500 mainly includes a main table 501 for storing medals M in an effective state, and a pusher unit 510 placed on the main table 501, and a force.
  • an effective state means a state involved in a game.
  • the play field 500 will be described in detail later.
  • the pusher unit 510 has an upper surface for storing the medal M in an effective state (this is a sub tape) 511), an inclined tape 512 on which the medal M dropped from the sub-table 511 slides, and a pushing wall 513 for pushing the medal M stored on the main table 501.
  • the pusher unit 510 is slidably provided on the main table 501 in the play field 500, and slides back and forth at a constant cycle or an arbitrary cycle.
  • a part (the back side) of the pusher unit 510 is stored in a storage unit 720, which will be described later, provided below the display unit 700.
  • the pusher unit 510 reciprocates back and forth by sliding so as to enter and exit from the storage unit 720.
  • the frame member 710 of the display 701 in the display unit 700 is slidably contacted with the sub-table 511. Therefore, when the pusher unit 510 moves in the direction in which the pusher unit 510 is stored in the storage unit 720, the medal M on the sub-table 511 is pushed forward by the frame member 710. Due to this pushing, some medals M on the sub-table 511 fall onto the tilting table 512.
  • a part of the medal M dropped from the sub-table 511 enters an opening provided in the tilting table 512 (this is referred to as “chickers 515-1, 515-2, 515-3”). Further, the remaining medals M fall as they are to the main table 501 and are stored in the main table 501.
  • the medal M on the main table 501 is pushed by the sliding motion of the pusher unit 510, like the medal M on the sub table 511. That is, since the pusher 510 is placed on the main table 501 with no gap, when the pusher 510 moves in the direction of unloading from the storage 720, the main table is pushed by the pushing wall 513 on the front of the pusher 510. 5 Medal M on 01 is pushed forward. Due to this pushing, some of the medals M on the main table 501 fall. Among the dropped medals M, the medals M dropped from the end on the game player side (referred to as the front end 501a (see FIG. 1)) are paid out to the game player, and other medals M, for example, both sides of the main table 501 ( The medals M that fall from the side end 501b) are stocked in a predetermined storage section in the station section ST.
  • the station unit ST includes a medal movement simulation effect unit 900.
  • the medal movement simulation directing section 900 will be described later.
  • the medal M inserted from the medal insertion mechanism 100 is temporarily stored in the medal storage unit 310 in the lift-up hopper 300.
  • the medal M stocked in the medal storage section 310 is lifted up by the lift-up section 320 and set in advance.
  • the lift-up hopper 300 discharges the medal M set in the medal discharge unit 330 in advance to the play field 500 according to the control from the control unit 600.
  • the medal M inserted by the game player and the medal M actually inserted into the play field 500 are different medals.
  • the medal movement simulation effect production unit 900 converts the arranged LED 920 from the medal insertion mechanism 100 side to the medal ejection unit 330 according to the control from the control unit 600. Turn on sequentially. At this time, the state in which the medal M inserted into the medal insertion mechanism 100 moves is controlled by controlling the timing at which the LED ED920 in the vicinity of the medal discharge unit 330 is turned on and the timing of discharging the medal M from the medal discharge unit 330.
  • the medal movement simulation production unit 900 can produce a simulation.
  • the station unit ST has a ball throwing mechanism 1800 on at least one side.
  • the ball throwing mechanism 1800 is configured to throw a ball B1 or B2 described later into the play field 500, and includes a ball throwing slope 1801 and a ball throwing position lottery mechanism 1810.
  • the balls B1 and B2 are game media for executing a bingo game described later.
  • the ball throwing slope 1801 is configured to guide a ball B1 or B2 thrown from a ball carrier 1600 described later to the ball throwing position lottery mechanism 1810 by gravity. Therefore, it is a downward slope.
  • the ball throwing position lottery mechanism 1810 is a structure for drawing lots on the play field 500 where the ball B1 or B2 is thrown. . In this way, the ball B1 or B2 thrown into the station ST from a ball carrier 1600 described later is thrown into the play field 500 via the ball throwing slope 1801 and the ball throwing position lottery mechanism 1810.
  • the station unit ST has a ball transport mechanism 1900 on at least one side.
  • the ball transport mechanism 1900 is configured to transport the ball B1 or B2 dropped from the main table 501 in the play field 500 to the satellite unit SA side.
  • the ball transport path 1040 is provided below the front end 501a and guides the ball B1 or B2 dropped from the front end 501a to the ball transport unit 1910.
  • the ball transport unit 1910 is configured to transport the ball B1 or B2 received via the ball transport path 1040 to the satellite unit SA, and travels on the ball transport unit travel slope 1901 according to the control of the control unit 600.
  • the ball B 1 or B 2 transported to the satellite SA side is delivered to a ball carrier 1600 (see FIG. 3) described later.
  • the bingo game is a lottery game that progresses by lottery using a plurality of types of balls B1 and B2 (two types in the present embodiment) to be described later and the satellite unit SA, and is not shown in the satellite unit SA to be described later. It proceeds by the control unit and the control unit 600 in the station unit ST.
  • the control unit mainly controls the progress of the entire bingo game, and the control unit 600 in the station unit ST is mainly responsible for control of each game player side, not shown in the satellite unit SA described later.
  • a matrix-like bingo table used in the bingo game is generated, for example, in the control unit 600 of the station unit ST and displayed on the display unit 700.
  • the balls B1 and Z or B2 and medals M are thrown into the play field 500 of the corresponding station section ST, and the right to participate in another game is obtained.
  • it may be configured to give various benefits to the game player, such as paying out the medal M directly to the game player.
  • the control unit 600 in the station unit ST mainly performs digital It is a lottery game that draws a lot.
  • This digital lottery game is displayed and executed on the display unit 700, for example, while the bingo game is not in progress.
  • the digital lottery game is started, for example, in response to the medal M entering one of the chickers 515-1, 515-2, and 515-3 provided on the tilting table 512 of the pusher unit 510.
  • the balls B1 and Z or B2 and the medal M may be thrown into the play field 500 of the corresponding station ST, or the lottery probability may be advantageous to the game player. To do.
  • it may be configured to give various benefits to the game player, such as paying out the medal M directly to the game player.
  • the station unit ST has a medal payout mechanism including a lift-up hopper 1020 and a medal payout unit 1030.
  • the station unit ST By driving the medal payout mechanism, the station unit ST The same amount of medals M as the number of dropped medals M and the medal M power to be paid directly to the game player are paid out to the storage unit 101 of the medal insertion mechanism 100.
  • the satellite unit SA according to the present embodiment is configured to execute a lottery in a bingo game.
  • the satellite unit SA includes an outer turbine stage 1100, an inner bingo stage 1200, a Bonole supply mechanism 1300 and 1400, a Bonore transport path 1500, a ball throwing mechanism 1600, and a support base 1700. And have.
  • the support base 1700 is a configuration that is a framework of the satellite unit SA, and supports other configurations.
  • an inner bingo stage 1200 is disposed at the upper center
  • an outer bingo stage 1100 is disposed so as to surround the inner bingo stage 1200.
  • a ball transfer path 1500 is disposed so as to surround the outer turbine stage 1100.
  • ball supply mechanisms 1300 and 1400 are provided!
  • the ball supply mechanism 1300 is configured to supply a certain type of ball, for example, a non-metallic ball B1.
  • the ball supply mechanism 1400 is different from the ball B1, for example, For example, the metal ball B2 is supplied.
  • the difference between the ball B1 and the ball B2 may be defined by other factors, such as the color of the ball, regardless of whether it is a metal or non-metal.
  • the ball supply mechanism 1300 includes a ball supply unit 1301, a lift-up unit 1302, and a ball return path 1303.
  • the ball supply unit 1301 is configured to supply a ball B1 to a ball carrier 1520 described later.
  • the lift-up unit 1302 is configured to lift the ball B1 to the ball supply unit 1301.
  • the ball return path 1303 is configured to be a path for returning a ball B1 supplied to an outer turbine stage 1100, which will be described later, to a lift-up unit 1302 in the ball supply mechanism 1300.
  • the ball supply mechanism 1400 includes a ball supply unit 1401, a lift-up unit 1402, and a ball return path (not shown).
  • the ball supply unit 1401 is configured to supply a ball B2 to a ball carrier 1520 described later.
  • the lift-up unit 1402 is configured to lift the ball B2 to the ball supply unit 1401.
  • the ball return path is a configuration for returning the ball B2 supplied to the inner bingo stage 1200, which will be described later, to the lift-up unit 1402 in the second type ball supply mechanism 1400.
  • the ball carrier 1520 is configured to transport the ball B1 or B2 along the outer periphery of the annular ball transport path 1500.
  • This ball carrier 1520 has a receiving portion made up of two bar-shaped members bent in a V shape, and holds the ball B1 or B2.
  • the ball carrier 1520 is fixed to a ring-shaped member 1550 provided along the ball transport path 1500. Accordingly, when the ring-shaped member rotates along the ball transport path 1500, the ball carrier 1520 moves along the ball transport path 1500.
  • the ball conveyance path 1500 has a plurality of sensor units 1510 on the outer peripheral surface.
  • the sensor unit 1150 is configured to detect whether or not the ball carrier 1520 exists in the immediate vicinity thereof.
  • Information detected by the sensor unit 1510 is input, for example, to a control unit (not shown) as appropriate or in real time.
  • This control unit specifies the position of the ball carrier 1520 based on the information sent from the sensor unit 1510, and controls the running and stopping of the ball carrier 1520 based on this. For example, supply the ball B1 to the station ST shown in Fig. 1.
  • the control unit stops the ball carrier 1520 at the position of the sensor unit 1510-1 based on information from the sensor unit 1510. This places the ball carrier 1520 on the extension of the ball throwing slope 1801.
  • the V-shaped receiving portion of the ball carrier 1520 is tilted toward the ball throwing slope 1801 by a control unit (not shown), the ball B1 or B2 held on the ball carrier 1520 is thrown into the ball throwing slope 180 1 (Fig. 1).
  • the sensor unit 1510 is provided on the outer peripheral surface of the ball transport path 1500 at a position where the ball throwing slope 1801 and a ball transport unit traveling slope 1901 are arranged in each station ST. It is done.
  • the ball B1 or B2 thrown into the ball throwing slope 1801 is thrown into the play field 500 via the ball throwing position lottery mechanism 1810.
  • the ball B1 or B2 thrown into the play field 500 falls from the front end 501a of the main table 501 in the same manner as the medal M in the course of the game.
  • the dropped ball B1 or B2 is set in the ball transport unit 1910 via the ball transport path 1040 described later as described above.
  • the ball transport path 1040 includes a ball receiving portion 1041 that receives only the ball B1 or B2 and allows the medal M to pass therethrough. Further, the ball transport unit 1910 stands by at the ball discharge port 1043 of the ball transport path 1040 in a normal state.
  • the ball transport unit 1910 is configured to transport the ball B1 or B2 to the satellite unit SA as described above.
  • the ball transport unit 1910 is not shown! Based on the control from the control unit! /, The ball transport unit travel slope 1901 is run up, and the ball transport unit travel slope 1901 Move to the top of the.
  • a ball carrier 1520 is waiting in the vicinity of the upper end of the ball transport section traveling slope 1901.
  • the ball transport unit 1910 moves to the upper end of the ball transport unit traveling slope 1901 and then transfers the transported ball B1 or B2 to the ball carrier 1520.
  • the ball carrier 1520 to which the ball B1 or B2 has been handed is in a posture to hold it.
  • the ball carrier 1520 When the ball carrier 1520 receives the ball B1 or B2, the ball carrier 1520 moves to a position facing the ball throwing mechanism 1600 based on control of a control unit force (not shown).
  • the ball throwing mechanism 1600 receives a ball B1 for throwing it into the outer turbine stage 1100.
  • a tray 1610 and a tray 1620 for feeding the ball B2 to the inner bingo stage 1200 are provided.
  • the ball carrier 1520 moves to a position facing the tray 1610 or 1620 according to the type of the held ball (B1 or B2) based on the control of the control unit (not shown) described above.
  • the trays 1610 and 1620 descend to a position facing the ball carrier 1520, and when receiving a ball from the ball carrier 1520, they rise to a position facing the ball insertion path 1110 and 1210. The ball is held until the ball is thrown in.
  • the ball carrier 1520 when the ball carrier 1520 receives the ball B1 from the ball transport unit 1910, the ball carrier 1520 travels along the ball transport path 1500 and then delivers the ball B1 to the tray 1610 in the ball throwing mechanism 1600.
  • the tray 1610 that has received the ball B1 holds and throws the ball B1 that is held and held at the timing according to the instruction from the game player, for example, into the ball throwing path 1110.
  • the thrown ball B1 is thrown into the outer turbine stage 1100 after obtaining acceleration corresponding to the inclination and length of the ball throwing path 1110.
  • the ball carrier 1520 travels along the ball transport path 1500, and then delivers the ball B2 to the tray 1620 in the ball throwing mechanism 1600.
  • the tray 1620 that has received the ball B2 throws the held ball B2 into the ball throwing path 1210 at a timing in accordance with, for example, an instruction from the game player.
  • the thrown ball B2 is thrown into the inner bingo stage 1200 after obtaining a calo speed according to the inclination and length of the ball throwing path 1210.
  • the type of the ball delivered to the ball carrier 1520 is a force B2 that is B1 is, for example, when the ball B1 is made of a non-metal and the ball B2 is made of a metal, It can detect by providing. Further, for example, when the balls B1 and B2 have different colors, the type of the delivered ball can be detected by providing a color sensor or the like on the ball carrier 1520. The detected ball type is sent to a control unit (not shown). Therefore, the ball carrier 1520 is controlled based on the type of ball notified to the control unit.
  • the outer turbine stage 1100 has one or more holes (referred to as winning spots 1101) having a diameter that allows the ball B1 to pass through, and rotates at a predetermined cycle. Each winning prize A number or a symbol in the bingo game is assigned to the pot 1101. End U
  • the ball B1 thrown into the bingo stage 1100 circulates the outer turbine stage 1100 by the acceleration obtained in the ball insertion path 1110 and the rotation of the outer turbine stage 1100 itself, and then enters any winning spot 1101.
  • Information about which winning spot 1101 has entered the ball B1 is appropriately sent to a control unit (not shown). Note that the control unit wins the number or symbol assigned to the winning spot 1101 containing the ball B1 and advances the bingo game.
  • the inner bingo stage 1200 has one or more winning spots 1201 having a diameter that allows the ball B2 to pass therethrough, and rotates at a predetermined cycle. Each winning spot 1201 is assigned a number or symbol in the bingo game.
  • the ball B2 thrown into the inner bingo stage 1200 goes on the ball throwing path 1210! /, And the inner bingo stage 1200 rotates around the inner bingo stage 1200 by rotating the inner bingo stage 1200 itself. Enter. Information about which winning spot 1201 has entered the ball B2 is appropriately sent to a control unit (not shown). The control unit proceeds with the bingo game by winning the number or symbol assigned to the winning spot 1201 containing the ball B2.
  • the ball B1 that has entered the winning spot 1101 is temporarily held at the entrance of the winning spot 1101 and then thrown into a ball return path 1303 provided below the outer bingo stage 1100 so that the game player can check it.
  • the ball B2 that entered the winning spot 1201 is temporarily held at the entrance of the winning spot 1201 and then shown below the inner bingo stage 1200 so that the game player can confirm! It is thrown into the ball return path.
  • FIG. 4 is a partial perspective view showing the configuration of the play field 500 and its surroundings.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram for explaining the reciprocating motion of the pusher unit 510 in the play field 500.
  • the play field 500 includes the main table (predetermined table) 501 and the menu. It consists of a pusher section (pusher means) 510 slidably mounted on the in-table 501 and force.
  • the pusher unit 510 slides back and forth on the main table 501 so as to enter and exit the storage unit 720 provided below the display 701 of the display unit 700.
  • 5 (a) is a top view when the pusher unit 510 is retracted most into the storage unit 720
  • FIG. 5 (b) is a top view when the pusher unit 510 protrudes most from the storage unit 720. It is.
  • the frame member 710 of the display unit 700 is in contact with the sub-table 511 that is the upper surface of the pusher unit 510. Therefore, the medal M stored on the sub-table 511 on the upper surface of the pusher unit 510 is moved in the direction in which the pusher unit 510 enters the storage unit 720 (see (b) ⁇ (a) in FIG. 5). Then, the frame member 710 pushes the sub table 511 in the direction of the tilting table 512, and the medal M on the sub table 511 as a whole flows to the tilting table 512 in the direction of the head. As a result, some medals M on the sub-table 511 existing near the tilt table 512 fall onto the tilt table 512.
  • the pusher unit 510 is placed on the main table 501 without a gap. “No gap” means that there is no gap larger than the width of the medal M. Therefore, when the medal M stored on the main table 501 moves in the direction of exiting the pusher section 510 force S storage section 720 force (see (a) ⁇ (b) in Fig. 5). The pusher 510 is pushed forward on the main table 501 in the direction of the front end 501a by the pushing wall 513 on the front surface of the pusher 510, and the medals M on the main table 5001 as a whole flow toward the front end 501a in the direction of force.
  • the medal M dropped from the side end 501b is stored in a predetermined storage unit (may be a hot bar) inside the station unit ST.
  • the medal M dropped from the front end 501a is received by a medal receiver 1001 provided below the front end 501a.
  • the medal receiver 1001 is connected to a medal transport path 1002 for transporting the medal M to the lift-up hopper 1020 in the medal payout mechanism.
  • the medal receiver 1001 is inclined toward the connecting portion with the medal transport path 1002. Therefore, the medal M received by the medal holder 1001 flows into the medal transport path 1002.
  • the medal transport path 1002 is inclined toward the storage section 1021 in the lift-up hopper 1020 of the medal payout mechanism. Therefore, the medals M flowing into the medal transport path 1002 are continuously guided to the medal payout mechanism.
  • a separation rod 1010 for blocking a ball B1 or B2, which will be described later, is provided at the connecting portion between the medal receiving 1001 and the medal transport path 1002, and the ball B1 or B2 enters the medal payout mechanism. It is structured as follows.
  • the medal payout mechanism is provided with a medal counter (not shown) for counting the number of medals M in addition to the lift-up hopper 1020 and the medal payout unit 1030 described above.
  • This medal counter is provided, for example, at the entrance of the storage unit 1021 in the lift-up hopper 1020, and counts the number of medals M inserted into the storage unit 1021 from the medal transport path 1002.
  • the number of medals M counted by the medal counter is notified to the control unit 600 in FIG.
  • the controller 600 drives the lift-up hopper 1020 based on the notified number of medals, thereby paying out the medals M for this number from the medal payout unit 1030 to the storage unit 101 in the medal insertion mechanism 100.
  • the lift-up hono 1020 includes a hopper drive unit 1022 and a lift-up unit 1023.
  • the medals M to be paid out are lifted up when the hopper drive unit 1022 operates based on control from the control unit 600.
  • the tokens are paid out from a medal payout unit 1030 provided at the end of the lock unit 1023.
  • the medal payout mechanism including the medal receipt 1001, the medal transport path 1002, the lift-up hopper 1020, the medal payout unit 1030, and the medal counter pays the medal M dropped from the front end 501a of the main table 501 to the game player. It functions as a payout means.
  • balls B1 and Z or B2 supplied from the satellite unit SA are also present.
  • This ball B1 or B2 moves on the main table 501 and then drops from the front end 501a with the flow of the medals M due to the reciprocating motion of the pusher 510.
  • the ball transport path 1040 is provided below the front end 501a.
  • the ball transport path 1040 receives only the dropped ball B1 or B2 and allows the medal M to pass therethrough, and a ball stopper 1042 that stops the ball received by the ball receiver 1041 until a predetermined condition is satisfied. And a ball discharge port 1043.
  • the ball B1 or B2 received by the ball receiving portion 1041 is stopped by the ball stop portion 1042 until a predetermined timing and then discharged from the ball discharge port 1043.
  • the ball B1 or B2 is set in the ball transport unit 1910 (see FIG. 1) that has been waiting at the ball discharge port 1043.
  • the station portion ST in FIG. 1 and the station ST in FIG. 3 or FIG. 4 have the same force structure in which the left and right are reversed for convenience of explanation.
  • the main table 501 is provided with guide portions (first and second flow control means) 530R and 530L for controlling the flow of the medal M and the balls B1 and B2. .
  • a guide part moving mechanism (moving means) 540 for moving the guide parts 530R and 530L up and down relative to the main table 501 is provided below the main table 501.
  • FIG. 6 is a front view of the play field 500 as viewed from the front (game player side).
  • 6A is a view when the guide portions 530R and 530L are retracted to the lower limit predetermined position
  • FIG. 6B is a view when the guide portions 530R and 530L protrude to the upper limit predetermined position.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram showing the flow of the medal M and the ball B1ZB2 on the main table 501.
  • FIG. 7 is a top view showing the flow of the medal M and the ball B1ZB2 when the guide portions 530R and 530L are retracted to the lower predetermined position (see FIG. 6 (a)).
  • b) is a top view showing the flow of the medal M and the ball B1ZB2 when the guide portions 530R and 530L protrude to the upper limit predetermined position (see FIG. 6 (b)).
  • the guide portions 530R and 530L are balls B1 and B, respectively.
  • medal guide plate (first guide plate) 533 for controlling the flow of medal M ball guide plate (second guide plate) 531 and medal guide plate 533
  • the ball guide plate 531 and the medal guide plate 533 are supported up and down by the support portion 534 so that a predetermined shape of the passage opening 532 is formed therebetween.
  • the guide portions 530R and 530L having such a configuration are provided arranged in a C shape, for example.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the width force of the gap formed by the end of the guide portion 530R on the game player side and the end of the guide portion 530L on the game player side is at least wider than the diameter of the medal M and the balls B1 and B2.
  • the guide part 530R and the guide part 530L may be arranged in parallel.
  • the back end (the end opposite to the game player side) of the guide portion 530R is closer to the side end 501b on the right side of the drawing of the main table 501 than the radius of the ball B1 and the radius of B2. Be placed.
  • the back end of the guide portion 530L is disposed closer to the left side end 501b of the main table 501 in the drawing than the radius of the ball B1 and the radius of B2.
  • the guide portions 530R and 530L are provided to be movable up and down with respect to the upper surface of the main table 501.
  • the guide unit moving mechanism 540 which is a configuration for moving the guide units 530R and 530L up and down with respect to the upper surface of the main table 501, will be described later.
  • the upper end of the medal guide plate 533 in the guide portions 530R and 530L has the same force as the upper surface of the main table 501, as shown in Fig. 6 (a), when the guide portions 530R and 530L are moved to the lower limit position. Or less than that. That is, when the guide portions 530R and 530L are moved to the lower limit position, the medal guide plate 533 is stored under the main table 501. However, even in this case, the passage between the medal guide plate 533 and the ball guide plate 531 Mouth 532 The entire chain table 501 is not blocked.
  • the flow of the medal M on the main table 501 is not hindered by the medal guide plate 533, as shown in FIG. 7 (a).
  • the medal M can flow through the passage 532 in any direction. That is, the medal M can flow to the side end 501 b side of the main table 501.
  • there are more medals M force falling from the side end 501b for example, compared to the case where the guide portions 530R and 530L are moved to the upper limit position.
  • the obstruction of the flow of the medal M by the support portion 534 is ignored for the sake of simplicity.
  • the ball guide plate 531 protrudes on the main table 501, and therefore, as shown in FIG. The flow is restricted by the ball guide plate 531. That is, the balls B1 and B2 are guided toward the front end 501a so as not to fall from the side end 501b of the main table 501.
  • the upper end of the medal guide plate 533 in the guide portions 530R and 530L protrudes when the guide portions 530R and 530L are moved to the upper limit position as shown in FIG. 6 (b). To do.
  • the medal guide plate 533 prevents the flow of the medal M on the main table 501, so that the direction of the medal M flowing is limited to the direction of the front end 501a as shown in FIG. 7 (b). Is done. As a result, the number of medals M falling from the side end 501b can be reduced as compared with, for example, the case where the guide portions 530R and 530L are moved to the lower limit position. However, the obstruction of the flow of the medal M by the support part 534 is ignored for the sake of simplicity.
  • the ball guide plate 531 protrudes on the main table 501, and therefore, as shown in Fig. 7 (b), the balls B1 or B2 The flow is restricted by the ball guide plate 531. That is, the balls B1 and B2 are guided toward the front end 501a so as not to fall from the side end 501b of the main table 501.
  • the guide portions 530R and 530L are moved to the lower limit position.
  • the flow of the ball M1 is restricted to the direction of the front end 501a, and the direction of flow of the medal M is compared. Can be free.
  • the guide portions 530R and 530L by moving the guide portions 530R and 530L to the upper limit position, in other words, by causing the medal guide plate 533 of the guide portions 530R and 530L to protrude on the main table 501, the flow of the medal M along with the flow of the ball B1. Can be restricted in the direction of the front end 501a. As a result, the flow of medals M can be concentrated in the direction of the front end 501a, many medals M can be dropped from the front end 501a, and the ratio of medals M falling from the side end 501b can be reduced. It becomes.
  • the medals M to be paid out to the game player and the station unit ST are collected (this is the parenthood). It is possible to control the ratio (called the payout rate) with medal M. Further, in this embodiment, the falling end of other game media (balls B1 and B2 in this case) used when the game proceeds does not depend on the position of the guide portions 530R and 530L with respect to the main table 501 and the front end 501a Therefore, it is possible to prevent an increase in the size and complexity of the configuration for collecting this.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram showing the configuration of the guide unit moving mechanism 540. As shown in FIG. In addition, in FIG. 8, the structure of guide part 53OR and 530L is also shown. In FIG. 8, (a) is a front view, and (b) is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA in (a).
  • the guide part moving mechanism 540 includes a container 541, a motor 542, a connecting part 545, a rotating shaft part 546, an eccentric cam 548, and a slide base 549.
  • the container 541 is a box-shaped container for storing the main configuration of the guide unit moving mechanism 540.
  • the container 541 is embedded, for example, immediately below the main table 501.
  • a fixing portion 541a and a guide rail 541b for supporting a slide base 549, which will be described later, are slidable in the vertical direction.
  • the vertical direction is the vertical direction when the main table 501 is horizontal.
  • the slide table 549 is a table to which the support portion 534 in the guide portions 530R and 530L is fixed. Therefore, the amount of protrusion of the guide portions 530R and 530L from the main table 501 is increased or decreased by sliding the slide base 549 vertically along the guide rail 541b.
  • the motor 542, the connecting portion 545, the rotating shaft portion 546, and the eccentric cam 548 are drive means for sliding the slide base 549 along the guide rail 541b.
  • the motor 542 generates rotation based on the control of the control unit 600 (see FIG. 2), for example.
  • a rotating shaft 546 is connected to the rotating shaft 542 a of the motor 542 via a connecting portion 545. Therefore, the rotation generated by the motor 542 is transmitted to the rotating shaft portion 546 via the connecting portion 545.
  • the connecting portion 545 is a member for directly transmitting the rotation generated by the motor 542 to the rotating shaft portion 546, and mechanically between the rotating shaft 542a of the motor 542 and the rotating shaft portion 546. It is a member for absorbing stress.
  • the connecting portion 545 can be formed of an elastic body such as rubber.
  • An eccentric cam 548 is fixed to the rotating shaft portion 546 to which the rotation of the motor 542 is transmitted.
  • the eccentric cam 548 has, for example, a cylindrical shape, and is fixed by inserting the rotation shaft portion 546 at a position other than the center on the upper Z bottom surface.
  • the upper Z bottom surface of the eccentric cam 548 indicates a circular surface, for example, when it has a cylindrical shape.
  • the side surface of the eccentric cam 548 is slidably brought into contact with a part of the slide base 549.
  • an opening 549 a is provided on the side wall of the slide base 549, and the edge of the opening 549 a is in contact with the side surface of the eccentric cam 548. Therefore, as the eccentric cam 548 rotates around the rotation shaft portion 546, the slide base 549 abutted against the side surface of the eccentric force mu 548 is guided as shown in FIGS. 8 (a) and 8 (b). By sliding up and down along the rail 541b, the amount of protrusion of the guide portions 530R and 530L from the main table 501 is increased or decreased.
  • the side surface of the portion of the eccentric cam 548 having the shortest distance from the rotation shaft portion 546 is When contacting the upper edge of the opening 549a, the guide portions 530R and 530L are in the lower limit position as shown in FIG. 9 (a). In this state, the upper end of the medal guide plate 533 in the guide portions 530R and 530L is equal to or lower than the upper surface of the main table 501. As a result, the medal M can pass through the passage port 532.
  • the guide portions 530R and 530L are intermediate positions between the lower limit and the lower limit.
  • the upper end force main table 501 of the medal guide plate 533 slightly protrudes from the upper surface of the medal guide plate 533 in the guide portions 530R and 530L.
  • the passage opening 532 is somewhat restricted by the flow card guide plate 533 of the medal M, and the medal M falling from the side end 501b of the main table 501 is reduced.
  • the slide table 549 is provided with a position detection sensor 550, for example.
  • the position detection sensor 550 is, for example, a resistance value detection type sensor using a variable resistor.
  • the value detected by the position detection sensor 550 is input to the control unit 600 (see FIG. 2), for example. Therefore, for example, the control unit 600 specifies the distance of the container 541 bottom force of the position detection sensor 550 based on the input resistance value and specifies the protrusion amount of the guide units 530R and 530L or directly. Specify the amount of protrusion of the guide parts 530R and 530L.
  • the control unit 600 controls the protrusion amounts of the guide portions 530R and 530L by driving the motor 542 based on the specified protrusion amounts of the guide portions 530R and 530L.
  • the position detection sensor 550 is a resistance value detection type, but the present invention is not limited to this, and may be an optical type, for example.
  • the payout rate is changed periodically by rotating the motor 542 at a low speed without providing a position detection sensor as described above. You may comprise.
  • the motor 542 is configured by a stepping motor, and the motor 542 is gradually rotated by advancing the steps every predetermined number of payouts, every predetermined number of omissions, or every time the total of both reaches a predetermined number. By doing so, the payout rate can be changed periodically according to the progress of the game.
  • the guide unit that switches the flow of the medal M to the pusher game device 1 that pushes the medal M that is a tangible game medium stored on the main table 501 By providing 530R and 530L (especially the medal guide plate 533), the flow of the medal M can be controlled using the guide portions 530R and 530L so as to be advantageous for a game player, for example. According to the present embodiment, it is also possible to control the flow of the medal M so as to be disadvantageous for the game player, for example, using the guide portions 530R and 530L.
  • the guide portions 530R and 530L for controlling the flow of the medal M can be configured by using, for example, a plate member.
  • a plate member When this plate member is used, the flow of the medal M can be realized with a simple configuration in which the plate member protrudes above the main table 501 or retracts below the main table 501. As a result, the pusher game device 1 that switches the game state using a mechanical configuration can be realized at low cost.
  • the medal M can be surely guided in a desired direction. That is, by configuring the medal M to flow between the medal guide plates 533 that are combined in parallel or in the shape of a letter C, the flow of the medal M can be accurately and surely guided in the direction of 501a. .
  • the front end 501a in the direction in which the medal M is guided by the guide portions 530R and 530L.
  • a medal receiver 1001 a medal transport path 1002, and a medal payout mechanism including a lift-up hopper 1020, a medal payout portion 1030, and a medal counter
  • the flow is controlled by the game player by the guide portions 530R and 530L. It can be configured to be an advantageous game state.
  • a pusher game using a medal M for example, by providing it on the ball guide plates 531 guide portions 530R and 530L that are different in shape from the medal M and control the flow of the tangible game media balls B1 and B2.
  • Such games can be combined with other types of games such as bingo games. That is, it is possible to combine a plurality of types of games, and it is possible to realize more complicated game characteristics.
  • the ball guide plate 531 for controlling the flow of the balls B1 and B2 can be configured using, for example, a plate member. Also, by providing this ball guide plate on the medal guide plate 533, the area on the main table 501 occupied by the configuration (medal guide plate 533 and ball guide plate 531) for controlling the flow of the medal M and the ball B1ZB2 is reduced. It can be reduced. At this time, the flow of the medal M is restricted by the ball guide plate 531 by forming a passage port 532 having a gap more than the thickness of the medal M between the medal guide plate 533 and the ball guide plate 531. Can be prevented.
  • the balls B1 and B2 can be reliably guided in a desired direction.
  • the balls B1 and B2 can be accurately and reliably restricted.
  • the guide portions 530L and 530R are combined in a C shape in the drawing so that when they protrude from the main table 501, the ball B1ZB2 or the medal M is placed on the main table.
  • the force configured to be guided to the front end 501a of the 501 The present invention is not limited to this, and the guide portions 530L and 530R are combined in an inverted C shape in the drawing so that they protrude from the main table 501.
  • the ball B1 / B2 or medal M may be guided to the side end 50 lb of the main table 501! With this configuration, the payout rate in the station unit ST can be manipulated.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and each is independent. It is also possible to use a configuration in which the ball guide plate is not present. In this case, it is possible to vary the payout rate by constructing at least the medal guide plate 533 so as to protrude from the play field 5001.
  • FIG. 10 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 11 shows
  • FIG. 11 is a front view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 12 is a top view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 13 is a rear view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 100 includes a horizontal region 21, a first inclined region 22 and a second inclined region 23 located on both sides of the horizontal region 21, and an outer side of the first inclined region 22.
  • the first side structure 117 and the second side structure 118 positioned outside the second inclined region 23 are included.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 100 includes a storage unit 101 that stores a plurality of medals.
  • the storage unit 101 forms a horizontal region 21 of the medal insertion mechanism 100.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 100 further includes a first inclined wall extending while inclining continuously upward from the first boundary region 102 in contact with the first side portion of the storage unit 101.
  • the first inclined wall forms a first inclined region 22.
  • the first inclined wall includes a first inclined wall lower region 104 and a first inclined wall upper region 106.
  • the first boundary region 102 is composed of a curved surface.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 100 further inclines upward continuously from the second boundary region 103 in contact with the second side portion of the storage portion 101 located on the opposite side to the first side portion described above. Includes a second sloping wall that extends.
  • the second inclined wall forms a second inclined region 23.
  • the second inclined wall is composed of a second inclined wall lower region 105 and a second inclined wall upper region 107.
  • the second boundary region 103 is composed of a curved surface.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 100 further includes a first medal insertion part 108 having a first medal insertion slot 108-1 at a position close to the first inclined wall, and a position close to the second inclined wall. And a second medal slot 109-1 having a second medal slot 109-1.
  • the first boundary region 102, the first inclined wall lower region 104, the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the first medal insertion unit 108 are the first inclined region 22 of the medal insertion mechanism 100.
  • the second boundary area 103, the second inclined wall lower area 105, the second inclined wall upper area 107, and the second medal insertion section 109 are the second inclined area of the medal insertion mechanism 100.
  • the first medal insertion portion 108 further has a first mounting flange 110, and the first mounting flange 110 has a partial force of the first boundary region 102 and a part of the storage portion 101. It extends to.
  • the second medal slot 109 further has a second mounting flange 111, which extends from a part of the second boundary region 103 to a part of the storage part 101. Extend. As shown in FIG. 12, the first mounting flange 110 and the second mounting flange 111 extending on the storage portion 101 have corner portions that are largely rounded.
  • the first mounting flange 110 and the second mounting flange 111 define a medal storage area in which the medal M is stored on the storage unit 101.
  • the first mounting flange 110 and the second mounting flange 111 are separated from each other, and the medal M is supplied from the medal supply side 119 between the two flanges 110 and 111.
  • the supplied medal M is constrained by the corners of the first mounting flange 110 and the second mounting flange 111 that are rounded.
  • a first guide 113 is formed at the boundary between the first inclined wall lower region 104 and the first inclined wall upper region 106.
  • the first guide portion 113 locks a medal that slides down the first inclined wall upper region 106, and slides into the first medal insertion port 108-1 along the first guide portion.
  • the first guide portion 113 includes a first step 113 formed at the boundary between the first inclined wall lower region 104 and the first inclined wall upper region 106.
  • the first step 113 extends while descending linearly toward the first medal slot 108-1.
  • the first inclined wall upper region 106 slides along the first guide portion 113. It has at least one protrusion formed to reduce friction with the moving medal M.
  • the first inclined wall upper region 106 is spaced upward from the first guide portion 113 by a distance smaller than the diameter of the medal M, and generally extends in the direction in which the first guide portion 113 extends. It has at least one ridge-shaped projection 115 extending in parallel. Specifically, as shown in the drawing, a plurality of ridge line-shaped protrusions 115 are formed.
  • a second guide portion 114 is formed at the boundary between the second inclined wall lower region 105 and the second inclined wall upper region 107.
  • the second guide portion 114 locks a medal sliding down the second inclined wall upper region 107, and slides into the second medal insertion port 109-1 along the second guide portion.
  • the second guide portion 114 includes a second step 114 formed at the boundary between the second inclined wall lower region 105 and the second inclined wall upper region 107.
  • the second step 114 extends while descending linearly toward the second medal slot 109-1.
  • the second inclined wall upper region 107 has at least one protrusion formed so as to reduce friction with the medal M that slides and moves along the second guide portion 114.
  • the second inclined wall upper region 107 is spaced upward from the second guide portion 114 by a distance smaller than the diameter of the medal M, and generally extends in the direction in which the second guide portion 114 extends.
  • At least one ridge-shaped protrusion 116 extending in parallel is provided. Specifically, as shown in the drawing, a plurality of ridge line-shaped protrusions 116 are formed.
  • the outer upper end portion of the first inclined wall upper region 106 is coupled to the first side structure 117.
  • the first side structure 117 has a deformed L-shaped cross-sectional shape and includes a horizontal upper part, a vertical wall part, and a horizontal lower part.
  • the horizontal upper part continuously extends outward from the outer upper end of the first inclined wall upper region 106.
  • the vertical wall extends vertically downward from the outer edge of the horizontal upper part.
  • the horizontal lower portion extends inward from the lower end portion of the vertical wall portion.
  • An operation handle in the control system for controlling the position and orientation of the discharge end of the medal discharge path 400 is attached to the upper horizontal portion. The player operates the operation handle to operate the medal discharge path 400. To control the position and orientation of the discharge end.
  • the horizontal lower part serves as an attachment flange for attaching the medal injection mechanism 100 to the casing 800 of the station unit ST.
  • the outer upper end of the second inclined wall upper region 107 is coupled to the second side structure 118.
  • the second side structure 118 has a deformed L-shaped cross section and includes a horizontal upper part, a vertical wall part, and a horizontal lower part.
  • the horizontal upper part continuously extends outward from the outer upper end of the second inclined wall upper region 107.
  • the vertical wall extends vertically downward from the outer edge of the horizontal upper part.
  • the horizontal lower portion extends inward from the lower end portion of the vertical wall portion.
  • An operation handle in the control system for controlling the position and orientation of the discharge end of the medal discharge path 400 is attached to the upper horizontal portion. The player operates the operation handle to operate the medal discharge path 400. To control the position and orientation of the discharge end.
  • the horizontal lower part serves as an attachment flange for attaching the medal injection mechanism 100 to the casing 800 of the station unit ST.
  • the first medal slot 108-1 of the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1 of the second medal slot 109-1 Have dimensions that allow only one to enter at a time.
  • the first medal slot 108 or the second medal slot 109-1 This is to prevent the medal M from clogging 109.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 100 described above has a generally symmetrical shape and structure with respect to the intermediate position between the first and second side portions.
  • FIG. 14 is a partially exploded view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG. Since the first medal insertion portion 108 and the second medal insertion portion 109 have the same structure, the internal structure of the second medal insertion portion 109 will be described below with reference to FIG.
  • the second medal insertion portion 109 includes a second medal insertion port 109-1 adjacent to the first guide portion 113, that is, the end portion of the first step portion 113, and the first step portion 113.
  • Medal insertion path 109-7 communicating with the end portion
  • medal dropping hole 109-8 communicating with the medal insertion path 109-7
  • each of the medal insertion path 109-7 and the medal insertion path 109-7 Draw both sides of A first medal guide plate 109-5 and a second medal guide plate 109-6.
  • the medal insertion path 109-7 is formed to guide the medal M inserted through the second medal insertion port 109-1 to the medal dropping hole 109-8.
  • the second medal slot 109 has a first intermediate plate 109-3 having a first roller 109-4.
  • the first intermediate plate 109-3 is attached to the first medal guide plate 109-5 and the second medal guide plate 109-6.
  • the first roller 109 is positioned on the medal drop hole 109-8, so that the medal M force passed through the medal insertion path 109-7 and when the first roller 109 was pushed on the medal drop hole 109-8, It abuts against the first roller 109, the medal M is slightly pushed down, and falls from the medal drop hole 109-8.
  • the dropped medal M is transported to the lift-up hopper 300 via the medal transport path 200 shown in FIG.
  • the second medal slot 109 further includes a first medal slot cover 109-2.
  • the first medal slot cover 109-2 covers the first intermediate plate 109-3.
  • the first medal slot cover 109-2 is formed integrally with the second mounting flange 111, and the second mounting flange 111 is fixed to the storage section 101, thereby indirectly. , Its position is fixed relative to the first intermediate plate 109-3
  • the game player extends the first sloping wall lower region 104 and the first medal M stored in the storage unit 101 while inclining continuously upward from the storage unit 101.
  • the medal M is moved to the first area by gravity.
  • the second stepped portion forming the first step portion 113 and the second guide portion 114 constituting the first guide portion 113 by sliding down the inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107. 114 and locked.
  • the first step 113 and the second step 114 are configured to slide the medal M into the first medal insertion slot 108-1 and the second medal insertion slot 109-1 by gravity. .
  • the game player extends from the storage unit 101 while continuously inclining upward.
  • the medal M is slid up to the first inclined wall lower region 104 and the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the second inclined wall lower region 105 and the second inclined wall upper region 107, and then When the hand is released from the medal M, the medal M slides down the first inclined wall upper area 106 and the second inclined wall upper area 107 by gravity, and the first step 113 and the second step 114, and thereafter, the medal M is moved along the first step portion 113 and the second step portion 114 to the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 108-1 of the first slot. Slide into the medal slot 109-1 by gravity.
  • the medal M When the medal M rolls along the first step portion 113 and the second step portion 114, the medal M becomes the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 10 7. Will slide against. That is, the game player transfers the medal M from the storage unit 101 to the first inclined wall lower region 104 and the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the second inclined wall lower region 105 and the second inclined wall upper portion. Move to the upper area of the area 107 and release the hand. The medal M is transported from the storage section 101 to the first medal insertion slot 108-1 and the second medal insertion slot 109-1 as before. There is no need. In other words, it uses gravity to make the game player's hands easier to move.
  • the medal M is slid along the first inclined wall lower region 104 and the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the second inclined wall lower region 105 and the second inclined wall upper region 107.
  • the medal M slides down the first inclined wall upper area 106 and the second inclined wall upper area 107 due to gravity, and the first step 113 and The medal M is then locked to the second stepped portion 114, and the medal M then passes along the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114 to the first medal slot 108 of the first slot.
  • the first step portion 113 and the second step portion 114 have a function of locking the medal M that slides down the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 by gravity. And a function of sliding in the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1 by gravity along the first step 113 and the second step 114. That's fine.
  • the medal M it is necessary to slide the medal M up to a position above the first guide portion 113, that is, the first step portion 113 and the second guide portion 114, that is, above the second step portion 114. It is preferable that when the medal M is slid up, the presence of the first guide portion 113, that is, the first step portion 113 and the second guide portion 114, that is, the second step portion 114 is not hindered. ,. Considering this, it is meaningful that the first guide portion 113 is constituted by the first step portion 113 and the second guide portion 114 is constituted by the second step portion 114. However, it is important that the step surfaces of the first and second steps 11 3 and 114 face upward.
  • the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 can be slid down and locked by the step surfaces of the first step 113 and the second step 114.
  • the step surfaces of the first step 113 and the second step 114 face downward, the first inclined wall lower region 104, the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the second inclined wall lower region 105 And the second medal insertion slot 108-1 and the second medal insertion slot while preventing the medal M sliding up along the upper inclined region 10 2 of the second inclined wall 10 7 109-1 Cannot slide into gravity due to gravity.
  • the first step 113 can be realized by configuring the first inclined wall lower region 104 to be thicker than the first inclined wall upper region 106. Further, the second step 114 can be realized by forming the second inclined wall lower region 105 thicker than the second inclined wall upper region 107.
  • the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall may be configured by combining a first flat plate extending in both the upper and lower regions and a second flat plate extending only in the lower region. Further, the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall may be formed by thinning only the lower region of the first flat plate extending over both the upper and lower regions.
  • the first step 113 and the second step 114 can be realized using existing technology.
  • the first step 113 and the second step 114 can be configured to extend to the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1. .
  • the medal M locked by the first step 113 and the second step 114 is guided to the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1 by gravity. Since it is necessary, the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1 are extended so as to move downward.
  • the first step 113 and the second step 114 are configured to descend linearly toward the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1.
  • the first step 113 and the second step 114 are curvedly lowered toward the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1.
  • the medal M is locked toward the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1. It has the minimum tilt angle necessary to roll and guide by gravity.
  • the first step 113 and the second step 114 cause the medal M to slide into the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1 by gravity. It must be terminated.
  • the end portions of the first step 113 and the second step 114 are brought close to the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1.
  • the end portions of the first step 113 and the second step 114 are not in contact with the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1, and there is a gap.
  • the medal M that has rolled the first step 113 and the second step 114 will eventually roll into the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1. That's fine.
  • the first medal slot 108-1 of the first slot 110 and the second medal slot 110-1 of the second slot 109 are inclined at the first slope. It is provided at a position close to the wall and the second inclined wall.
  • the width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 in other words, the size of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is determined by the first inclined wall upper region. It is determined that the medal M sliding down 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 can be locked by the step surfaces of the first step 113 and the second step 114.
  • the minimum required size of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is an inclination angle of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall. Depends on the degree and the thickness of the medal M. For example, when the inclination angle of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall is large, the first step difference is compared with the case where the inclination angle of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall is small.
  • the width of the step surface of 113 and the second step 114 should be larger.
  • the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second step 114 will be described.
  • the medal M sliding down the sloped wall upper area 107 cannot be locked, and the medal M passes over the first step 113 and the second step 114 and slides down to the storage portion 101, and the medal M Cannot be inserted into the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1. Therefore, the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 are slid down in consideration of the thickness of the medal M and the inclination angles of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall.
  • the minimum width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 that can lock the medal M is required. If the width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is larger than the thickness of the medal M, the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 slide down. The possibility of locking the medal M is increased. Further, if the width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is larger than twice the thickness of the medal M, the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper portion Two overlapping medals M sliding down the area 107 can be locked simultaneously.
  • the medal M will be slipped over the first step 113 and the second step 114.
  • the medal M may fall down at the first step 113 and the second step 114, and the medal M may not roll the first step 113 and the second step 114 well. It should be noted that there are.
  • FIG. 29 is a diagram for explaining the relationship between the thickness of the medal M and the widths of the step surfaces of the first step 113 and the second step 114.
  • the first step 113 and the second step 114 are rounded and the rounded portion has a thickness R equal to or greater than R. If there is a width W2 of the step surface, there is a possibility that the medal M can be locked. However, in actuality, the medal M sliding down the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 becomes the first step 113 and the second step 114.
  • the widths of the step surfaces of the first step 113 and the second step 114 that are larger than the theoretically required width W2 are designed. Furthermore, theoretically, as shown in FIG. 29, two medals M that have slipped down the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 and are overlapped with each other can be locked simultaneously. If the width W1 of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is equal to or greater than the sum of the thickness of the medal M alone and the thickness R of the rounded portion, There is a possibility that the stacked medals M can be locked.
  • the two overlapping medals M that have slipped down the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 are the first step 113 and the second step 114. Due to the impact or vibration when touching the medals, there is a possibility that the one of the two overlapping medals M that is overlaid will not be locked to the first step 113 and the second step 114. is there. Therefore, in order to lock both of the two overlapping medals M, the width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114, which is larger than the theoretically required minimum width W1, is set. design.
  • the width of the step surface of the first step to substantially correspond to the thickness of the game medium alone.
  • substantially includes an error corresponding to the thickness R of the rounded portion.
  • the step surface angle of the first step is preferably a right angle or an acute angle with respect to the first inclined wall. If the angle of the step surface of the first step is an obtuse angle with respect to the first inclined wall, the game medium that has slid down the first inclined wall is not locked to the first step. There is a high possibility of slipping off.
  • the medal M is transferred from the storage portion 101 to the first inclined wall lower region 104, the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the second inclined wall. It is not easy to slide up the lower wall region 10 5 and the second inclined wall upper region 107. Conversely, when the inclination angle of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall is small, that is, the first inclined wall lower region 104, the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the second inclined wall lower portion.
  • the upper region 106 and the second inclined wall It is difficult to slide down the upper region 107, and the medal M rolls along the first step 113 and the second step 114 by gravity, and the upper region of the first inclined wall 106 and the second inclined wall upper area 107, because the frictional force when sliding is large, it stops in the middle, and the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1 are rolled up. It may not be possible. Therefore, the inclination angles of the first inclined wall lower region 104 and the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall lower region 105 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 are considered in consideration of these points. It is necessary to make the angle not too close to vertical and not too close to horizontal.
  • the inclination angle of the first inclined wall lower region 104 and the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the second inclined wall lower region 105 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 are 20 degrees or more and 70 degrees or less. Further, it is preferable to set it below, and more preferably 30 degrees or more and 60 degrees or less.
  • the inclination angles of the first inclined wall lower region 104 and the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the second inclined wall lower region 105 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 are typically about 45. May be degrees.
  • the boundary region 102 and the second boundary region 103 are preferably formed with curved surfaces.
  • the preferable curvature of the curved surface is a force depending on the radial dimension of the medal M. It is only necessary that the curvature radius of the curved surface is sufficiently larger than the radial dimension of the medal M. The preferred curvature can be easily determined empirically.
  • the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall and the medal M it is preferable to reduce the frictional resistance between the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall and the medal M as much as possible.
  • the first plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 115 and the second plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 116 are effective.
  • the medal M has a generally disc shape. Further, when the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 have flat surfaces, the entire area of the side surface of the medal M is the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107. It contacts the flat surface of the upper wall region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107.
  • the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 106 It is effective to reduce the contact area with the inclined wall upper region 107.
  • the first plurality of ridge line-shaped protrusions 115 and the second plurality of ridge line-shaped protrusions 116 are formed in the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107. Is done.
  • first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 are made of a self-lubricating substance. Only the surface may be made of a self-lubricating material, and the entire first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 may be made of a self-lubricating material. Good. Further, in addition to the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107, the first inclined wall lower region 104, the second inclined wall lower region 105, the first boundary region 102, the second The boundary region 103 and the surface of the storage portion 101 or the entire surface may be made of a self-lubricating substance.
  • Typical examples of self-lubricating materials include engineering plastics such as Teflon (registered trademark) and oil-impregnated sintered metals (product examples: oilless metal plates), but are not necessarily limited to these. .
  • a plurality of first ridge-shaped protrusions provided for the purpose of reducing frictional resistance instead of forming the surfaces of at least the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 with a self-lubricating material. It is also possible to omit 115 and the second plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 116.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 100 is the first extending from the first boundary region 102 in contact with the first side of the storage unit 101 while inclining continuously upward.
  • the first inclined wall forms a first inclined region 22.
  • the first inclined wall is composed of a first inclined wall lower region 104 and a first inclined wall upper region 106.
  • Medal throwing The insertion mechanism 100 further extends while inclining continuously upward from the second boundary region 103 contacting the second side portion of the storage portion 101 located on the opposite side of the first side portion.
  • the second inclined wall forms a second inclined region 23.
  • the second inclined wall is composed of a second inclined wall lower region 105 and a second inclined wall upper region 107.
  • the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall need only be configured so that a medal as a game medium can be slid up and down, so that the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall are always configured by an inclined plane having a certain inclination angle. There is no need.
  • the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall may be configured by inclined curved surfaces whose inclination angles change.
  • the guide unit for sliding the medal as a game medium into the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1 is the first medal slot 108-1
  • the first medal step 113 and the second step 114 extend so as to be inclined downward in a straight line by directing the second medal slot 109-1.
  • the medals locked to the first step 113 and the second step 114 slide into the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1 by gravity.
  • the first step 113 and the second step 114 need not necessarily extend so as to incline downward. That is, the medal locked to the first step 113 and the second step 114 can slide into the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1 by gravity.
  • the first step 113 and the second step 114 may be generally lowered toward the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1. That's fine.
  • the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1 are locked to the first step 113 and the second step 114, rather than the potential energy of the medal M located at the first medal slot 109-1.
  • the medal M's potential energy should be higher overall. For example, even if there is a rising part in the middle of the first step 113 and the second step 114, if the kinetic energy of the medal M is greater than the sum of the potential energy and the friction energy of the rising part, the medal M Will climb up the ascending section with the momentum of rolling until then and move into the first slot.
  • the medal M Roll later There is no problem as long as it is possible to move up to the first insertion slot by being pushed by the medal M and climbing up the ascending section. Further, the first step 113 and the second step 114 may extend so as to descend in a stepped manner toward the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1. Good.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 100 in the first embodiment of the present invention described above even if the game player continuously inserts the game medium for a long time, the fatigue felt by the game player is greatly reduced. It becomes possible. In addition, since almost no nerve is used for the introduction of game media, it is possible to concentrate on the game itself and enjoy the game sufficiently.
  • FIG. 15 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification.
  • FIG. 15 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification.
  • only differences from the above-described medal insertion mechanism 100 will be described, and redundant description will be omitted.
  • the first plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 115 and the second plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 116 are formed in the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107, respectively.
  • forming the plurality of protrusions 120 scattered in the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 reduces the contact area with the medal M, and for this reason, This is effective for reducing the frictional resistance with medal M.
  • the interval between the adjacent protrusions 120 is preferably sufficiently narrower than the radial dimension of the medal M.
  • the plurality of protrusions 120 are regularly scattered at regular intervals.
  • the medals M rolling on the first step portion 113 and the second step portion 114 slide while being in contact with the plurality of projections 120 that are scattered. Therefore, the contact area between the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 is reduced, and the frictional resistance can be effectively reduced. From the viewpoint of reducing the frictional force, it is preferable that the tops of the plurality of protrusions 120 are rounded! /.
  • FIG. 16 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modified example.
  • the vibration motor 121 is connected to each of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall. It is effective to provide the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall so as to give a minute vibration to the back side. By applying slight vibration to the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall, the medal M and the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall are prevented from coming into close contact with each other.
  • the effective contact area between the medal M and the first and second inclined walls can be reduced, and the frictional resistance can be effectively reduced.
  • the vibration applied to the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall is not so great that the medal M does not become unstable when rolling along the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114. It should be noted. In addition, too large vibration is preferable because it may cause discomfort to the game player.
  • FIG. 17 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification.
  • the above-described medal insertion mechanism 100 will be described, and redundant description will be omitted.
  • the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 are A plurality of ventilation holes 122 are provided, and a blower fan 123 is provided on the back side of each of the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107.
  • the medal M By blowing air through the plurality of ventilation holes 122, the medal M has a buoyancy in a direction in which the medal M is buoyant from the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107.
  • the contact force between the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 is reduced, and as a result, the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 106 and The frictional force with the second inclined wall upper area 107 is reduced.
  • the interval between the adjacent ventilation holes 122 is preferably sufficiently narrower than the radial dimension of the medals M. Furthermore, it is more preferable that the plurality of ventilation holes 122 are regularly scattered at regular intervals.
  • the blower fan 123 can be realized by being arranged on the back side of the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107.
  • the medal M that rolls around the first step portion 113 and the second step portion 114 is blown by the air passing through the plurality of the vent holes 122 that are scattered.
  • the medal M has the first stepped portions 113 and 113. And rolling along the second stepped portion 114, it is possible to effectively reduce the frictional resistance.
  • FIG. 18 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification.
  • FIG. 18 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification.
  • only differences from the above-described medal insertion mechanism 100 will be described, and redundant description will be omitted.
  • the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall are used.
  • the upper wall region 107 may be constituted by a reticulated inclined wall 124.
  • the lattice spacing of the net is sufficiently smaller than the radial dimension of the medal M.
  • the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 are constituted by a net-like inclined wall 124, so that the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall are formed. The contact area with the upper region 107 is reduced, and the frictional resistance can be effectively reduced.
  • FIG. 19 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification.
  • FIG. 19 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification.
  • only differences from the above-described medal insertion mechanism 100 will be described, and redundant description will be omitted.
  • each inclined wall is configured by the inclined wall upper region and the inclined wall lower region, and the step constituting the guide portion along the boundary between the inclined wall upper region and the inclined wall lower region.
  • a difference portion is formed.
  • the step portion is configured to extend from the side force of the upper region of the inclined wall located on the opposite side to the medal slot to the medal slot.
  • the step portion is configured to extend over the entire area of the inclined wall.
  • the stepped portion is from an inner position separated from the side portion of the inclined wall upper region located on the side opposite to the medal entrance by a distance equal to or larger than the radial dimension of the medal alone.
  • a structure extending to the medal slot can be adopted.
  • the second inclined wall includes a second inclined wall upper region 107, a third inclined wall lower region 125, and a fourth inclined wall lower region 126.
  • the second stepped portion 114 constituting the second guide portion is formed along the boundary between the third inclined wall lower region 125 and the second inclined wall upper region 107.
  • the fourth inclined wall lower region 126 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 form a single plane, and a step is formed at the boundary between the fourth inclined wall lower region 126 and the second inclined wall upper region 107. Is not formed.
  • the third inclined wall lower region 125 can be constituted by a substantially wedge-shaped flat plate provided on one plane composed of the fourth inclined wall lower region 126 and the second inclined wall upper region 107.
  • the thickness of the substantially wedge-shaped flat plate corresponds to the step width of the step 114 described above, the thickness is determined based on the step width of the second step 114 described above. Further, the horizontal dimension of the fourth inclined wall lower area 126 is larger than the radial dimension of the medal M. The force M is passed through the fourth inclined wall lower area 126 to the second inclined wall upper area 107. Necessary to move.
  • the game player moves the storage unit 101 to the second inclined wall upper region 107 via the fourth inclined wall lower region 126 while pressing the medal M with a finger, It is further moved to a position above the third inclined wall lower region 125.
  • the medal M slides down the second sloped wall upper area 107 and is locked by the second step 114 formed by the upper side of a generally wedge-shaped flat plate. Is done.
  • the medal M slides into the second medal slot 109-1 along the second step 114.
  • the medal M since no step is formed at the boundary between the fourth inclined wall lower region 126 and the second inclined wall upper region 107, the medal M does not pass through the second step 114. It is possible to move to the upper region 107 of the inclined wall.
  • the third inclined wall lower region 125 can be constituted by a plate having a substantially wedge-shaped thickness, instead of a substantially wedge-shaped flat plate.
  • the upper side of the approximate wedge shape has a thickness corresponding to the step width of the second stepped portion 114 described above, while the thickness gradually decreases as it approaches the lower side of the approximate wedge shape. It is possible to make the thickness substantially lower at the lower side of the generally wedge shape. With this configuration, the third inclined wall lower region 125 There is no need to form a step on the lower side.
  • the game player moves the storage unit 101 from the storage section 101 to the second inclined wall upper area 107 via the fourth inclined wall lower area 126 while pressing the medal M with a finger.
  • it since there is no step on the lower side of the third inclined wall lower region 125, it may be moved to the second inclined wall upper region 107 via the third inclined wall lower region 125.
  • the medal M slides on the second inclined wall upper area 107. It falls and is locked by a second step 114 formed by the upper side of a generally wedge-shaped flat plate. Thereafter, as described above, the medal M slides into the second medal slot 109-1 along the second step 114.
  • FIG. 21 is a front view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 22 is a top view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 23 is a rear view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 130 includes an upper horizontal region 24, a first inclined region 25 and a second inclined region 26 located on both sides of the upper horizontal region 24, and an outer side of the first inclined region 25. A first lower horizontal region 27 positioned; and a second lower horizontal region 28 positioned outside the second inclined region 26.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 130 includes an upper storage unit 131 that stores a plurality of medals.
  • the upper storage part 131 constitutes an upper horizontal region 24 of the medal insertion mechanism 130.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 130 includes a first lower storage unit 144 that stores a plurality of medals.
  • the first lower storage portion 144 constitutes a first lower horizontal region 27 of the medal insertion mechanism 130.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 130 includes a second lower storage unit 145 that stores a plurality of medals.
  • the second lower storage section 145 constitutes a second lower horizontal area 28 of the medal insertion mechanism 130.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 130 further includes a first inclined wall that extends while inclining continuously downward from the first boundary region 1 32 that contacts the first side portion of the upper storage portion 131.
  • the first inclined wall forms a first inclined region 25.
  • the first inclined wall is composed of a first inclined wall lower region 136 and a first inclined wall upper region 134.
  • the first boundary region 132 is composed of a curved surface.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 130 is further continuously inclined downward from the second boundary region 133 in contact with the second side portion of the upper storage portion 131 located on the opposite side of the first side portion. Including a second inclined wall extending.
  • the second inclined wall forms a second inclined region 26.
  • the second inclined wall is composed of a second inclined wall lower region 137 and a second inclined wall upper region 135.
  • the second boundary region 133 is composed of a curved surface.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 130 further includes a first lower reservoir 144 that continuously extends in the horizontal direction via a third boundary region 142 that contacts the outer side of the first inclined wall lower region 136. Including The first lower storage portion 144 forms a first lower horizontal region 27.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 130 further includes a second lower reservoir 145 continuously extending in the horizontal direction via a fourth boundary region 143 in contact with the outer side of the second inclined wall lower region 137. Including The second lower reservoir 145 forms a second lower horizontal region 28.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 130 further includes a first medal insertion part 138 having a first medal insertion port 138-1 at a position close to the first inclined wall, and a position close to the second inclined wall. And a second medal slot 139-1 having a second medal slot 139-1.
  • the first boundary area 1 32, the first inclined wall lower area 136, the first inclined wall upper area 134, the first medal insertion part 138, and the third boundary area 142 are a medal insertion mechanism.
  • 130 first inclined regions 25 are formed.
  • the second boundary region 133, the second inclined wall lower region 137, the second inclined wall upper region 135, the second medal insertion portion 139, and the fourth boundary region 143 are the medal insertion mechanism 1 Thirty second inclined regions 26 are formed.
  • the first medal insertion portion 138 further includes a first mounting flange 146, and the first mounting flange 146 has a partial force in the third boundary region 142 as well as the first lower storage portion. It extends over part of 144.
  • the second medal insertion portion 139 further has a second mounting flange 147, and the second mounting flange 147 extends from a part of the fourth boundary region 143 to a part of the second lower storage part 145. It extends to.
  • the first mounting flange 146 extending on the first lower reservoir 144 and the second mounting flange 147 extending on the second lower reservoir 145 are largely rounded as shown in FIG. Has a corner.
  • the first mounting flange 146 and the second mounting flange 147 define a medal storage area for storing the medal M on the first lower storage section 144 and the second lower storage section 145.
  • Medal M is supplied from
  • the first lower storage section 144 includes a first medal restraining plate 148 for preventing the medal M from spilling down, and a first lower storage for isolating the medal M stored in the adjacent medal insertion mechanism.
  • a storage partition 150 is provided.
  • the second lower storage 145 includes a second medal restraint plate 149 for preventing the medal M from falling down and a second medal M for storing the medal M stored in the adjacent medal insertion mechanism.
  • a lower storage section partition section 151 is provided. Further, although not shown, a medal restraining plate that prevents the medal M from spilling down may be provided on the front side of the upper storage portion 131.
  • a first guide 113 is formed at the boundary between the first inclined wall lower region 136 and the first inclined wall upper region 134.
  • the first guide portion 113 locks a medal sliding down the first inclined wall upper region 134, and slides into the first medal insertion port 138-1 along the first guide portion.
  • the first guide portion 113 includes a first step 113 formed at the boundary between the first inclined wall lower region 136 and the first inclined wall upper region 134.
  • the first step 113 extends while descending linearly toward the first medal slot 138-1.
  • the first inclined wall upper region 134 has at least one protrusion formed so as to reduce friction with the medal M that slides and moves along the first guide portion 113.
  • the first inclined wall upper region 134 is spaced upward from the first guide portion 113 by a distance smaller than the diameter of the medal M, and generally extends in the direction in which the first guide portion 113 extends. It has at least one ridge-shaped protrusion 140 extending in parallel. Specifically, as shown in the drawing, a plurality of ridge line-shaped protrusions 140 are formed.
  • a second guide part 114 is formed at the boundary between the second inclined wall lower region 137 and the second inclined wall upper region 135.
  • the second guide portion 114 locks a medal that slides down the second inclined wall upper region 135, and slides into the second medal slot 139-1 along the second guide portion.
  • the second guide part 114 includes a second step 114 formed at the boundary between the second inclined wall lower region 137 and the second inclined wall upper region 135.
  • the second step 114 extends while descending linearly toward the second medal slot 139-1.
  • the second inclined wall upper region 135 has at least one protrusion formed so as to reduce friction with the medal M that slides and moves along the second guide portion 114. That is, the second inclined wall upper region 135 is formed from the diameter of the medal M from the second guide portion 114.
  • At least one ridge-shaped protrusion 141 extending substantially parallel to the extending direction of the second guide portion 114 and spaced upward by a smaller distance. Specifically, as shown in the drawing, a plurality of ridge line-shaped protrusions 141 are formed.
  • the upper reservoir 131, the first boundary region 132, the second boundary region 133, the first inclined wall lower region 136, the second inclined wall lower region 137, and the first inclined wall upper region 134 If the second inclined wall upper area 135, the third boundary area 142, the fourth boundary area 143, the first lower storage section 144, and the second lower storage section 145 are made of the same member, There is no joint in the region where M is movable, and resistance can be reduced.
  • the first medal slot 138-1 of the first medal slot 138 and the second medal slot 139-1 of the second medal slot 139 are connected to the medal M Have dimensions that allow only one to enter at a time.
  • the first medal slot 138 or the second medal slot 139-1 is to prevent the medal M from clogging 139 with certainty.
  • the above-described medal insertion mechanism 130 has a generally symmetrical shape and structure with reference to the intermediate position between the first and second side portions.
  • the first medal insertion unit 138 and the second medal insertion unit 139 have the same structure as the first medal insertion unit 108 and the second medal insertion unit 109 described above with reference to FIG. Description of the internal structure of is omitted.
  • the game player extends the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the first inclined wall M that are stored in the upper storage part 131 while continuously inclining downward from the upper storage part 131. 2
  • the medal M slides down the first inclined wall upper area 134 and the second inclined wall upper area 135 by gravity.
  • the first step portion 113 constituting the first guide portion 113 and the second step portion 114 constituting the second guide portion 114 are locked.
  • the first step 113 and the second step 114 are configured to slide the medal M into the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 by gravity. .
  • the game player inclines the medal M continuously downward from the upper storage 131.
  • the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 are slid down and locked to the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114, and then the medal M is Along the step 113 and the second step 114, the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 are slid into the first slot by gravity.
  • the medal M rolls along the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114, the medal M is in contact with the first inclined wall lower region 136 and the first inclined wall upper region 134. Will slide. That is, the game player moves the medal M to the upper areas of the first inclined wall upper area 134 and the second inclined wall upper area 135 and releases the medal M as in the conventional case.
  • the upper storage portion 131 does not need to be transported to the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1. In other words, gravity is used effectively to make the game player's hands move easily.
  • the medal M may not be locked to the first step portion 113 and the second step portion 114.
  • the medal M slides down the first and second inclined walls beyond the first step portion 113 and the second step portion 114, and the first and second lower storage portions 144, 145 It is stored here.
  • the game media stored in the first and second lower storage units 144 and 145 can be used as they are.
  • the game player slides the medal M stored in the first and second lower storage portions 144, 145 along the first and second inclined walls, and then from the medal M
  • the first sloped wall upper region 134 and the second sloped wall upper region 135 are slid down by gravity and locked to the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114.
  • the medal M slides into the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 by gravity along the first step 113 and the second step 114. This mechanism is the same as described in the first embodiment.
  • the game player continuously inclines the medal M downward from the upper storage unit 131. While moving to the upper region of the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 extending, and then releasing the medal M force, the medal M is moved by gravity. The first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 are slid down and locked to the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114, and then the medal M is moved to the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114. The first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 are slid into the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 138-1 along the stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114.
  • the game player slides down the first inclined wall lower region 136 and the second inclined wall lower region 137 without being locked by the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114.
  • the first sloped wall upper region 134 and the second sloped wall upper region 135 are slid down by gravity and locked to the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114.
  • the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 are slid into the first medal slot 138-1 along the first step 113 and the second step 114 by gravity.
  • the first step 113 and the second step 114 have a function of locking the medal M sliding down the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 by gravity, and It is only necessary to have a function of sliding in the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 by gravity along the first step 113 and the second step 114.
  • the medals M stored in the first and second lower storage portions 144 and 145 are converted into the first guide portion 113, that is, the first step portion 113 and the second guide portion 114, that is, the second guide portion.
  • the first guide portion 113 that is, the first step portion 113 and the second guide portion 114, that is, It is preferable that the presence of the second step 114 does not hinder.
  • the first guide portion 113 is constituted by the first step portion 113
  • the second guide portion 114 is constituted by the second step portion 114.
  • the step surfaces of the first and second steps 113 and 114 face upward. It is important that This makes it easy to slide the medal M beyond the first step 113 and the second step 114, and the slid up medal M leaves the hand of the game player and moves to the first step 113.
  • the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 can be slid down and locked by the step surfaces of the first step 113 and the second step 114.
  • the step surfaces of the first step 113 and the second step 114 face downward, the first inclined wall lower region 136, the first inclined wall upper region 134, and the second inclined wall lower region 137
  • the medal M sliding up along the upper inclined wall upper region 135 is blocked, and the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139— Can't slide into 1 due to gravity! /.
  • the first step 113 can be realized by configuring the first inclined wall lower region 136 to be thicker than the first inclined wall upper region 134.
  • the second step 114 can be realized by forming the second inclined wall lower region 137 thicker than the second inclined wall upper region 135.
  • the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall may be configured by combining a first flat plate extending in both the upper and lower regions and a second flat plate extending only in the lower region.
  • the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall may be formed by thinning only the lower region of the first flat plate extending over both the upper and lower regions.
  • the first step 113 and the second step 114 can be realized using existing technology.
  • the first step 113 and the second step 114 can be configured to extend to the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1.
  • the medal M locked by the first step 113 and the second step 114 is guided to the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 by gravity. Since it is necessary, the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 are extended so as to move downward.
  • the first step 113 and the second step 114 are configured to descend linearly toward the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1. And However, as a modified example, the first step 113 and the second step 114 are lowered in a curve toward the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1.
  • the medal M is locked at any position of the first step 113 and the second step 114. Even so, it has a minimum inclination angle required to roll and guide it toward the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1.
  • the first step 113 and the second step 114 cause the medal M to slide into the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 by gravity. It must be terminated.
  • the terminal portions of the first step 113 and the second step 114 are brought close to the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1.
  • the end portions of the first step 113 and the second step 114 are not in contact with the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1, and there is a gap.
  • the medal M that has rolled the first step 113 and the second step 114 is finally rolled into the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1. That's fine.
  • the first medal slot 138-1 of the first slot 108 and the second medal slot 1 39-1 of the second slot 109 are arranged on the first slope. It is provided at a position close to the wall and the second inclined wall.
  • the width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 in other words, the size of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is determined by the first inclined wall upper region. It is determined that the medal M sliding down 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 can be locked by the step surfaces of the first step 113 and the second step 114.
  • the minimum required size of the first step 113 and the second step 114 depends on the inclination angles of the first and second inclined walls and the thickness of the medal M. For example, when the inclination angle of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall is large, the first step difference is compared with the case where the inclination angle of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall is small.
  • the width of the step surface of 113 and the second step 114 should be larger.
  • the width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is too small compared to the thickness of the medal M, the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second step 114 will be described.
  • the medal M that slides down the sloped wall upper area 135 cannot be locked, and the medal M passes over the first step 113 and the second step 114 and passes through the first lower storage portion 144 and the second lower portion 114. It slips down to the storage section 145! / ⁇ , the medal M cannot be inserted into the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 1 39-1.
  • the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall The minimum width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 that can lock the medal M sliding down the partial area 135 is required. If the width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is larger than the thickness of the medal M, the medal that slides down the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 The possibility of locking M increases.
  • the width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is larger than twice the thickness of the medal M, the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall Two overlapping medals M sliding down the upper area 135 can be locked simultaneously.
  • the width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is made too large, the medal M may be slid up beyond the first step 113 and the second step 114. The medal M may fall down at the first step 113 and the second step 114, and the medal M may not roll the first step 113 and the second step 114 well. It should be noted.
  • the widths of the step surfaces of the first step 113 and the second step 114 which are larger than the theoretically required width W2 are designed. Furthermore, theoretically, as shown in FIG. 29, two medals M that have slipped down the first sloped wall upper region 134 and the second sloped wall upper region 135 and that overlap each other are locked simultaneously. If the width W1 of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is equal to or greater than the sum of the thickness of the medal M and the thickness R of the portion, the two pieces of the medal M There is a possibility that the overlapping medals M can be locked. In practice, the two overlapping medals M sliding down the first sloped wall upper region 134 and the second sloped wall upper region 135 become the first step 113 and the second step.
  • the upper one of the two overlapping medals M may not be locked to the first step 113 and the second step 114. There is sex. Therefore, the 2 In order to lock both of the medals M that overlap each other, the widths of the step surfaces of the first step 113 and the second step 114 that are larger than the theoretically required width Wl are designed.
  • the width of the step surface of the first step to substantially correspond to the thickness of the game medium alone.
  • substantially includes an error corresponding to the thickness R of the rounded portion.
  • the step surface angle of the first step is preferably a right angle or an acute angle with respect to the first inclined wall. If the angle of the step surface of the first step is an obtuse angle with respect to the first inclined wall, the game medium that has slid down the first inclined wall is not locked to the first step. There is a high possibility of slipping off.
  • the medal M is transferred from the first lower storage portion 144 to the first inclined wall lower region 136 and the first inclined wall upper region 134. It is easy to slide the second inclined wall lower area 137 and the second inclined wall upper area 135 from the second lower storage section 145, but the game player releases his hand from the medal M. Thereafter, since the frictional force between the medal M and the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall increases, the medal M becomes the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135.
  • the medal M rolls along the first step 113 and the second step 114 due to gravity, and the upper region of the first inclined wall 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135, because the frictional force when sliding is large, it stops halfway, and the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 There is a possibility that it may not be. Therefore, the inclination angles of the first inclined wall lower region 136 and the first inclined wall upper region 134, and the second inclined wall lower region 137 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 take these into account. And It is necessary to make the angle not too close to vertical and not too close to horizontal. For example, the
  • the inclination angle of the first inclined wall lower region 136 and the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall lower region 137 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 should be not less than 20 degrees and not more than 70 degrees. More preferably, it is more preferably 30 degrees or more and 60 degrees or less.
  • the slope angle of the first sloped wall lower region 136 and the first sloped wall upper region 134, and the second sloped wall lower region 137 and the second sloped wall upper region 135 are typically about 45. May be degrees.
  • the medal M stored in the first lower storage portion 144 and the second lower storage portion 145 can be converted into the first inclined wall lower region 136 and the second inclined wall lower region 137.
  • the third boundary region 142 and the fourth boundary region 143 are formed with curved surfaces.
  • the preferable curvature of the curved surface depends on the radial dimension of the medal M, but it is sufficient that the curvature radius force of the curved surface is substantially larger than the radial dimension of the medal M.
  • the preferred curvature can be easily determined empirically.
  • the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall and the medal M it is preferable to reduce the frictional resistance between the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall and the medal M as much as possible.
  • the first plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 140 and the second plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 141 are effective.
  • the medal M has a generally disc shape. Further, when the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 have a flat surface, the entire area of the side surface of the medal M is the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 134. In contact with the flat surface of the upper area 135 of the inclined wall.
  • the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 134 It is effective to reduce the contact area with the inclined wall upper region 135.
  • the first plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 140 and the second plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 141 are formed in the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135. Is done.
  • the contact area between the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 is reduced, and the frictional resistance can be effectively reduced.
  • at least the surfaces of the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 are preferably made of a material having self-lubricating properties. Only the surface may be made of a self-lubricating material, and the entire first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 may be made of a self-lubricating material. Good.
  • the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 the first inclined wall lower region 136, the second inclined wall lower region 137, the first boundary region 132, the second Self-lubricating the surface or the whole of the boundary region 133, the third boundary region 142, the fourth boundary region 143, the upper reservoir 131, the first lower reservoir 144, and the second lower reservoir 145 It may be composed of a certain substance.
  • Typical examples of self-lubricating substances include engineering plastics such as Teflon (registered trademark) and oil-impregnated sintered metals (product examples: Oiles metal plate). .
  • At least the surfaces of the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 are made of a material having a self-lubricating property, and instead of being made of a self-lubricating material, a first plurality of ridged linear protrusions provided for the purpose of reducing frictional resistance. It is also possible to omit the part 140 and the second plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 141.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 130 includes the upper storage unit 131 that stores a plurality of medals.
  • the upper storage part 131 constitutes an upper horizontal region 24 of the medal insertion mechanism 130.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 130 includes a first lower storage unit 144 that stores a plurality of medals.
  • the first lower storage section 144 constitutes a first lower horizontal area 27 of the medal insertion mechanism 130.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 130 includes a second lower storage unit 145 that stores a plurality of medals.
  • the second lower storage section 145 constitutes a second lower horizontal area 28 of the medal insertion mechanism 130.
  • the medal insertion mechanism 130 further includes a first inclined wall that extends while inclining downward continuously from the first boundary region 1 32 that contacts the first side portion of the upper storage portion 131.
  • the first inclined wall forms a first inclined region 25.
  • the first inclined wall is composed of a first inclined wall lower region 136 and a first inclined wall upper region 134.
  • the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall need only be configured so that a medal as a game medium can be slid up and down, and is not necessarily configured by an inclined plane having a certain inclination angle.
  • the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall may be configured by inclined curved surfaces whose inclination angles change.
  • the guide section for sliding the medal M as a game medium into the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 is the first medal slot.
  • the first step 113 and the second step 114 that extend downwardly and linearly toward the 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 respectively.
  • the medal locked to the first step 113 and the second step 114 slides into the first medal inlet 108-1 and the second medal inlet 109-1 due to gravity.
  • the first step 113 and the second step 114 do not necessarily have to extend so as to incline downward. That is, the medals locked to the first step 113 and the second step 114 slide into the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 due to gravity.
  • the first step 113 and the second step 114 are generally lowered toward the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1. Good. In other words, the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 are locked to the first step 113 and the second step 114 rather than the potential energy of the medal M located at the position 1.
  • the medal M's potential energy should be higher overall. For example, even if there is a rising part in the middle of the first step 113 and the second step 114, if the kinetic energy of the medal M is greater than the sum of the potential energy and the friction energy of the rising part, the medal M Will climb up the ascending section with the momentum of rolling until then and move into the first slot.
  • the medal M Even if there is a rising part in the middle of the first step 113 and the second step 114 and the kinetic energy of the medal M is smaller than the sum of the potential energy and the friction energy of the rising part, the medal M There is no problem as long as it is possible to move up to the first insertion port by being pushed by the medal M that has been rolling and climbing up the ascending portion. Further, the first step 113 and the second step 114 may extend so as to descend in a stepped manner toward the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1. Good.
  • FIG. 24 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification.
  • FIG. 24 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification.
  • the plurality of scattered protrusions 153 in the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 reduces the contact area with the medal M, and for this reason, This is effective for reducing the frictional resistance with medal M.
  • the interval between the adjacent protrusions 153 is preferably sufficiently narrower than the radial dimension of the medal M. Furthermore, it is more preferable that the plurality of protrusions 153 are regularly scattered at regular intervals.
  • the medals M rolling on the first step portion 113 and the second step portion 114 slide while contacting the plurality of scattered protrusions 153. Therefore, the contact area between the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 is reduced, and the frictional resistance can be effectively reduced.
  • the plurality of protrusions 153 are preferably rounded at the top! /.
  • FIG. 25 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification.
  • FIG. 25 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification.
  • the vibration motor 154 is connected to each of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall. It is effective to provide the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall so as to give a minute vibration to the back side.
  • the effective contact area between the medal M and the first and second inclined walls can be reduced, and the frictional resistance can be effectively reduced.
  • the vibration applied to the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall is too great, and the medal M must not become unstable when rolling along the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114. You should be careful. In addition, too large vibration is preferable because it may cause discomfort to the game player.
  • FIG. 26 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification.
  • FIG. 26 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification.
  • the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 The ventilation fan 156 is provided on the back side of each of the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135.
  • the medal M By blowing air through the plurality of ventilation holes 155, the medal M has a buoyancy in a direction in which the medal M is buoyant from the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135.
  • the contact force between the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 is reduced, and as a result, the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 134 and The frictional force with the second inclined wall upper region 135 is reduced.
  • the interval between the adjacent ventilation holes 155 is preferably sufficiently narrower than the radial dimension of the medals M.
  • the plurality of ventilation holes 155 are more preferably scattered regularly at regular intervals.
  • the blower fan 156 can be realized by being arranged on the back side of the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135.
  • the medal M that rolls the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114 has the medal due to the buoyancy provided by the air blowing through the plurality of interstitial ventilation holes 155.
  • the medal M has the first step portion 113 and the second step portion 114. Therefore, the frictional resistance can be effectively reduced.
  • FIG. 27 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification.
  • the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall are effective.
  • the upper wall region 135 may be constituted by a net-like inclined wall 157.
  • the lattice spacing of the net is sufficiently smaller than the radial dimension of the medal M.
  • the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 are constituted by a net-like inclined wall 157, so that the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall are formed.
  • the contact area with the upper region 135 is reduced, and the frictional resistance can be effectively reduced.
  • FIG. 28 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification.
  • FIG. 28 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification.
  • each inclined wall is composed of an inclined wall upper region and an inclined wall lower region, and the step constituting the guide portion along the boundary between the inclined wall upper region and the inclined wall lower region.
  • a difference portion is formed.
  • the step portion is configured to extend from the side force of the upper region of the inclined wall located on the opposite side to the medal slot to the medal slot.
  • the step portion is configured to extend over the entire area of the inclined wall.
  • the stepped portion is from an inner position separated from the side portion of the inclined wall upper region located on the side opposite to the medal entrance by a distance equal to or larger than the radial dimension of the medal alone. A structure extending to the medal slot can be adopted.
  • the stepped portion By extending the stepped portion from the side of the upper region of the inclined wall to the inner position force separated by a distance equal to or larger than the radial dimension of the medal alone, the stepped portion is not formed!
  • the medal is inclined via the inclined plane portion. It is possible to move to the upper wall area.
  • the first inclined wall includes a first inclined wall upper region 134, a third inclined wall lower region 125, and a fourth inclined wall lower region 126.
  • the first step 113 that constitutes the second guide portion is formed along the boundary between the third inclined wall lower region 125 and the first inclined wall upper region 134.
  • the fourth inclined wall lower region 126 and the first inclined wall upper region 134 form a single plane, and there is a step at the boundary between the fourth inclined wall lower region 126 and the first inclined wall upper region 134. Is not formed.
  • the third inclined wall lower region 125 is formed on one plane composed of the fourth inclined wall lower region 126 and the first inclined wall upper region 134.
  • the thickness of the substantially wedge-shaped flat plate corresponds to the step width of the step 113 described above, the thickness is determined based on the step width of the first step 113 described above.
  • the horizontal dimension of the fourth inclined wall lower region 126 is larger than the radial dimension of the medal M. The force M is passed through the fourth inclined wall lower region 126 to the first inclined wall upper region 134. Necessary to move.
  • the game player moves from the first lower reservoir 144 to the first inclined wall upper region 134 via the fourth inclined wall lower region 126 while pressing the medal M with his / her finger. It is moved and further moved to a position above the third inclined wall lower region 125. At this position, by releasing the game player force S medal M, the medal M slides down the first inclined wall upper region 1 34 and the first step portion 113 constituted by the upper side of the generally wedge-shaped flat plate 113. It is locked with. Thereafter, as described above, the medal M slides into the first medal inlet 138-1 along the first step 113.
  • the medal M is inserted into the first step without exceeding the first step portion 113. It is possible to move to the upper region 134 of the inclined wall.
  • the third inclined wall lower region 125 can be constituted by a plate having a substantially wedge-shaped thickness, instead of a substantially wedge-shaped flat plate.
  • the upper side of the approximate wedge shape has a thickness corresponding to the step width of the first step 113 described above, while the thickness gradually decreases as it approaches the lower side of the approximate wedge shape. It is possible to make the thickness substantially lower at the lower side of the generally wedge shape. With this configuration, it is not necessary to form a step on the lower side of the third inclined wall lower region 125.
  • the game player moves from the first lower storage section 144 to the second inclined wall upper area 107 via the fourth inclined wall lower area 126 while pressing the medal M with a finger. Since there is no step on the lower side of the third inclined wall lower region 125, it may be moved to the second inclined wall upper region 107 via the third inclined wall lower region 125. Good.
  • the medal M becomes an upper region of the first inclined wall. It slides down the area 134 and is locked by a first step 113 formed by the upper side of a generally wedge-shaped flat plate. After that, as described above, the medal M slides into the first medal insertion slot 138-1 along the first step 113.
  • FIG. 30 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the medal movement simulation effect production unit 900 according to this embodiment.
  • FIG. 31 is a block diagram showing an electrical connection relationship between the medal movement simulation effect production unit 900 and its peripheral parts.
  • the medal movement simulation rendering unit 900 includes a long and narrow bar-shaped support member 910 and a plurality of LEDs (light emitting elements) arranged at predetermined intervals in the longitudinal direction of the support member 910.
  • Part) 920a to 920n (hereinafter, an arbitrary LED sign is 920) and an LED driving circuit 930 for driving the LED. It should be noted that other light emitting means can be used in place of the LED 920.
  • the support member 910 is, for example, a steel rod-like member having a cavity therein. By using the rod-shaped member, it is possible to easily arrange the LEDs from the vicinity of the medal insertion mechanism 100 to the vicinity of the medal discharge part 330.
  • the support member 910 is a linear bar member.
  • the cross section of the support member 910 may be a square, a rectangle, another polygon, or a round shape such as a circle or an ellipse.
  • the support member 910 has a rectangular cross section, and each side surface of the support member 910 is a flat surface without substantial twist.
  • the plurality of LEDs 920 described above are linearly arranged at predetermined intervals on any side surface of the support member 910.
  • the side surface on which the plurality of LEDs 920 are provided is a surface that is arranged so that it can be seen by the game player during the game.
  • the LED 920 is arranged on the support member 910 which is a linear rod-shaped member, so that a linear trajectory is drawn by the light of the LED 920 that is continuously lit, thus providing a sense of speed. It is possible to produce a pseudo movement of medals.
  • the LEDs 920 that are arranged may all have the same emission color (for example, red, blue, or green), but LEDs of various emission colors may be used. You may arrange in regular or random combination.
  • the support member 910 is provided with the arranged LED 920 and the LED drive circuit 930, in the vicinity of the medal insertion mechanism 100 (particularly the first medal insertion slot 108-1) and the medal discharge part 330. It is bridged between. At this time, one end of the support member 910 is disposed close to a medal insertion slot 108-1 (see FIG. 33), which will be described later, of the medal insertion mechanism 100, and the other end cadal discharge portion 330 of the support member 910 is disposed. It is preferable to arrange
  • LED drive circuit 930 is electrically connected to control unit 600.
  • the control unit 600 includes a medal insertion sensor (sensor) 1 08-9 provided in the medal insertion mechanism 100, a lift-up hopper 300, and a medal discharge sensor 332 provided in the medal discharge unit 330. Connected. For each connection, for example, a wiring such as a harness cable can be used.
  • the medal insertion sensor 108-9 is a sensor for detecting a medal in which the medal insertion slot 108-1 force in the medal insertion mechanism 100 is also inserted.
  • the medal insertion sensor 108-9 may be a non-contact type using magnetism or light, or a contact type using an on-Z off switch.
  • the configuration of the medal insertion sensor 108-9 and its periphery will be described with reference to FIG.
  • the first guide portion 113 formed by a step with the plate member constituting the inclined wall upper region 106 is inserted into the medal insertion slot 108-1 while slidingly rotating.
  • the medal M passes the medal insertion path 108-7 formed by the first medal guide plate 108-5, the second medal guide plate 108-6, and the plate member constituting the first inclined wall upper region 106. Pass through to the medal transport path 200 (see Fig. 2).
  • the medal insertion sensor 108-9 is It is provided in the middle of the medal insertion path 108-7 connecting the token insertion slot 108-1 to the medal transport path 200, and the passage of this medal M is detected by contact or non-contact. Further, when the medal insertion sensor 108-9 detects the insertion of the medal M, the medal insertion detection signal S1 is generated and input to the control unit 600 (see FIG. 2).
  • control unit 600 Based on the timing when medal insertion detection signal S1 is input, control unit 600 generates LED drive circuit control signal S2 for driving LED drive circuit 930, and inputs this to LED drive circuit 930. To do.
  • the LED drive circuit 930 sequentially lights the LEDs 920a to 920n based on the timing when the LED drive circuit control signal S2 is input.
  • Lift-up hopper 300 discharges medal M set in medal discharge section 330 to medal discharge path 400 based on control from control section 600 (see FIG. 2). Note that the lift-up hopper drive signal S3 output from the control unit 600 is used to control the lift-up hopper 300. Further, after the medals are discharged, the next medals are quickly set in the medal discharging unit 330.
  • the medal discharge sensor 332 is a sensor for detecting whether or not the medal M has been discharged from the medal discharge unit 330. As with the medal insertion sensor 108-9, it uses magnetism or light.
  • the non-contact type may be a contact type using an on / off switch.
  • This medal discharge sensor 332 is provided at a discharge port (not shown) of the medal discharge unit 330, and detects the medal M discharged from the discharge locusr by contact or non-contact. Further, when the medal discharge sensor 332 detects the discharge of the medal M, it generates a medal discharge detection signal S4 and inputs it to the control unit 600 (see FIG. 2).
  • FIG. 33 shows the flow of medals from medal insertion to medal discharge.
  • FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing the operation of the control unit 600 from medal insertion to medal discharge.
  • FIG. 35 is a waveform diagram of signals input / output between the medal movement simulation effect production unit 900 and its peripheral parts and the control unit 600 before the medal insertion and medal discharge.
  • the peripheral portion includes a control unit 600, a medal insertion sensor 108-9, a lift-up hopper 300, and a medal discharge sensor 332.
  • the medal Ml inserted into the medal insertion slot 108-1 passes through the medal insertion path 108-7 as described with reference to FIG. Enter.
  • the medal M2 stored in the medal storage unit 310 of the lift-up hopper 300 is set in the medal discharge unit 330.
  • a medal M2 different from the medal Ml inserted from the medal insertion mechanism 100 is received from the medal discharge section 330. It can be discharged.
  • the number of medals placed in and out of the storage unit 310 can be reduced. It becomes possible to have a balance. As a result, it is possible to save the trouble of replenishing the storage unit 310 with medals during the game.
  • the medal insertion sensor 108-9 detects this. Further, the medal insertion sensor 108-9 generates a medal insertion detection signal S1 at the timing when the medal Ml is detected as shown in FIG. 35, and outputs this to the control unit 600 as shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 33, the medal Ml inserted into the medal insertion mechanism 100 is transported to the medal storage section 310 of the lift-up hopper 300 via the medal transport path 200 and stored therein.
  • control unit 600 is on standby for input of medal insertion detection signal S1 from medal insertion sensor 108-9 (step S101).
  • the control unit 600 controls the first predetermined time (first lighting offset time in FIG. 35) as shown in FIG. tl) waits for the elapse of time (Yes in step S102), and then generates an LED drive circuit control signal S2 for driving the LED drive circuit 930 (step S103), as shown in FIG. Output to the LED drive circuit 930 (step S104).
  • the first lighting offset time tl is a time required for the medal Ml to virtually move from the medal insertion slot 108-1 to the LED 920a.
  • control unit 600 starts to output LED drive circuit control signal S2. Then, it waits for the second predetermined time (waiting time t5 in FIG. 35) to elapse (step S105).
  • the waiting time t5 is the time to turn on each LED 920 as the LED lighting time t2, the time from turning off the previous LED 920 to turning on the next LED 920 is the LED offset time t3, and after turning on the last LED 920n, If the time until the medal M2 is discharged is the medal discharge offset time t4, it can be determined based on the following (Equation 1).
  • t5 tl + n X t2 + (n- 1) X t3 + t4 (Equation 1)
  • the LED drive circuit 930 first generates an LED drive signal S920a for driving the LED 920a closest to the medal insertion mechanism 100, as shown in FIG. This is applied to the wiring connected to the LED 920a. As a result, the LED 920a is turned on first.
  • the LED drive signal S920a and the LED drive signals S920b to S920n described later are rectangular signals having a predetermined time (LED lighting time t2) width. Accordingly, the LEDs 920a to 920n to which they are respectively applied are lit for a period of the predetermined time (LED lighting time t2).
  • the LED drive circuit 930 generates an LED drive signal S920b for driving the LED 920b next to the medal insertion mechanism 100, and this is connected to the LED 920b. Apply to. As a result, the LED 920b is turned on next.
  • the timing at which the LED drive signal S920b is generated can be, for example, after the predetermined time (inter-LED offset time t3) has elapsed for the falling timing force of the LED drive signal S920a.
  • the timing for generating the subsequent LED drive signals S920c to S920n is after a predetermined time (LED offset time t3) has elapsed from the fall timing of the previous LED drive signals S920b to S920n-1. be able to.
  • each LED 920a-920n lights so that lighting time may not overlap.
  • the LED drive circuit 930 sequentially generates the LED drive signals S920c to S 920 ⁇ , and uses them to turn on the LEDs 920c to 920n.
  • the LEDs 920a to 920n can be turned on sequentially from the medal insertion mechanism 100 side to the medal discharge unit 330 side.
  • the control unit 600 and the LED driving circuit 930 function as a light emitting unit driving unit for driving the LED.
  • control unit 600 waits for a second predetermined time (waiting time t5) (Yes in step S105), and then generates lift-up hopper drive signal S3 as shown in FIG. (Step S106), and this is output to the lift-up hopper 300 as shown in FIG. 31 (Step S107).
  • the timing at which the lift-up hopper control signal S3 is output after the LED drive circuit control signal S2 is output is after a predetermined time has elapsed since the last LED 920n is turned off. That is, the end of the second predetermined time (waiting time t5) is set to be after the last LED 920n is turned off.
  • the control unit 600 After outputting the lift-up hopper control signal S3 (step S107), the control unit 600 generates the medal discharge detection signal S4 from the medal discharge sensor 332 during the third predetermined time. It is determined whether or not an input is made (steps S108 to S109). When the third predetermined time has elapsed without the medal discharge detection signal S4 being input (No in step S108 and Yes in S109), the control unit 600 performs error processing when the medal M2 is not properly discharged. Is executed (step S110), and then the process ends. When the medal discharge right knowledge signal S4 is input within the third predetermined time (Yes in step S108), the process returns to step S101.
  • the error process includes, for example, a process for notifying that an error due to a medal jam has occurred in another configuration, a process for displaying the occurrence of an error on the display unit 700, and the like.
  • the lift-up hopper 300 receives the medal M2 set in the medal discharge unit 330 in advance as shown in FIG. Output to. Therefore, the medal M2 discharged at this time is different from the medal Ml inserted by the game player.
  • the control unit 600 functions as a discharge unit driving unit for discharging the medal M2 to the play field 500 by driving the medal discharge unit 330 in the lift-up hono 300.
  • the lift-up hopper 300 may be included in the discharge unit driving means.
  • the medal M2 discharged from the medal discharge unit 330 of the lift-up hopper 300 is discharged to the sub table 511 on the pusher unit 510 in the play field 500 through the medal discharge path 400.
  • the medal M2 discharged to the sub-table 511 collides with the display unit 700 and the lower portion 710 of the display unit 700, and falls from the card stored on the sub-table 511 or from the sub-table 511.
  • the medal discharge sensor 332 is provided at the discharge port of the medal discharge unit 330.
  • the medal discharge sensor 332 detects whether or not the medal M2 has been discharged normally.
  • the medal discharge sensor 332 detects the discharge of the medal M2
  • the medal discharge sensor 332 generates a medal discharge right knowledge signal S4 and inputs it to the control unit 600.
  • the LEDs 920a to 920n are sequentially turned on from the medal insertion mechanism 100 side to the medal discharge unit 330 side, and then from the medal discharge unit 330 to the other By discharging the medal M2, it is possible to achieve such an effect that the medal Ml, which was also inserted by the warmer, is discharged from the medal discharge path 400.
  • the next medal Ml when the next medal Ml is inserted between the time when the medal Ml is inserted and the medal M2 is discharged, it is generated by detecting this next medal Ml.
  • a counter (not shown) that constantly monitors the generation of the medal insertion detection signal S1 and the generation of the medal discharge detection signal S4. is there.
  • the counter operates to count up when the medal insertion detection signal S1 is generated, and to count down when the medal discharge detection signal S4 is generated.
  • control unit 600 operates to continue to output lift-up hopper control signal S3 until the counter reaches zero.
  • the medal movement simulation performance unit 900 shown in FIG. 33 starts an operation every time the medal insertion detection signal S1 is generated, and when a new medal insertion detection signal S1 is generated before the series of operations ends. It operates to start a new operation while continuing the previous operation.
  • the game apparatus (station unit ST) according to the present embodiment is inserted into the medal insertion mechanism 100 into which the medal M as the game medium is inserted, and the medal insertion mechanism 100.
  • Medal insertion sensor 108-9 for detecting medal M
  • medal discharge section 330 for discharging medals to play field 500
  • a plurality of LEDs 920 arranged from the vicinity of medal insertion mechanism 100 to the vicinity of medal discharge section 330
  • medal insertion When the medal M insertion into the mechanism 100 is detected by the medal insertion sensor 108-9, the control unit 600 and the LED for sequentially lighting a plurality of arranged LEDs 920 from the medal insertion mechanism 100 side to the medal discharge unit 330 side.
  • a drive circuit 930 is included.
  • control unit 600 detects the medal input to the medal insertion mechanism 100 by the medal insertion sensor 108-9, and then discharges the medal after a predetermined time (first lighting offset time tl + standby time t5) has elapsed. Drive part 330 to eject the medal.
  • a plurality of LEDs 920 arranged from the vicinity of the medal insertion mechanism 100 to the vicinity of the medal discharge section 330 are sequentially turned on from the medal insertion mechanism 100 side to the medal discharge section 330 side. It is possible to visually represent how the selected medal moves from the medal insertion mechanism 100 to the medal discharge unit 330. As a result, for example, when the medal inserted from the medal insertion mechanism 100 and the medal discharged from the medal discharge unit 330 are different, the pseudo movement of the medal body from the medal insertion mechanism 100 to the medal discharge unit 330 is performed. It becomes possible to produce.
  • FIG. 36 is a waveform diagram of signals input / output between the medal movement simulation rendering unit 900 and its peripheral units and the control unit 600 from medal insertion to medal discharge.
  • the peripheral portion includes the control unit 600, the medal insertion sensor 108-9, the lift-up hopper 300, and the medal discharge sensor 332.
  • the timing force at which the LED drive signal S920b is generated for example, the falling timing of the LED drive signal S920a It may be before a predetermined time (overlapping lighting time t6).
  • the timing for generating the subsequent LED drive signals S 920c to S920n may be a predetermined time (inter-LED offset time t3) before the fall timing of the previous LED drive signals S920b to S92 On-1. it can.
  • the LEDs 920a to 920n operate so as to be lit in duplicate. In other words, the operation is performed so that the next LED 920 is turned on before the LED 920 that was turned on immediately before is turned off. By duplicating the lighting time of each LED 920, it is possible to more smoothly express the pseudo movement of medals.
  • FIG. 37 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the medal movement simulation effect section 901 according to this modification.
  • the medal movement simulation performance unit 901 has a structure in which the support member 910 is replaced with the support member 911, compared to the medal movement simulation performance unit 900 shown in FIG.
  • the support member 910 shown in Fig. 30 is configured by a linear elongated rod-shaped member
  • the support member 911 according to the present modification is configured by a spiral elongated rod-shaped member.
  • the support member 911 is, for example, a steel rod-like member having a cavity therein.
  • the cross section of the support member 911 may be a square, a rectangle, another polygon, or a round shape such as a circle or an ellipse.
  • the support member 911 has a rectangular cross section.
  • the plurality of LEDs 920 described above are arranged at predetermined intervals on any side surface of the support member 911.
  • the side surface on which the plurality of LEDs 920 are provided is a surface that is arranged so that it can be seen by the game player during the game.
  • a tortuous rod-shaped member By arranging the LED 920 on the support member 911, which is a tortuous rod-shaped member, a curved trajectory is drawn by the light of the LED 920 that is continuously lit, thus imitating a dynamic medal. A movement can be produced.
  • FIG. 38 (a) is a perspective view showing the configuration of the medal movement simulation effect production unit 902 according to this modification
  • FIG. 38 (b) is provided on each side surface 912-1 to 912-4 in FIG. 38 (a). It is a figure which shows the arrangement
  • the medal movement simulation effect section 902 is different from the medal movement simulation effect section 900 shown in Fig. 30 in that the support member 910 is replaced with the support member 912 and the support member 912 is supported.
  • LEDs 920 are arranged on all side surfaces of the member 912. That is, as shown in FIG. 38 (b), LEDs 921a to 921n are arranged and provided on the side surface 912-1, and LEDs 922a to 922n are arranged and provided on the side surface 912-2. LED923a to 923 ⁇ are arranged, and LEDs 924a to 924n are arranged on the side surface 912-4. Note that the same number of LEDs 920 is provided on each of the side surfaces 912-1 to 912-4.
  • the support member 912 is, for example, a steel rod-like member having a cavity therein.
  • the cross section of the support member 912 may be a square, a rectangle, or another polygon. Further, the cross section of the support member 912 may have a round shape such as a circle or an ellipse. In this case, by providing a plurality of arrayed LEDs 920 along the side surface, a configuration equivalent to this modification can be obtained.
  • the LEDs 920 arranged on each of the side surfaces 912-1 to 912-4 of the support member 912 are continuously turned on and turned off on the respective surfaces in the same manner as in the above-described embodiment. That is, when a medal is inserted into the medal insertion mechanism 100, the LED 921a on the medal insertion mechanism 100 side on the side 912-1 and the LED 921a on the medal insertion mechanism 100 side on the side 912-2 922a and Medallé Thrower Mechanism 10 on ⁇ J Side 912-3 (K-law: LED923a and Medal Insertion Mechanism on ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ J Side 912-4 and LED 924a on 100 side turn on and turn off at the same time. To the discharge part 330, it lights continuously and turns off.
  • Such an operation is realized by distributing and supplying the LED drive signals S920a to S920n in the above-described embodiment to all four corresponding LEDs (for example, LEDs 921a, 922a, 923a, and 924a). Can do.
  • FIG. 39 (a) is a perspective view showing the configuration of the medal movement simulation effect section 903 according to this modification, and FIG. 39 (b) is provided on each of the side surfaces 913-1 to 913-4 in FIG. 39 (a). It is a figure which shows the arrangement
  • the medal movement simulation effect section 903 is different from the medal movement simulation effect section 900 shown in Fig. 2 in that the support member 910 is replaced with the support member 913 and the support member 913 is supported.
  • the LEDs 920 are arranged on all side surfaces of the member 913. That is, the support member 913 according to this modification has a structure in which the support member 912 according to modification 2 is twisted. Therefore, the LED 920 array provided on each side 913-1 to 913-4 of the twisted support member 913 is also twisted along each side! / Speak.
  • the support member 913 is, for example, a steel rod-like member having a cavity therein.
  • the cross section of the support member 913 may be a square, a rectangle, or another polygon. Further, the cross section of the support member 913 may have a rounded shape such as a circle or an ellipse.
  • a plurality of arrayed LEDs 920 are provided along the side surface, and each array is spirally transferred to achieve the same configuration as this modification. be able to.
  • Such an operation can be realized by distributing and supplying the LED drive signals S920a to S920n in the above-described embodiment to all four corresponding LEDs (for example, LEDs 921a, 922a, 923a, and 924a). Can do.
  • the movement of the medal is simulated using light, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the same as the above-described embodiment between the medal insertion and the medal discharge.
  • the control unit 600 drives the medal discharge unit 330 in the lift-up hopper 300 to play the medal M2 in the play field. It is configured to function as a delay means for delaying the time until discharge to 500 for a predetermined time.
  • the medal is removed by ejecting the medal from the medal ejector 330 located away from 1. It is possible to give the game player the feeling of moving from the dull slot 108-1 to the medal discharger 330. As a result, for example, when the medal Ml inserted from the medal insertion slot 108-1 and the medal M2 discharged from the medal discharge section 330 are different from each other, It is possible to produce a realistic movement. As a result, when a medal is inserted into the play field 500, the game player does not feel uncomfortable regardless of whether or not the inserted medal M1 and the discharged medal M2 are the same.
  • the medal discharge unit 330 discharges the medal.
  • the sound generated in this case may be continuous or intermittent, but it is better to gradually change the pitch and sound quality. By doing so, it gives the game player the impression that the state will change, making it easier to imagine the movement of medals.
  • control unit 600 which is a delay unit, can be configured to change and control the delay time.
  • the direction of medal movement can be changed according to the situation or game state, It is possible to control the maximum number of medals that can be consumed by one game player per unit time.
  • the delay time for example, in order to more effectively produce a medal movement by generating a changing sound, it is possible to control the sound playback speed (change speed) and the generation interval.
  • the moving speed of the medals to be produced can be changed, and as a result, the game player can predict the delay time. For example, when the delay time is lengthened, the game player can predict that the delay time is long by slowing down the sound reproduction speed or lengthening the sounding interval. On the other hand, for example, when the delay time is shortened, the game player can predict that the delay time is short by increasing the sound reproduction speed or shortening the sounding interval.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Slot Machines And Peripheral Devices (AREA)
  • Coin-Freed Apparatuses For Hiring Articles (AREA)
  • Pinball Game Machines (AREA)

Abstract

A game machine in which the sate of game can be switched using a mechanical arrangement. Especially the station section (ST) in a pusher game machine (1) comprises a main table (501) for storing metals (M), a pusher section (510) for generating a flow of metals (M) on the main table (501) by sliding on the main table (501) and pushing the metals (M), especially a metal guide plate (533) of guide sections (530R, 530L) for controlling the flow of metals (M) on the main table (501), and a guide section moving mechanism (540) for protruding the metal guide plate (533) of the guide sections (530R, 530L) from the main table (501) or retracting the metal guide plate (533) to below the upper surface of a predetermined table.

Description

明 細 書  Specification
ゲーム装置  Game device
技術分野  Technical field
[0001] 本発明は、ゲーム装置に関し、特にメダル等の概円盤形状のゲーム媒体を利用す るゲーム装置に関する。  TECHNICAL FIELD [0001] The present invention relates to a game device, and more particularly to a game device that uses a substantially disc-shaped game medium such as a medal.
背景技術  Background art
[0002] 一般に、ボール等の概球形状のゲーム媒体や、メダル等の概円盤形状のゲーム媒 体を利用するゲーム装置が知られている。本説明では、このようなゲーム媒体を利用 するゲーム装置を、メダルゲーム装置という。なお、本願において、用語「ゲーム媒体 」とは、ゲームを行う際に使用する有体物を意味するものとする。  [0002] In general, game devices that use an approximately spherical game medium such as a ball or an approximately disk-shaped game medium such as a medal are known. In this description, a game device that uses such a game medium is referred to as a medal game device. In the present application, the term “game medium” means a tangible object used when playing a game.
[0003] メダルゲーム装置の典型例としては、プッシャゲーム装置が広く知られている。プッ シャゲーム装置は、一般的にゲームプレイヤがゲーム媒体を投入する投入口と、投 入口力 投入されたゲーム媒体が一時蓄積されるプレイフィールドと、投入口力 投 入されたゲーム媒体をプレイフィールドへ排出する排出口と、プレイフィールド上のゲ ーム媒体を所定の周期で押進させるプッシャ部とを有して構成される。なお、プッシャ 部により押進された一部のゲーム媒体は、プレイフィールドから落下し、ゲームプレイ ャへ払い出される力、若しくはゲーム装置内部にストックされる。  As a typical example of a medal game device, a pusher game device is widely known. A pusher game device generally has a slot for a game player to input a game medium, a play field for temporarily storing the game medium in which the input power is input, and a game field for which the input power is input. And a pusher unit that pushes the game medium on the play field in a predetermined cycle. A part of the game media pushed by the pusher unit falls from the play field and is stocked in the game device or the force paid out to the game player.
[0004] このようなプッシャゲーム装置に代表されるメダルゲーム装置は、ゲーム媒体を投入 することで、ゲームプレイヤがゲームを遊技するものであり、ゲーム媒体を投入するタ イミングゃ投入する方向或いは投入するゲーム媒体の量が、ゲームの結果に影響を 与える。  [0004] The medal game device represented by such a pusher game device is one in which a game player plays a game by inserting a game medium. The amount of game media played will affect the outcome of the game.
発明の開示  Disclosure of the invention
[0005] ところで、近年では、より迫力あるゲーム性や複雑なゲーム性が望まれて 、る。例え ば複雑なゲーム性を実現するためには、ゲームプレイヤにとって有利なゲーム状態 や通常又は不利なゲーム状態など、複数のゲーム状態を用意し、これを適宜切り替 えることで実現できる。この際、機械的な構成を用いてゲーム状態を切り替えられるよ うに構成することで、よりゲーム性を向上できることを、本発明者らは見出した。 [0006] そこで本発明は、機械的な構成を用いてゲーム状態を切り替えることが可能なゲー ム装置を提供することを目的とする。 [0005] Incidentally, in recent years, more powerful and complex game characteristics are desired. For example, in order to realize complex game characteristics, a plurality of game states such as a game state advantageous to the game player and a normal or unfavorable game state are prepared and switched appropriately. At this time, the present inventors have found that the game performance can be further improved by configuring the game state to be switched using a mechanical configuration. [0006] Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide a game apparatus capable of switching a game state using a mechanical configuration.
[0007] かかる目的を達成するために、第 1発明に係るゲーム装置は、第 1ゲーム媒体を貯 留する所定テーブルと、所定テーブル上をスライドして第 1ゲーム媒体を押進すること で、所定テーブル上における第 1ゲーム媒体の流れを生成するプッシャ手段と、所定 テーブル上における第 1ゲーム媒体の流れを制御する第 1流れ制御手段と、第 1流 れ制御手段を所定テーブルカゝら突出させる又は所定テーブル上面下に退避させる 移動手段とを有する。  [0007] In order to achieve such an object, the game device according to the first aspect of the present invention includes a predetermined table for storing the first game medium, and sliding the first table to push the first game medium. Pusher means for generating the flow of the first game medium on the predetermined table, first flow control means for controlling the flow of the first game medium on the predetermined table, and the first flow control means projecting from the predetermined table cover. Moving means for retracting or retreating below a predetermined table top surface.
[0008] 所定テーブル上に貯留された例えばメダルなどの有体物である第 1ゲーム媒体を 押進させるゲーム装置に、第 1ゲーム媒体の流れを切り替える第 1流れ制御手段を設 けることで、第 1流れ制御手段を用いて第 1ゲーム媒体の流れを例えばゲームプレイ ャにとって有利となるように制御することが可能となる。また、同様に、第 1流れ制御手 段を用いて第 1ゲーム媒体の流れを例えばゲームプレイヤにとって不利となるように 制御することも可能である。また、この第 1流れ制御手段を所定テーブル上に突出さ せたり所定テーブル下に退避させたりする移動手段をさらに設けることで、ゲーム媒 体の流れを切り替えることが可能となる。この結果、ゲームプレイヤにとって有利なゲ ーム状態や不利なゲーム状態や通常のゲーム状態などを機械的な構成を用いて切 り替えることが可能となる。  [0008] The first flow control means for switching the flow of the first game medium is provided in the game device that pushes the first game medium, which is a tangible object such as a medal, stored on the predetermined table. The flow control means can be used to control the flow of the first game medium so as to be advantageous to the game player, for example. Similarly, it is also possible to control the flow of the first game medium so as to be disadvantageous for the game player, for example, using the first flow control means. Further, it is possible to switch the flow of the game medium by further providing moving means for projecting the first flow control means onto the predetermined table or retracting it below the predetermined table. As a result, it is possible to switch between a game state advantageous to the game player, a disadvantageous game state, a normal game state, and the like using a mechanical configuration.
[0009] また、第 2発明に係るゲーム装置は、第 1発明に係るゲーム装置において、第 1流 れ制御手段が所定テーブルカゝら突出した第 1ガイド板を含み、所定テーブル上にお ける第 1ゲーム媒体の流れが第 1ガイド板により制限される。  [0009] Further, the game device according to the second invention is the game device according to the first invention, wherein the first flow control means includes a first guide plate protruding from the predetermined table cover, and is placed on the predetermined table. The flow of the first game medium is restricted by the first guide plate.
[0010] 有体物である第 1ゲーム媒体の流れを制御する第 1流れ制御手段は、板部材であ る第 1ガイド板を用いて構成することができる。この板部材を用いた場合、第 1ゲーム 媒体の流れは、板部材を所定テーブル上に突出させたり、所定テーブル下に退避さ せたりという簡易な構成で実現することができる。この結果、ゲーム状態を機械的な 構成を用いて切り替えるゲーム装置を安価に実現することが可能となる。  [0010] The first flow control means for controlling the flow of the first game medium that is a tangible object can be configured using a first guide plate that is a plate member. When this plate member is used, the flow of the first game medium can be realized with a simple configuration in which the plate member protrudes above the predetermined table or retracts under the predetermined table. As a result, it is possible to realize a game device that switches the game state using a mechanical configuration at low cost.
[0011] また、第 3発明に係るゲーム装置は、第 2発明に係るゲーム装置において、第 1流 れ制御手段が平行又はハ字状に組み合わされた 2つの第 1ガイド板を含む。 [0012] 第 1ガイド板を平行又はハ字状に組み合わせて用いることで、第 1ゲーム媒体を確 実に導きたい方向に導くことが可能となる。すなわち、平行又はハ字状に組み合わさ れた第 1ガイド板の間に第 1ゲーム媒体が流れるように構成することで、第 1ゲーム媒 体の流れを的確且つ確実に制限することが可能となる。 [0011] Further, a game device according to a third aspect of the invention is the game device according to the second aspect of the invention, comprising two first guide plates in which the first flow control means are combined in parallel or in a C shape. [0012] By using the first guide plate in combination in a parallel or square shape, it becomes possible to guide the first game medium in the direction in which the first game medium is to be reliably guided. That is, by configuring the first game medium to flow between the first guide plates combined in parallel or in the shape of a letter C, the flow of the first game medium can be accurately and surely limited.
[0013] また、第 4発明に係るゲーム装置は、第 1から第 3発明の何れかに係るゲーム装置 において、所定テーブルにおける所定端から落下した第 1ゲーム媒体をゲームプレ ィャへ払い出す払出手段をさらに有し、第 1流れ制御手段が第 1ゲーム媒体が所定 端側へ流れるように、所定テーブル上における第 1ゲーム媒体の流れを制御する。  [0013] Further, the game device according to the fourth invention is a game device according to any one of the first to third inventions, wherein the first game medium dropped from a predetermined end of the predetermined table is paid out to the game player. And a first flow control means for controlling the flow of the first game medium on the predetermined table so that the first game medium flows to the predetermined end side.
[0014] 第 1流れ制御手段によって制御される方向に払出手段を設けることで、第 1流れ制 御手段によって流れを制御した場合にゲームプレイヤに取って有利なゲーム状態と なるよう〖こ構成することがでさる。  [0014] By providing the payout means in the direction controlled by the first flow control means, the game is configured to be advantageous for the game player when the flow is controlled by the first flow control means. That's right.
[0015] また、第 5発明に係るゲーム装置は、第 1から第 4発明の何れかに係るゲーム装置 において、所定テーブル上に貯留された第 2ゲーム媒体の流れを制御する第 2流れ 制御手段をさらに有し、プッシャ手段が所定テーブル上をスライドして第 1ゲーム媒体 または第 2ゲーム媒体を押進することで、所定テーブル上における第 2ゲーム媒体の 流れを生成する。  [0015] Further, the game device according to a fifth aspect of the present invention is the game device according to any one of the first to fourth aspects, wherein the second flow control means controls the flow of the second game medium stored on the predetermined table. The pusher means slides on the predetermined table and pushes the first game medium or the second game medium, thereby generating a flow of the second game medium on the predetermined table.
[0016] 第 1ゲーム媒体と形状が異なる第 2ゲーム媒体の流れを制御する第 2流れ制御手 段を設けることで、例えば第 1ゲーム媒体を用いるプッシャゲームなどのゲームに、例 えばビンゴゲームに用いられるボール抽選ゲームなどの他の種類のゲームを組み合 わせることができる。すなわち、複数種類のゲームを組み合わせることが可能となり、 より複雑なゲーム性を実現することが可能となる。  [0016] By providing a second flow control means for controlling the flow of the second game medium having a shape different from that of the first game medium, for example, a pusher game using the first game medium, for example, a bingo game Other types of games such as the ball lottery game used can be combined. That is, it is possible to combine a plurality of types of games, and it is possible to realize more complicated game characteristics.
[0017] また、第 6発明に係るゲーム装置は、第 2発明に係るゲーム装置において、所定テ 一ブル上に貯留された第 2ゲーム媒体の流れを制御する第 2流れ制御手段をさらに 有し、プッシャ手段が所定テーブル上をスライドして第 1ゲーム媒体または第 2ゲーム 媒体を押進することで、所定テーブル上における第 2ゲーム媒体の流れを生成し、第 2流れ制御手段が第 1ガイド板上に第 1ガイド板と所定間隔を隔てて配設された第 2 ガイド板を含み、所定間隔が第 1ゲーム媒体の厚さ以上である。  [0017] Further, the game device according to a sixth aspect of the present invention is the game device according to the second aspect, further comprising second flow control means for controlling the flow of the second game medium stored on the predetermined table. The pusher means slides on the predetermined table and pushes the first game medium or the second game medium to generate a flow of the second game medium on the predetermined table, and the second flow control means performs the first guide. A second guide plate is disposed on the plate at a predetermined interval from the first guide plate, and the predetermined interval is equal to or greater than the thickness of the first game medium.
[0018] 有体物である第 2ゲーム媒体の流れを制御する第 2流れ制御手段は、例えば板部 材である第 2ガイド板を用いて構成することができる。また、この第 2ガイド板を第 1ガ イド板上に設けることで、第 1ゲーム媒体および第 2ゲーム媒体の流れを制御するた めの構成 (第 1および第 2流れ制御手段)が占める所定テーブル上の面積を低減す ることができる。この際、第 1ガイド板と第 2ガイド板との間に第 1ゲーム媒体の厚さ以 上の隙間を持たせることで、第 1ゲーム媒体の流れを制限することなしに第 2ゲーム 媒体の流れを制御することもできる。 [0018] The second flow control means for controlling the flow of the second game medium that is a tangible object is, for example, a plate portion A second guide plate that is a material can be used. In addition, by providing the second guide plate on the first guide plate, the configuration for controlling the flow of the first game medium and the second game medium (first and second flow control means) occupies a predetermined amount. The area on the table can be reduced. At this time, by providing a gap greater than the thickness of the first game medium between the first guide plate and the second guide plate, the flow of the second game medium is not limited without restricting the flow of the first game medium. The flow can also be controlled.
[0019] また、第 7発明に係るゲーム装置は、第 6発明に係るゲーム装置において、第 2流 れ制御手段が平行又はハ字状に組み合わされた 2つの第 2ガイド板を含む。  [0019] In addition, a game device according to a seventh aspect of the invention is the game device according to the sixth aspect of the invention, comprising two second guide plates in which the second flow control means is combined in a parallel or square shape.
[0020] 第 2ガイド板を平行又はハ字状に組み合わせて用いることで、第 2ゲーム媒体を確 実に導きたい方向に導くことが可能となる。すなわち、平行又はハ字状に組み合わさ れた第 2ガイド板の間に第 2ゲーム媒体が流れるように構成することで、第 2ゲーム媒 体の流れを的確且つ確実に制限することが可能となる。  [0020] By using the second guide plate in combination in a parallel or square shape, it is possible to guide the second game medium in the direction in which the second game medium is to be reliably guided. That is, by configuring the second game medium to flow between the second guide plates combined in parallel or in the shape of a letter C, the flow of the second game medium can be accurately and surely limited.
[0021] 本発明によれば、機械的な構成を用いてゲーム状態を切り替えることが可能なゲー ム装置を実現することができる。  [0021] According to the present invention, it is possible to realize a game apparatus that can switch a game state using a mechanical configuration.
図面の簡単な説明  Brief Description of Drawings
[0022] [図 1]本発明の一実施形態に係るゲーム装置の全体構成における一部を斜視図であ る。  FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a part of the overall configuration of a game device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
[図 2]図 1におけるステーション部 STの概略構成を示す斜視図である。  2 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a station unit ST in FIG.
[図 3]図 1におけるサテライト部 SAの概略構成を示す斜視図である。  3 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the satellite part SA in FIG. 1. FIG.
[図 4]本発明の一実施形態によるプレイフィールド 500及びその周辺部の構成を抽出 した部分斜視図である。  FIG. 4 is a partial perspective view extracting the configuration of the play field 500 and its peripheral part according to one embodiment of the present invention.
[図 5]図 4に示すプレイフィールド 500におけるプッシャ部 510の往復運動を説明する ための図である。  5 is a diagram for explaining the reciprocating motion of the pusher unit 510 in the play field 500 shown in FIG.
[図 6]本発明の一実施形態によるプレイフィールド 500を前方 (ゲームプレイヤ側)か ら見た際の前面図である。  FIG. 6 is a front view of the play field 500 according to one embodiment of the present invention as viewed from the front (game player side).
[図 7]本発明の一実施形態に係るメダル M及びボール B1ZB2のメインテーブル 501 上での流れを示す図である。  FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a flow of the medal M and the ball B1ZB2 on the main table 501 according to the embodiment of the present invention.
[図 8]本発明の一実施形態によるガイド部移動機構 540の構成を示す図である。 圆 9]本発明の一実施例によるガイド部 530L及び 530Rの突没運動を説明するため の図である。 FIG. 8 is a diagram showing a configuration of a guide part moving mechanism 540 according to an embodiment of the present invention. [9] FIG. 9 is a view for explaining the protrusion and subtraction motion of the guide portions 530L and 530R according to one embodiment of the present invention.
[図 10]本発明の一実施形態に係るメダル投入機構を示す斜視図である。  FIG. 10 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to an embodiment of the present invention.
[図 11]図 10に示すメダル投入機構の正面図である。 FIG. 11 is a front view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
[図 12]図 10に示すメダル投入機構の上面図である。 FIG. 12 is a top view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
[図 13]図 10に示すメダル投入機構の背面図である。 13 is a rear view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
[図 14]図 10に示すメダル投入機構の部分分解図である。 14 is a partial exploded view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
圆 15]本発明の一実施形態の変更例 1に係るメダル投入機構を示す斜視図である。 圆 16]本発明の一実施形態の変更例 2に係るメダル投入機構を示す斜視図である。 圆 17]本発明の一実施形態の変更例 3に係るメダル投入機構を示す斜視図である。 圆 18]本発明の一実施形態の変更例 4に係るメダル投入機構を示す斜視図である。 圆 19]本発明の一実施形態の変更例 5に係るメダル投入機構を示す斜視図である。 圆 20]本発明の一実施形態に係る他のメダル投入機構を示す斜視図である。 [15] FIG. 15 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to Modification 1 of the embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 16] A perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to Modification 2 of the embodiment of the present invention.圆 17] It is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to Modification 3 of the embodiment of the present invention. [18] FIG. 18 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to Modification 4 of the embodiment of the present invention.圆 19] A perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to Modification 5 of the embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 20 is a perspective view showing another medal insertion mechanism according to an embodiment of the present invention.
[図 21]図 20に示すメダル投入機構の正面図である。 FIG. 21 is a front view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
[図 22]図 20に示すメダル投入機構の上面図である。 FIG. 22 is a top view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
[図 23]図 20に示すメダル投入機構の背面図である。 FIG. 23 is a rear view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
圆 24]本発明の一実施形態に係る他のメダル投入機構の変更例 1を示す斜視図で ある。 24] FIG. 24 is a perspective view showing a first modification of another medal insertion mechanism according to an embodiment of the present invention.
圆 25]本発明の一実施形態に係る他のメダル投入機構の変更例 2を示す斜視図で ある。 FIG. 25 is a perspective view showing a second modified example of another medal insertion mechanism according to an embodiment of the present invention.
圆 26]本発明の一実施形態に係る他のメダル投入機構の変更例 3を示す斜視図で ある。 [26] FIG. 26 is a perspective view showing a third modification of another medal insertion mechanism according to an embodiment of the present invention.
圆 27]本発明の一実施形態に係る他のメダル投入機構の変更例 4を示す斜視図で ある。 [27] FIG. 27 is a perspective view showing a modification 4 of another medal insertion mechanism according to an embodiment of the present invention.
圆 28]本発明の一実施形態に係る他のメダル投入機構の変更例 5を示す斜視図で ある。 FIG. 28] A perspective view showing Modification Example 5 of another medal insertion mechanism according to an embodiment of the present invention.
[図 29]メダルの厚さと、該第 1の段差及び第 2の段差のステップ面の幅との関係を説 明する図である。 [図 30]本発明の一実施形態に係るメダル移動擬似演出部の構成を示す斜視図であ る。 FIG. 29 is a diagram for explaining the relationship between the thickness of medals and the width of the step surface of the first step and the second step. FIG. 30 is a perspective view showing a configuration of a medal movement simulation effect section according to an embodiment of the present invention.
[図 31]本発明の一実施形態に係るメダル移動擬似演出部及びその周辺部の電気的 構成を示すブロック図である。  FIG. 31 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a medal movement simulation effect section and its peripheral parts according to an embodiment of the present invention.
[図 32]本発明の一実施形態に係るメダル投入機構におけるメダル投入センサ及びそ の周辺の構成を示す分解図である。  FIG. 32 is an exploded view showing a configuration of a medal insertion sensor and its surroundings in a medal insertion mechanism according to an embodiment of the present invention.
[図 33]本発明の一実施形態に係るステーション部におけるメダルの流れを説明する ための図である。  FIG. 33 is a diagram for explaining a medal flow in the station unit according to the embodiment of the present invention.
[図 34]本発明の一実施形態におけるメダルの擬似移動を演出する際の制御部の動 作を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing the operation of the control unit when producing a pseudo medal movement according to an embodiment of the present invention.
[図 35]本発明の一実施形態におけるメダル移動模擬演出部とその周辺部と制御部と の間で入出力される信号の波形図である。  FIG. 35 is a waveform diagram of signals input / output between a medal movement simulation rendering unit and its peripheral units and a control unit according to one embodiment of the present invention.
[図 36]本発明の一実施形態におけるメダル移動模擬演出部及びその周辺部の動作 の変形例を示す図であり、本変形例においてるメダル移動模擬演出部とその周辺部 と制御部との間で入出力される信号の波形図である。  FIG. 36 is a diagram showing a modification of the operation of the medal movement simulation effect section and its peripheral part in one embodiment of the present invention, and shows the medal movement simulation effect part, its peripheral part and the control part in this modification example; It is a wave form diagram of the signal input / output between.
[図 37]本発明の一実施形態におけるメダル移動擬似演出部の構成の変形例 1を示 す斜視図である。  FIG. 37 is a perspective view showing a first modification of the configuration of the medal movement simulation effect section according to the embodiment of the present invention.
[図 38] (a)は本発明の一実施形態におけるメダル移動擬似演出部の構成の変形例 2 を示す斜視図であり、 (b)は(a)における各側面に設けられた LEDの配列を示す図 である。  FIG. 38 (a) is a perspective view showing a modified example 2 of the configuration of the medal movement simulation effect section in one embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 38 (b) is an array of LEDs provided on each side surface in FIG. FIG.
[図 39] (a)は本発明の一実施形態におけるメダル移動擬似演出部の構成の変形例 3 を示す斜視図であり、 (b)は(a)における各側面に設けられた LEDの配列を示す図 である。  FIG. 39 (a) is a perspective view showing a modified example 3 of the configuration of the medal movement simulation effect section in one embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 39 (b) is an array of LEDs provided on each side surface in FIG. FIG.
発明を実施するための最良の形態  BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0023] 以下、本発明を実施するための最良の形態を図面と共に詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, the best mode for carrying out the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.
[0024] (1)一実施形態 [1] One Embodiment
まず、本発明による一実施形態について図面を用レ、て詳細に説明する。なお、各  First, an embodiment according to the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. In addition, each
差替え用銑 mm) 図は本発明の内容を理解でき得る程度に形状、大きさ、及び位置関係を概略的に示 してあるに過ぎず、従って、本発明は各図で例示された形状、大きさ、及び位置関係 のみに限定されるものではない。また、各図では、構成の明瞭化のため、断面におけ るハッチングの一部が省略されている。さらに、後述において例示する数値は、本発 明の好適な例に過ぎず、従って、本発明は例示された数値に限定されるものではな い。これは、後述する各実施形態において同様である。 (Replacement 銑 mm) The drawings only schematically show the shape, size, and positional relationship to the extent that the contents of the present invention can be understood. Therefore, the present invention shows the shape, size, and position illustrated in each figure. It is not limited to relationships only. In each drawing, a part of the hatching in the cross section is omitted for the sake of clarity of the configuration. Furthermore, the numerical values exemplified below are merely preferred examples of the present invention, and therefore the present invention is not limited to the exemplified numerical values. This is the same in each embodiment described later.
[0025] (1 1)全体構成  [0025] (1 1) Overall configuration
本実施形態では、前述した概円盤形状のゲーム媒体としてメダルを例に取り、この メダルを用いたゲーム装置としてプッシャゲーム装置を例に挙げる。  In the present embodiment, a medal is taken as an example of the above-described approximately disc-shaped game medium, and a pusher game device is taken as an example of a game device using this medal.
[0026] 図 1は、本発明の一実施形態に係るプッシャゲーム装置 1の構成を示す部分斜視 図である。ただし、説明の簡略化のため、図 1ではプッシャゲーム装置 1の基本構成 を抜粋して示す。 FIG. 1 is a partial perspective view showing a configuration of a pusher game device 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention. However, in order to simplify the explanation, FIG. 1 shows an excerpt of the basic configuration of the pusher game device 1.
[0027] 図 1に示すように、プッシャゲーム装置 1は、サテライト部 SAとステーション部 STとを 有して構成される。なお、図面では 1つのサテライト部 SAに対して 1つのステーション 部 STが組み合わされた例を示す力 実際には 1つのサテライト部 SAに対して複数の ステーション部 STを組み合わすことが可能である。この場合、サテライト部 SAを取り 囲むようにステーション部 STが配置される。  As shown in FIG. 1, the pusher game device 1 is configured to include a satellite unit SA and a station unit ST. In the drawing, a force indicating an example in which one station unit ST is combined with one satellite unit SA Actually, a plurality of station units ST can be combined with one satellite unit SA. In this case, the station part ST is arranged so as to surround the satellite part SA.
[0028] (1 1 1)ステーション部の構成  [0028] (1 1 1) Station configuration
また、図 1におけるステーション部 STの構成を図 2に抜粋すると共に、その概略構 成を、図 1及び図 2を用いて説明する。ステーション部 STは、ゲームプレイヤにプッシ ャゲームやビンゴゲームやデジタル抽選ゲームなど、様々なゲームを提供するため の構成である。  In addition, the configuration of the station ST in FIG. 1 is extracted in FIG. 2, and the schematic configuration is described with reference to FIGS. The station unit ST is configured to provide various games such as pusher games, bingo games, and digital lottery games to game players.
[0029] 図 2に示すように、ステーション部 STは、メダル投入機構 (投入部) 100と、メダル搬 送経路 200と、リフトアップホッパ 300と、メダル排出経路 400と、プレイフィールド 50 0と、制御部 600と、表示部 700と、筐体 800とを有する。  As shown in FIG. 2, the station unit ST includes a medal insertion mechanism (insertion unit) 100, a medal transport path 200, a lift-up hopper 300, a medal discharge path 400, a play field 500, A control unit 600, a display unit 700, and a housing 800 are included.
[0030] 筐体 800は、ステーション部 STの骨組みとなる構成である。筐体 800にお!/、て、上 部手前側にはメダル投入機構 100が配置され、上部奥側には表示部 700が配置さ れ、上部中央にはプレイフィールド 500が配置される。また、筐体 800内部には、メダ ル搬送経路 200やリフトアップホッパ 300や制御部 600などが収納される。ここで、用 語「手前側」とはゲームプレイヤが遊技する際に位置する側を意味し、用語「奥側」と はゲームプレイヤが遊技する際に位置する側と反対側を意味し、用語「中央」とは上 述した「手前側」と「奥側」との間の領域を意味する。 [0030] Housing 800 is a structure that forms a framework of station ST. In the case 800, the medal insertion mechanism 100 is disposed on the upper front side, the display unit 700 is disposed on the upper back side, and the play field 500 is disposed on the upper center. In addition, the housing 800 has a meda This accommodates the transport route 200, the lift-up hopper 300, the control unit 600, and the like. Here, the term “front side” means the side located when the game player plays, and the term “back side” means the side opposite to the side where the game player plays, “Center” means the area between “front side” and “back side” described above.
[0031] メダル投入機構 100は、ゲームプレイヤが遊技する際にゲーム媒体であるメダル M をプッシャゲーム装置 1へ投入するための構成である。メダル投入機構 100から投入 されたメダル Mは、メダル搬送経路 200を介してリフトアップホッパ 300まで搬送され 、リフトアップホッパ 300において一時的に貯留される。メダル搬送経路 200及びリフ トアップホッパ 300は、上述したように、筐体 800内に配置される。なお、メダル搬送 経路 200は、メダル投入機構 100とリフトアップホッパ 300とを機械的及び物理的に 連結させ、メダル投入機構 100から投入されたメダル Mをリフトアップホッパ 300まで 搬送する機能を有する。  The medal insertion mechanism 100 is a configuration for inserting a medal M, which is a game medium, into the pusher game device 1 when a game player plays. The medal M inserted from the medal insertion mechanism 100 is transported to the lift-up hopper 300 via the medal transport path 200 and is temporarily stored in the lift-up hopper 300. The medal transport path 200 and the lift-up hopper 300 are disposed in the housing 800 as described above. The medal transport path 200 has a function of mechanically and physically connecting the medal insertion mechanism 100 and the lift-up hopper 300 and transporting the medal M inserted from the medal insertion mechanism 100 to the lift-up hopper 300.
[0032] リフトアップホッパ 300は、メダル Mを蓄積するためのメダル貯留部 310と、メダル M を所定の高さまでリフトアップするためのリフトアップ部 320と、リフトアップされたメダ ル Mを所定のタイミングで排出するためのメダル排出部 (排出部) 330とを有する。ま た、メダル排出部 330の排出口には、排出されたメダル Mをプレイフィールド 500ま で導くためのメダル排出経路 400が左右に揺動可能に設けられている。  [0032] The lift-up hopper 300 includes a medal storage unit 310 for accumulating medals M, a lift-up unit 320 for lifting the medals M to a predetermined height, and a medal M that has been lifted up to a predetermined level. And a medal discharge unit (discharge unit) 330 for discharging at timing. In addition, a medal discharge path 400 for guiding the discharged medal M to the play field 500 is provided at the discharge port of the medal discharge unit 330 so as to be able to swing left and right.
[0033] リフトアップ部 320の上端は、プレイフィールド 500よりも上に配置される。これに伴 V、、リフトアップ部 320の上端に設けられたメダル排出部 330もプレイフィールド 500 よりも上に配置される。したがって、プレイフィールド 500下に設けられたメダル貯留 部 310に一時蓄積されたメダル Mは、リフトアップ部 320によりプレイフィールド 500よ りも上に持ち上げられた後、メダル排出部 330からメダル排出経路 400を介してプレ ィフィールド 500へ射出される。  The upper end of the lift-up unit 320 is disposed above the play field 500. Along with this, the medal discharge unit 330 provided at the upper end of the lift-up unit 320 is also disposed above the play field 500. Therefore, the medal M temporarily accumulated in the medal storage unit 310 provided under the play field 500 is lifted above the play field 500 by the lift-up unit 320 and then from the medal discharge unit 330 to the medal discharge path 400. And then injected into the play field 500.
[0034] プレイフィールド 500は、主に、有効な状態にあるメダル Mを貯留するメインテープ ル 501と、メインテーブル 501上に載置されたプッシャ部 510と力も構成される。なお 、有効な状態とは、遊技に関与している状態をいう。また、プレイフィールド 500につ いては、後述において詳細に説明する。  [0034] The play field 500 mainly includes a main table 501 for storing medals M in an effective state, and a pusher unit 510 placed on the main table 501, and a force. In addition, an effective state means a state involved in a game. The play field 500 will be described in detail later.
[0035] プッシャ部 510は、有効な状態にあるメダル Mを貯留する上面 (これをサブテープ ル 511という)と、サブテーブル 511から落下したメダル Mがスライドする傾斜テープ ル 512と、メインテーブル 501に貯留されたメダル Mを押進する押進壁 513とを有す る。 [0035] The pusher unit 510 has an upper surface for storing the medal M in an effective state (this is a sub tape) 511), an inclined tape 512 on which the medal M dropped from the sub-table 511 slides, and a pushing wall 513 for pushing the medal M stored on the main table 501.
[0036] また、プッシャ部 510は、プレイフィールド 500におけるメインテーブル 501上にスラ イド可能に設けられており、一定の周期又は任意の周期で前後にスライド運動する。 プッシャ部 510の一部(奥側)は、表示部 700下方に設けられた、後述する収納部 72 0に収納される。プッシャ部 510は、この収納部 720から出入するようにスライドするこ とで、前後に往復運動する。  Further, the pusher unit 510 is slidably provided on the main table 501 in the play field 500, and slides back and forth at a constant cycle or an arbitrary cycle. A part (the back side) of the pusher unit 510 is stored in a storage unit 720, which will be described later, provided below the display unit 700. The pusher unit 510 reciprocates back and forth by sliding so as to enter and exit from the storage unit 720.
[0037] なお、サブテーブル 511には、表示部 700におけるディスプレイ 701の枠部材 710 が摺動可能に当接されている。したがって、プッシャ部 510が収納部 720へ収納され る方向へ移動した際、枠部材 710によってサブテーブル 511上のメダル Mが押進さ れる。この押進により、サブテーブル 511上の一部のメダル Mが傾斜テーブル 512へ 落下する。  Note that the frame member 710 of the display 701 in the display unit 700 is slidably contacted with the sub-table 511. Therefore, when the pusher unit 510 moves in the direction in which the pusher unit 510 is stored in the storage unit 720, the medal M on the sub-table 511 is pushed forward by the frame member 710. Due to this pushing, some medals M on the sub-table 511 fall onto the tilting table 512.
[0038] サブテーブル 511から落下したメダル Mの一部は、傾斜テーブル 512に設けられ た開口部(これをチヤッカ 515— 1、 515— 2、 515— 3という)に進入する。また、残り のメダル Mは、そのままメインテーブル 501まで落下し、メインテーブル 501に貯留さ れる。  [0038] A part of the medal M dropped from the sub-table 511 enters an opening provided in the tilting table 512 (this is referred to as “chickers 515-1, 515-2, 515-3”). Further, the remaining medals M fall as they are to the main table 501 and are stored in the main table 501.
[0039] メインテーブル 501上のメダル Mは、サブテーブル 511上のメダル Mと同様に、プッ シャ部 510のスライド運動により押進される。すなわち、メインテーブル 501上にはプ ッシャ部 510が隙間無く載置されているため、プッシャ部 510が収納部 720から搬出 する方向へ移動した際、プッシャ部 510前面の押進壁 513によってメインテーブル 5 01上のメダル Mが押進される。この押進により、メインテーブル 501上の一部のメダ ル Mが落下する。落下したメダル Mのうち、ゲームプレイヤ側の端 (これを前端 501a (図 1参照)という)から落下したメダル Mはゲームプレイヤに払い出され、他のメダル M、例えばメインテーブル 501の両サイド (これをサイド端 501bという)から落下したメ ダル Mはステーション部 ST内の所定の貯留部にストックされる。  [0039] The medal M on the main table 501 is pushed by the sliding motion of the pusher unit 510, like the medal M on the sub table 511. That is, since the pusher 510 is placed on the main table 501 with no gap, when the pusher 510 moves in the direction of unloading from the storage 720, the main table is pushed by the pushing wall 513 on the front of the pusher 510. 5 Medal M on 01 is pushed forward. Due to this pushing, some of the medals M on the main table 501 fall. Among the dropped medals M, the medals M dropped from the end on the game player side (referred to as the front end 501a (see FIG. 1)) are paid out to the game player, and other medals M, for example, both sides of the main table 501 ( The medals M that fall from the side end 501b) are stocked in a predetermined storage section in the station section ST.
[0040] また、上記した構成の他、図 2に示すように、本実施形態によるステーション部 STは 、メダル移動模擬演出部 900を有する。メダル移動模擬演出部 900は、後述するよう に、メダル投入機構 100近傍からメダル排出部 330近傍までに配列された複数の発 光部(後述における LED920)を有し、これら発光部をメダル投入機構 100側カもメ ダル排出部 330にかけて順次点灯させることで、メダル投入機構 100に投入されたメ ダル Mが移動する様子を模擬的に演出する。この際、メダル Mが実際に移動する経 路と、演出により模擬される経路とは、同一でなくとも近接していなくとも良い。 In addition to the above configuration, as shown in FIG. 2, the station unit ST according to the present embodiment includes a medal movement simulation effect unit 900. The medal movement simulation directing section 900 will be described later. In addition, there are a plurality of light emitting units (LED 920 described later) arranged from the vicinity of the medal insertion mechanism 100 to the vicinity of the medal discharge unit 330, and these light emitting units are sequentially placed from the medal insertion mechanism 100 side to the medal discharge unit 330. By lighting up, it simulates the movement of the medals M inserted in the medal insertion mechanism 100. At this time, the route on which the medal M actually moves and the route simulated by the performance need not be the same or close to each other.
[0041] また、メダル投入機構 100から投入されたメダル Mは、一時、リフトアップホッパ 300 におけるメダル貯留部 310にストックされる。リフトアップホッパ 300のメダル排出部 33 0にはメダル貯留部 310にストックされていたメダル Mがリフトアップ部 320によりリフト アップされて予めセットされている。メダル投入機構 100にメダル Mが投入されると、リ フトアップホッパ 300は、制御部 600からの制御に従って、予めメダル排出部 330に セットされていたメダル Mをプレイフィールド 500へ排出する。このように、本実施形態 では、ゲームプレイヤより投入されたメダル Mと、実際にプレイフィールド 500へ投入 されるメダル Mとは、異なるメダルである。  In addition, the medal M inserted from the medal insertion mechanism 100 is temporarily stored in the medal storage unit 310 in the lift-up hopper 300. In the medal discharge section 330 of the lift-up hopper 300, the medal M stocked in the medal storage section 310 is lifted up by the lift-up section 320 and set in advance. When the medal M is inserted into the medal insertion mechanism 100, the lift-up hopper 300 discharges the medal M set in the medal discharge unit 330 in advance to the play field 500 according to the control from the control unit 600. Thus, in this embodiment, the medal M inserted by the game player and the medal M actually inserted into the play field 500 are different medals.
[0042] また、メダル移動擬似演出部 900は、メダル投入機構 100にメダル Mが投入される と、制御部 600からの制御に従って、配列された LED920を、メダル投入機構 100側 からメダル排出部 330にかけて順次点灯させる。この際、メダル排出部 330近傍の L ED920を点灯させるタイミングと、メダル排出部 330からメダル Mを排出するタイミン グとを制御することで、メダル投入機構 100に投入されたメダル Mが移動する様子を メダル移動擬似演出部 900により模擬的に演出することができる。  In addition, when the medal M is inserted into the medal insertion mechanism 100, the medal movement simulation effect production unit 900 converts the arranged LED 920 from the medal insertion mechanism 100 side to the medal ejection unit 330 according to the control from the control unit 600. Turn on sequentially. At this time, the state in which the medal M inserted into the medal insertion mechanism 100 moves is controlled by controlling the timing at which the LED ED920 in the vicinity of the medal discharge unit 330 is turned on and the timing of discharging the medal M from the medal discharge unit 330. The medal movement simulation production unit 900 can produce a simulation.
[0043] この他、ステーション部 STは、図 1に示すように、少なくとも一方のサイドにボール 投入機構 1800を有する。ボール投入機構 1800は、後述するボール B1又は B2をプ レイフィールド 500へ投入するための構成であり、ボール投入スロープ 1801とボール 投入位置抽選機構 1810とを有する。なお、ボール B1及び B2は、後述するビンゴゲ ームを実行するためのゲーム媒体である。  In addition, as shown in FIG. 1, the station unit ST has a ball throwing mechanism 1800 on at least one side. The ball throwing mechanism 1800 is configured to throw a ball B1 or B2 described later into the play field 500, and includes a ball throwing slope 1801 and a ball throwing position lottery mechanism 1810. The balls B1 and B2 are game media for executing a bingo game described later.
[0044] ボール投入スロープ 1801は、後述するボールキャリア 1600から投入されたボール B1又は B2をボール投入位置抽選機構 1810まで重力により導くための構成である。 したがって、下りのスロープである。また、ボール投入位置抽選機構 1810は、ボール B1又は B2が投入されるプレイフィールド 500上の位置を抽選するための構成である 。このように、後述するボールキャリア 1600からステーション部 STへ投入されたボー ル B1又は B2は、ボール投入スロープ 1801及びボール投入位置抽選機構 1810を 介して、プレイフィールド 500に投入される。 [0044] The ball throwing slope 1801 is configured to guide a ball B1 or B2 thrown from a ball carrier 1600 described later to the ball throwing position lottery mechanism 1810 by gravity. Therefore, it is a downward slope. The ball throwing position lottery mechanism 1810 is a structure for drawing lots on the play field 500 where the ball B1 or B2 is thrown. . In this way, the ball B1 or B2 thrown into the station ST from a ball carrier 1600 described later is thrown into the play field 500 via the ball throwing slope 1801 and the ball throwing position lottery mechanism 1810.
[0045] また、ステーション部 STは、図 1に示すように、少なくとも一方のサイドにボール運 搬機構 1900を有する。ボール運搬機構 1900は、プレイフィールド 500におけるメイ ンテーブル 501から落下したボール B1又は B2をサテライト部 SA側へ運搬するため の構成であり、後述するボール搬送経路 1040とボール運搬部 1910とボール運搬部 走行スロープ 1901とを有する。ボール搬送経路 1040は、前端 501a下方に設けら れ、前端 501aから落下したボール B1又は B2をボール運搬部 1910まで導く。ボー ル運搬部 1910は、ボール搬送経路 1040を介して受け取ったボール B1又は B2を サテライト部 SAへ運搬するための構成であり、制御部 600の制御に従ってボール運 搬部走行スロープ 1901を走行する。なお、サテライト部 SA側へ運搬されたボール B 1又は B2は、後述するボールキャリア 1600 (図 3参照)へ受け渡される。  Further, as shown in FIG. 1, the station unit ST has a ball transport mechanism 1900 on at least one side. The ball transport mechanism 1900 is configured to transport the ball B1 or B2 dropped from the main table 501 in the play field 500 to the satellite unit SA side. The ball transport path 1040, the ball transport unit 1910, and the ball transport unit described later. A traveling slope 1901. The ball transport path 1040 is provided below the front end 501a and guides the ball B1 or B2 dropped from the front end 501a to the ball transport unit 1910. The ball transport unit 1910 is configured to transport the ball B1 or B2 received via the ball transport path 1040 to the satellite unit SA, and travels on the ball transport unit travel slope 1901 according to the control of the control unit 600. The ball B 1 or B 2 transported to the satellite SA side is delivered to a ball carrier 1600 (see FIG. 3) described later.
[0046] さらに、ステーション部 STにおける表示部 700では、ビンゴゲームやデジタル抽選 ゲームなどの他のゲームがゲームプレイヤへ提供される。  [0046] Further, in the display unit 700 in the station unit ST, other games such as a bingo game and a digital lottery game are provided to the game player.
[0047] ビンゴゲームは、後述する複数種類 (本実施形態では 2種類)のボール B1及び B2 とサテライト部 SAとを用いた抽選により進行する抽選ゲームであり、後述するサテライ ト部 SAにおける図示しない制御部とステーション部 STにおける制御部 600とによつ て進行する。なお、ビンゴゲームにおいて、後述するサテライト部 SAにおける図示し な 、制御部は主にビンゴゲーム全体の進行を制御し、ステーション部 STにおける制 御部 600は主に個々のゲームプレイヤ側の制御を担当する。また、ビンゴゲームで 使用するマトリクス状のビンゴテーブルは、例えばステーション部 STの制御部 600に おいて生成され、表示部 700に表示される。なお、ビンゴゲームでは、当選の状態に よって、ボール B1及び Z又は B2やメダル Mなどが該当するステーション部 STのプ レイフィールド 500へ投入されたり、さらに別のゲームに参加する権利を得たりする。 また、この他、メダル Mなどをゲームプレイヤへ直接払い出すなど、種々の利益をゲ ームプレイヤへ与えるように構成しても良 、。  [0047] The bingo game is a lottery game that progresses by lottery using a plurality of types of balls B1 and B2 (two types in the present embodiment) to be described later and the satellite unit SA, and is not shown in the satellite unit SA to be described later. It proceeds by the control unit and the control unit 600 in the station unit ST. In the bingo game, the control unit mainly controls the progress of the entire bingo game, and the control unit 600 in the station unit ST is mainly responsible for control of each game player side, not shown in the satellite unit SA described later. To do. Also, a matrix-like bingo table used in the bingo game is generated, for example, in the control unit 600 of the station unit ST and displayed on the display unit 700. In the bingo game, depending on the winning state, the balls B1 and Z or B2 and medals M are thrown into the play field 500 of the corresponding station section ST, and the right to participate in another game is obtained. . In addition, it may be configured to give various benefits to the game player, such as paying out the medal M directly to the game player.
[0048] また、デジタル抽選ゲームは、主にステーション部 STにおける制御部 600がデジタ ル的に抽選する抽選ゲームである。このデジタル抽選ゲームは、例えばビンゴゲーム が進行していない期間、表示部 700において表示され、実行される。デジタル抽選 ゲームは、例えばプッシャ部 510の傾斜テーブル 512に設けられたチヤッカ 515— 1 , 515- 2及び 515- 3の何れかにメダル Mが進入したことをきつかけにして開始され る。なお、デジタル抽選ゲームでは、当選の状態によって、ボール B1及び Z又は B2 やメダル Mなどが該当するステーション部 STのプレイフィールド 500へ投入されたり 、抽選確率がゲームプレイヤにとって有利となる状態となったりする。また、この他、メ ダル Mなどをゲームプレイヤへ直接払い出すなど、種々の利益をゲームプレイヤへ 与えるように構成しても良い。 [0048] Also, in the digital lottery game, the control unit 600 in the station unit ST mainly performs digital It is a lottery game that draws a lot. This digital lottery game is displayed and executed on the display unit 700, for example, while the bingo game is not in progress. The digital lottery game is started, for example, in response to the medal M entering one of the chickers 515-1, 515-2, and 515-3 provided on the tilting table 512 of the pusher unit 510. In the digital lottery game, depending on the winning state, the balls B1 and Z or B2 and the medal M may be thrown into the play field 500 of the corresponding station ST, or the lottery probability may be advantageous to the game player. To do. In addition, it may be configured to give various benefits to the game player, such as paying out the medal M directly to the game player.
[0049] また、ステーション部 STは、図 1に示すように、リフトアップホッパ 1020とメダル払出 部 1030とを含むメダル払出機構を有し、このメダル払出機構を駆動することで、前端 50 laから落下したメダル Mと同数のメダル Mやゲームプレイヤへ直接払い出すメダ ル M力 メダル投入機構 100の貯留部 101へ払い出される。  [0049] Further, as shown in Fig. 1, the station unit ST has a medal payout mechanism including a lift-up hopper 1020 and a medal payout unit 1030. By driving the medal payout mechanism, the station unit ST The same amount of medals M as the number of dropped medals M and the medal M power to be paid directly to the game player are paid out to the storage unit 101 of the medal insertion mechanism 100.
[0050] (1 1 2)サテライト部の構成  [0050] (1 1 2) Configuration of satellite section
次に、図 1におけるサテライト部 SAの構成を図 3に抜粋すると共に、その概略構成 を、図 1及び図 3を用いて説明する。本実施形態によるサテライト部 SAは、ビンゴゲ ームにおける抽選を実行するための構成である。  Next, the configuration of the satellite SA in FIG. 1 is extracted in FIG. 3, and the schematic configuration is described with reference to FIGS. The satellite unit SA according to the present embodiment is configured to execute a lottery in a bingo game.
[0051] 図 3に示すように、サテライト部 SAは、アウタービンゴステージ 1100と、インナービ ンゴステージ 1200と、ボーノレ供給機構 1300及び 1400と、ボーノレ搬送経路 1500と 、ボール投入機構 1600と、支持台 1700とを有する。  [0051] As shown in FIG. 3, the satellite unit SA includes an outer turbine stage 1100, an inner bingo stage 1200, a Bonole supply mechanism 1300 and 1400, a Bonore transport path 1500, a ball throwing mechanism 1600, and a support base 1700. And have.
[0052] 支持台 1700は、サテライト部 SAの骨組みとなる構成であり、他の構成を支持する 。支持台 1700において、上部中央にはインナービンゴステージ 1200が配設され、こ のインナービンゴステージ 1200を環囲するようにアウタービンゴステージ 1100が配 設されている。さらに、アウタービンゴステージ 1100を環囲するようにボール搬送経 路 1500が配設されている。ボール搬送経路 1500の脇には、ボール供給機構 1300 及び 1400が設けられて!/、る。  [0052] The support base 1700 is a configuration that is a framework of the satellite unit SA, and supports other configurations. In the support 1700, an inner bingo stage 1200 is disposed at the upper center, and an outer bingo stage 1100 is disposed so as to surround the inner bingo stage 1200. Further, a ball transfer path 1500 is disposed so as to surround the outer turbine stage 1100. Next to the ball transport path 1500, ball supply mechanisms 1300 and 1400 are provided!
[0053] ボール供給機構 1300は、ある種のボール、例えば非金属製のボール B1を供給す るための構成である。一方、ボール供給機構 1400は、ボール B1とは異なる種、例え ば金属製のボール B2を供給するための構成である。なお、ボール B1とボール B2と の違いは、金属であるか非金属であるかに関わらず、他の要因、例えばボールの色 により規定されて 、ても良 、。 [0053] The ball supply mechanism 1300 is configured to supply a certain type of ball, for example, a non-metallic ball B1. On the other hand, the ball supply mechanism 1400 is different from the ball B1, for example, For example, the metal ball B2 is supplied. Note that the difference between the ball B1 and the ball B2 may be defined by other factors, such as the color of the ball, regardless of whether it is a metal or non-metal.
[0054] このボール供給機構 1300は、ボール供給部 1301とリフトアップ部 1302とボール 帰還経路 1303とを有する。ボール供給部 1301は、後述するボールキャリア 1520に ボール B1を供給するための構成である。リフトアップ部 1302は、ボール B1をボール 供給部 1301までリフトアップするための構成である。ボール帰還経路 1303は、後述 するアウタービンゴステージ 1100に供給されたボール B1をボール供給機構 1300 におけるリフトアップ部 1302へ帰還させるための経路となる構成である。  The ball supply mechanism 1300 includes a ball supply unit 1301, a lift-up unit 1302, and a ball return path 1303. The ball supply unit 1301 is configured to supply a ball B1 to a ball carrier 1520 described later. The lift-up unit 1302 is configured to lift the ball B1 to the ball supply unit 1301. The ball return path 1303 is configured to be a path for returning a ball B1 supplied to an outer turbine stage 1100, which will be described later, to a lift-up unit 1302 in the ball supply mechanism 1300.
[0055] 同様に、ボール供給機構 1400は、ボール供給部 1401とリフトアップ部 1402とボ ール帰還経路(図示せず)とを有する。ボール供給部 1401は、後述するボールキヤ リア 1520にボール B2を供給するための構成である。リフトアップ部 1402は、ボール B2をボール供給部 1401までリフトアップするための構成である。図示しな!、ボール 帰還経路は、後述するインナービンゴステージ 1200に供給されたボール B2を第 2 種ボール供給機構 1400におけるリフトアップ部 1402へ帰還させるための経路となる 構成である。  Similarly, the ball supply mechanism 1400 includes a ball supply unit 1401, a lift-up unit 1402, and a ball return path (not shown). The ball supply unit 1401 is configured to supply a ball B2 to a ball carrier 1520 described later. The lift-up unit 1402 is configured to lift the ball B2 to the ball supply unit 1401. The ball return path is a configuration for returning the ball B2 supplied to the inner bingo stage 1200, which will be described later, to the lift-up unit 1402 in the second type ball supply mechanism 1400.
[0056] ボールキャリア 1520は、環状のボール搬送経路 1500外周に沿ってボール B1又 は B2を運搬するための構成である。このボールキャリア 1520は、 V字状に曲がった 2つの棒状部材よりなる受部を有し、これにボール B1又は B2を保持する。また、ボー ルキャリア 1520は、ボール搬送経路 1500に沿って設けられたリング状の部材 1550 に固定されている。したがって、リング状の部材がボール搬送経路 1500に沿って回 転することで、ボールキャリア 1520はボール搬送経路 1500に沿って移動する。  [0056] The ball carrier 1520 is configured to transport the ball B1 or B2 along the outer periphery of the annular ball transport path 1500. This ball carrier 1520 has a receiving portion made up of two bar-shaped members bent in a V shape, and holds the ball B1 or B2. The ball carrier 1520 is fixed to a ring-shaped member 1550 provided along the ball transport path 1500. Accordingly, when the ring-shaped member rotates along the ball transport path 1500, the ball carrier 1520 moves along the ball transport path 1500.
[0057] ボール搬送経路 1500は、外周面に複数のセンサ部 1510を有する。センサ部 151 0は、これの直近にボールキャリア 1520が存在するか否かを検出するための構成で ある。センサ部 1510で検出された情報は、適宜又はリアルタイムに、例えば図示しな い制御部へ入力される。この制御部は、センサ部 1510から送られてきた情報に基づ いてボールキャリア 1520の位置を特定し、これに基づいてボールキャリア 1520の走 行及び停止を制御する。例えば図 1に示すステーション部 STへボール B1を供給す る場合、この制御部は、センサ部 1510からの情報に基づいて、ボールキャリア 1520 をセンサ部 1510— 1の位置に停止させる。これにより、ボールキャリア 1520がボー ル投入スロープ 1801の延長上に位置される。この状態で、図示しない制御部により ボールキャリア 1520の V字状の受け部をボール投入スロープ 1801側へ倒されると、 ボールキャリア 1520に保持されていたボール B1又は B2がボール投入スロープ 180 1 (図 1参照)に投入される。なお、センサ部 1510は、ボール搬送経路 1500の外周 面上であって、個々のステーション部 STにおけるボール投入スロープ 1801が配置 される位置並びにボール運搬部走行スロープ 1901が配置される位置にそれぞれ設 けられる。 The ball conveyance path 1500 has a plurality of sensor units 1510 on the outer peripheral surface. The sensor unit 1150 is configured to detect whether or not the ball carrier 1520 exists in the immediate vicinity thereof. Information detected by the sensor unit 1510 is input, for example, to a control unit (not shown) as appropriate or in real time. This control unit specifies the position of the ball carrier 1520 based on the information sent from the sensor unit 1510, and controls the running and stopping of the ball carrier 1520 based on this. For example, supply the ball B1 to the station ST shown in Fig. 1. In this case, the control unit stops the ball carrier 1520 at the position of the sensor unit 1510-1 based on information from the sensor unit 1510. This places the ball carrier 1520 on the extension of the ball throwing slope 1801. In this state, when the V-shaped receiving portion of the ball carrier 1520 is tilted toward the ball throwing slope 1801 by a control unit (not shown), the ball B1 or B2 held on the ball carrier 1520 is thrown into the ball throwing slope 180 1 (Fig. 1). The sensor unit 1510 is provided on the outer peripheral surface of the ball transport path 1500 at a position where the ball throwing slope 1801 and a ball transport unit traveling slope 1901 are arranged in each station ST. It is done.
[0058] ボール投入スロープ 1801に投入されたボール B1又は B2は、ボール投入位置抽 選機構 1810を介してプレイフィールド 500に投入される。プレイフィールド 500に投 入されたボール B1又は B2は、ゲームの進行過程において、メダル Mと同様に、メイ ンテーブル 501の前端 501aから落下する。落下したボール B1又は B2は、上述した ように、後述するボール搬送経路 1040を介してボール運搬部 1910にセットされる。 なお、このボール搬送経路 1040は、ボール B1又は B2のみを受け止め、メダル Mを 通過させるボール受け部 1041を有する。また、ボール運搬部 1910は、通常の状態 では、ボール搬送経路 1040のボール排出口 1043に待機している。  The ball B1 or B2 thrown into the ball throwing slope 1801 is thrown into the play field 500 via the ball throwing position lottery mechanism 1810. The ball B1 or B2 thrown into the play field 500 falls from the front end 501a of the main table 501 in the same manner as the medal M in the course of the game. The dropped ball B1 or B2 is set in the ball transport unit 1910 via the ball transport path 1040 described later as described above. The ball transport path 1040 includes a ball receiving portion 1041 that receives only the ball B1 or B2 and allows the medal M to pass therethrough. Further, the ball transport unit 1910 stands by at the ball discharge port 1043 of the ball transport path 1040 in a normal state.
[0059] ボール運搬部 1910は、上述したようにボール B1又は B2をサテライト部 SAへ運搬 するための構成である。ボール運搬部 1910は、ボール B1又は B2がセットされると、 図示しな!、制御部からの制御に基づ!/、てボール運搬部走行スロープ 1901を駆け上 がり、ボール運搬部走行スロープ 1901の上端に移動する。ボール運搬部走行スロ ープ 1901の上端近傍には、ボールキャリア 1520が待機している。ボール運搬部 19 10は、ボール運搬部走行スロープ 1901の上端に移動した後、運搬したボール B1 又は B2をボールキャリア 1520に渡す。なお、ボール B1又は B2が受け渡されたボー ルキャリア 1520は、これを保持する姿勢となる。  [0059] The ball transport unit 1910 is configured to transport the ball B1 or B2 to the satellite unit SA as described above. When the ball B1 or B2 is set, the ball transport unit 1910 is not shown! Based on the control from the control unit! /, The ball transport unit travel slope 1901 is run up, and the ball transport unit travel slope 1901 Move to the top of the. A ball carrier 1520 is waiting in the vicinity of the upper end of the ball transport section traveling slope 1901. The ball transport unit 1910 moves to the upper end of the ball transport unit traveling slope 1901 and then transfers the transported ball B1 or B2 to the ball carrier 1520. The ball carrier 1520 to which the ball B1 or B2 has been handed is in a posture to hold it.
[0060] また、ボールキャリア 1520は、ボール B1又は B2を受け取ると、図示しない制御部 力 の制御に基づいて、ボール投入機構 1600と対向する位置へ移動する。ボール 投入機構 1600は、ボール B1をアウタービンゴステージ 1100へ投入するための受 皿 1610と、ボール B2をインナービンゴステージ 1200へ投入するための受皿 1620 とを有する。ボールキャリア 1520は、上述した図示しない制御部力もの制御に基づ いて、保持しているボールの種類(B1又は B2)に従って、受皿 1610又は 1620と対 向する位置に移動する。受皿 1610、 1620はボールキャリア 1520からボールを受け 取る際にはボールキャリア 1520と対向する位置まで下降し、ボールキャリア 1520か らボールを受け取るとボール投入経路 1110、 1210と対向する位置まで上昇する。 そしてボール投入タイミングまでボールを保持する。 [0060] When the ball carrier 1520 receives the ball B1 or B2, the ball carrier 1520 moves to a position facing the ball throwing mechanism 1600 based on control of a control unit force (not shown). The ball throwing mechanism 1600 receives a ball B1 for throwing it into the outer turbine stage 1100. A tray 1610 and a tray 1620 for feeding the ball B2 to the inner bingo stage 1200 are provided. The ball carrier 1520 moves to a position facing the tray 1610 or 1620 according to the type of the held ball (B1 or B2) based on the control of the control unit (not shown) described above. When receiving the ball from the ball carrier 1520, the trays 1610 and 1620 descend to a position facing the ball carrier 1520, and when receiving a ball from the ball carrier 1520, they rise to a position facing the ball insertion path 1110 and 1210. The ball is held until the ball is thrown in.
[0061] 例えばボール運搬部 1910からボール B1を受け取った場合、ボールキャリア 1520 は、ボール搬送経路 1500に沿って走行後、このボール B1をボール投入機構 1600 における受皿 1610へ受け渡す。ボール B1を受け取った受皿 1610は、例えばゲー ムプレイヤからの指示に従うタイミングで、保持して!/、るボール B1をボール投入経路 1110へ投入する。投入されたボール B1は、ボール投入経路 1110の傾斜及び長さ に応じた加速を得た後、アウタービンゴステージ 1100へ投入される。また、例えばボ ール運搬部 1910からボール B2を受け取った場合、ボールキャリア 1520は、ボール 搬送経路 1500に沿って走行後、このボール B2をボール投入機構 1600における受 皿 1620に受け渡す。ボール B2を受け取った受皿 1620は、例えばゲームプレイヤ 力もの指示に従うタイミングで、保持しているボール B2をボール投入経路 1210へ投 入する。投入されたボール B2は、ボール投入経路 1210の傾斜及び長さに応じたカロ 速を得た後、インナービンゴステージ 1200へ投入される。なお、ボールキャリア 152 0に受け渡されたボールの種類が B1である力 B2であるかは、例えばボール B1を非 金属製とし、ボール B2を金属製とした場合、金属センサなどボールキャリア 1520に 設けることで検出することができる。また、例えばボール B1とボール B2とを異なる色と した場合、カラーセンサなどをボールキャリア 1520に設けることで、受け渡されたボ ールの種類を検出することができる。また、検出されたボールの種類は、図示しない 制御部へ送られる。従って、ボールキャリア 1520は、この制御部へ通知したボール の種類に基づ!、て制御される。  For example, when the ball carrier 1520 receives the ball B1 from the ball transport unit 1910, the ball carrier 1520 travels along the ball transport path 1500 and then delivers the ball B1 to the tray 1610 in the ball throwing mechanism 1600. The tray 1610 that has received the ball B1 holds and throws the ball B1 that is held and held at the timing according to the instruction from the game player, for example, into the ball throwing path 1110. The thrown ball B1 is thrown into the outer turbine stage 1100 after obtaining acceleration corresponding to the inclination and length of the ball throwing path 1110. For example, when the ball B2 is received from the ball transport unit 1910, the ball carrier 1520 travels along the ball transport path 1500, and then delivers the ball B2 to the tray 1620 in the ball throwing mechanism 1600. The tray 1620 that has received the ball B2 throws the held ball B2 into the ball throwing path 1210 at a timing in accordance with, for example, an instruction from the game player. The thrown ball B2 is thrown into the inner bingo stage 1200 after obtaining a calo speed according to the inclination and length of the ball throwing path 1210. Whether the type of the ball delivered to the ball carrier 1520 is a force B2 that is B1 is, for example, when the ball B1 is made of a non-metal and the ball B2 is made of a metal, It can detect by providing. Further, for example, when the balls B1 and B2 have different colors, the type of the delivered ball can be detected by providing a color sensor or the like on the ball carrier 1520. The detected ball type is sent to a control unit (not shown). Therefore, the ball carrier 1520 is controlled based on the type of ball notified to the control unit.
[0062] アウタービンゴステージ 1100は、ボール B1が通過できる程度の径を持つ 1つ以上 の穴(これを入賞スポット 1101という)を有し、所定の周期で回転している。各入賞ス ポット 1101には、ビンゴゲームにおける番号又は図柄が割り当てられている。了ウタ 一ビンゴステージ 1100に投入されたボール B1は、ボール投入経路 1110において 得た加速及びアウタービンゴステージ 1100自体の回転によりアウタービンゴステー ジ 1100を周回した後、何れかの入賞スポット 1101へ入る。何れの入賞スポット 1101 にボール B1が入ったかの情報は、適宜、図示しない制御部へ送られる。なお、制御 部では、ボール B1が入った入賞スポット 1101に割り当てられた番号又は図柄を当 選とし、ビンゴゲームを進行する。 [0062] The outer turbine stage 1100 has one or more holes (referred to as winning spots 1101) having a diameter that allows the ball B1 to pass through, and rotates at a predetermined cycle. Each winning prize A number or a symbol in the bingo game is assigned to the pot 1101. End U The ball B1 thrown into the bingo stage 1100 circulates the outer turbine stage 1100 by the acceleration obtained in the ball insertion path 1110 and the rotation of the outer turbine stage 1100 itself, and then enters any winning spot 1101. Information about which winning spot 1101 has entered the ball B1 is appropriately sent to a control unit (not shown). Note that the control unit wins the number or symbol assigned to the winning spot 1101 containing the ball B1 and advances the bingo game.
[0063] 同様に、インナービンゴステージ 1200は、ボール B2が通過できる程度の径を持つ 1つ以上の入賞スポット 1201を有し、所定の周期で回転している。各入賞スポット 12 01には、ビンゴゲームにおける番号又は図柄が割り当てられている。インナービンゴ ステージ 1200に投入されたボール B2は、ボール投入経路 1210にお!/、て得たカロ速 及びインナービンゴステージ 1200自体の回転によりインナービンゴステージ 1200を 周回した後、何れかの入賞スポット 1201へ入る。何れの入賞スポット 1201にボール B2が入ったかの情報は、適宜、図示しない制御部へ送られる。なお、この制御部は 、ボール B2が入った入賞スポット 1201に割り当てられた番号又は図柄を当選として 、ビンゴゲームを進行する。  [0063] Similarly, the inner bingo stage 1200 has one or more winning spots 1201 having a diameter that allows the ball B2 to pass therethrough, and rotates at a predetermined cycle. Each winning spot 1201 is assigned a number or symbol in the bingo game. The ball B2 thrown into the inner bingo stage 1200 goes on the ball throwing path 1210! /, And the inner bingo stage 1200 rotates around the inner bingo stage 1200 by rotating the inner bingo stage 1200 itself. Enter. Information about which winning spot 1201 has entered the ball B2 is appropriately sent to a control unit (not shown). The control unit proceeds with the bingo game by winning the number or symbol assigned to the winning spot 1201 containing the ball B2.
[0064] 入賞スポット 1101に入ったボール B1は、ゲームプレイヤが確認できるように、一時 、入賞スポット 1101入り口に保持された後、アウタービンゴステージ 1100下方に設 けられたボール帰還経路 1303に投入される。同様に、入賞スポット 1201に入ったボ ール B2は、ゲームプレイヤが確認できるように、一時、入賞スポット 1201入り口に保 持された後、インナービンゴステージ 1200下方に設けられた図示しな!、ボール帰還 経路に投入される。  [0064] The ball B1 that has entered the winning spot 1101 is temporarily held at the entrance of the winning spot 1101 and then thrown into a ball return path 1303 provided below the outer bingo stage 1100 so that the game player can check it. The Similarly, the ball B2 that entered the winning spot 1201 is temporarily held at the entrance of the winning spot 1201 and then shown below the inner bingo stage 1200 so that the game player can confirm! It is thrown into the ball return path.
[0065] (1 - 2)プレイフィーノレド  [0065] (1-2) Playfino Red
次に、上記したプッシャゲーム装置 1におけるプレイフィールド 500の構成を、図面 を用いて詳細に説明する。図 4は、プレイフィールド 500及びその周辺部の構成を抽 出した部分斜視図である。また、図 5は、プレイフィールド 500におけるプッシャ部 51 0の往復運動を説明するための図である。  Next, the configuration of the play field 500 in the above-described pusher game apparatus 1 will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. FIG. 4 is a partial perspective view showing the configuration of the play field 500 and its surroundings. FIG. 5 is a diagram for explaining the reciprocating motion of the pusher unit 510 in the play field 500. FIG.
[0066] 上述したように、プレイフィールド 500は、メインテーブル(所定テーブル) 501と、メ インテーブル 501上に摺動可能に載置されたプッシャ部(プッシャ手段) 510と力ら構 成される。 [0066] As described above, the play field 500 includes the main table (predetermined table) 501 and the menu. It consists of a pusher section (pusher means) 510 slidably mounted on the in-table 501 and force.
[0067] プッシャ部 510は、図 4及び図 5に示すように、表示部 700のディスプレイ 701下方 に設けられた収納部 720を出入するように、メインテーブル 501上を前後にスライド運 動する。なお、図 5 (a)はプッシャ部 510が収納部 720内に最も退避した際の上視図 であり、図 5 (b)はプッシャ部 510が収納部 720から最も突出した際の上視図である。  As shown in FIGS. 4 and 5, the pusher unit 510 slides back and forth on the main table 501 so as to enter and exit the storage unit 720 provided below the display 701 of the display unit 700. 5 (a) is a top view when the pusher unit 510 is retracted most into the storage unit 720, and FIG. 5 (b) is a top view when the pusher unit 510 protrudes most from the storage unit 720. It is.
[0068] ここで、プッシャ部 510の上面であるサブテーブル 511には、上述したように、表示 部 700の枠部材 710が当接されている。したがって、プッシャ部 510の上面であるサ ブテーブル 511上に貯留されたメダル Mは、プッシャ部 510が収納部 720へ入る方 向へ移動した際(図 5において (b)→ (a)参照)に、枠部材 710によりサブテーブル 5 11上を傾斜テーブル 512方向へ押進され、サブテーブル 511上のメダル Mが全体と して傾斜テーブル 512へ向カゝぅ方向へ流れる。この結果、傾斜テーブル 512近傍に 存在したサブテーブル 511上の一部のメダル Mが傾斜テーブル 512へ落下する。な お、落下したメダル Mのうち、一部のメダル Mは傾斜テーブル 512に設けられたチヤ ッカ 515— 1〜515— 3の何れ力〖こ進入し、残りはメインテーブル 501まで落下する。 また、プッシャ部 510がスライドする範囲の両サイドには、落下防止壁 521が設けられ ており、サブテーブル 511のサイド力もメダル Mが落下することが防止されている。  Here, as described above, the frame member 710 of the display unit 700 is in contact with the sub-table 511 that is the upper surface of the pusher unit 510. Therefore, the medal M stored on the sub-table 511 on the upper surface of the pusher unit 510 is moved in the direction in which the pusher unit 510 enters the storage unit 720 (see (b) → (a) in FIG. 5). Then, the frame member 710 pushes the sub table 511 in the direction of the tilting table 512, and the medal M on the sub table 511 as a whole flows to the tilting table 512 in the direction of the head. As a result, some medals M on the sub-table 511 existing near the tilt table 512 fall onto the tilt table 512. Of the medals M that have fallen, some of the medals M enter any one of the checkers 515-1 to 515-3 provided on the tilting table 512, and the rest fall to the main table 501. Further, drop prevention walls 521 are provided on both sides of the range in which the pusher unit 510 slides, and the side force of the sub table 511 prevents the medal M from falling.
[0069] また、プッシャ部 510は、メインテーブル 501上に隙間無く載置されている。なお、こ こでいう「隙間無く」とは、メダル Mの幅以上の隙間が存在しないことをいう。したがつ て、メインテーブル 501上に貯留されたメダル Mは、プッシャ部 510力 S収納部 720力 ら出る方向へ移動した際(図 5にお 、て (a)→ (b)参照)に、プッシャ部 510前面の押 進壁 513によりメインテーブル 501上を前端 501a方向へ押進され、メインテーブル 5 01上のメダル Mが全体として前端 501aへ向力 方向へ流れる。この結果、前端 501 a近傍に存在したメインテーブル 501上の一部のメダル Mが前端 501aから落下する 。また、この際のメダル Mの流れにより、メインテーブル 501の両脇の端(サイド端 501 b)近傍に存在したメインテーブル 501上の一部のメダル M力 サイド端 501b力も落 下する。なお、サイド端 501bから落下したメダル Mは、ステーション部 ST内部の所定 の貯留部(ホツバであってもよい)に貯留される。 [0070] また、前端 501aから落下したメダル Mは、図 4に示すように、前端 501a下方に設け られたメダル受け 1001に受け止められる。メダル受け 1001は、メダル払出機構にお けるリフトアップホッパ 1020までメダル Mを搬送するためのメダル搬送経路 1002に 繋がっている。また、メダル受け 1001はメダル搬送経路 1002との連結部分に向けて 傾斜している。このため、メダル受け 1001に受け止められたメダル Mはメダル搬送経 路 1002へ流れ込む。また、メダル搬送経路 1002はメダル払出機構のリフトアップホ ッパ 1020における貯留部 1021へ向けて傾斜している。このため、メダル搬送経路 1 002に流れ込んだメダル Mは、連続してメダル払出機構へ導かれる。なお、メダル受 け 1001とメダル搬送経路 1002との連結部分には、後述するボール B1又は B2を塞 き止めるための分別棒 1010が設けられており、ボール B1又は B2がメダル払出機構 へ進入しな 、ように構成されて 、る。 In addition, the pusher unit 510 is placed on the main table 501 without a gap. “No gap” means that there is no gap larger than the width of the medal M. Therefore, when the medal M stored on the main table 501 moves in the direction of exiting the pusher section 510 force S storage section 720 force (see (a) → (b) in Fig. 5). The pusher 510 is pushed forward on the main table 501 in the direction of the front end 501a by the pushing wall 513 on the front surface of the pusher 510, and the medals M on the main table 5001 as a whole flow toward the front end 501a in the direction of force. As a result, some medals M on the main table 501 existing near the front end 501a fall from the front end 501a. In addition, due to the flow of medals M at this time, some medals M force on the main table 501 existing in the vicinity of both side ends (side end 501 b) of the main table 501 also drop. Note that the medal M dropped from the side end 501b is stored in a predetermined storage unit (may be a hot bar) inside the station unit ST. [0070] Further, as shown in FIG. 4, the medal M dropped from the front end 501a is received by a medal receiver 1001 provided below the front end 501a. The medal receiver 1001 is connected to a medal transport path 1002 for transporting the medal M to the lift-up hopper 1020 in the medal payout mechanism. In addition, the medal receiver 1001 is inclined toward the connecting portion with the medal transport path 1002. Therefore, the medal M received by the medal holder 1001 flows into the medal transport path 1002. Further, the medal transport path 1002 is inclined toward the storage section 1021 in the lift-up hopper 1020 of the medal payout mechanism. Therefore, the medals M flowing into the medal transport path 1002 are continuously guided to the medal payout mechanism. A separation rod 1010 for blocking a ball B1 or B2, which will be described later, is provided at the connecting portion between the medal receiving 1001 and the medal transport path 1002, and the ball B1 or B2 enters the medal payout mechanism. It is structured as follows.
[0071] メダル払出機構には、上述したリフトアップホッパ 1020とメダル払出部 1030との他 に、メダル Mの枚数をカウントするためのメダルカウンタ(図示せず)も設けられている 。このメダルカウンタは、例えばリフトアップホッパ 1020における貯留部 1021の入り 口に設けられており、メダル搬送経路 1002から貯留部 1021へ投入されるメダル M の枚数をカウントする。メダルカウンタによりカウントされたメダル Mの枚数は、図 2に おける制御部 600へ通知される。制御部 600は、通知されたメダルの枚数に基づい てリフトアップホッパ 1020を駆動することで、この枚数分のメダル Mをメダル払出部 1 030からメダル投入機構 100における貯留部 101へ払い出す。なお、リフトアップホッ ノ 1020は、ホッパ駆動部 1022とリフトアップ部 1023とを有し、制御部 600からの制 御に基づいて、ホッパ駆動部 1022が動作することで、払い出すメダル Mがリフトアツ プ部 1023の端部に設けられたメダル払出部 1030から払い出される。なお、メダル受 け 1001、メダル搬送経路 1002及び、リフトアップホッパ 1020とメダル払出部 1030と メダルカウンタとを含むメダル払出機構は、メインテーブル 501における前端 501aか ら落下したメダル Mをゲームプレイヤへ払い出す払出手段として機能する。  The medal payout mechanism is provided with a medal counter (not shown) for counting the number of medals M in addition to the lift-up hopper 1020 and the medal payout unit 1030 described above. This medal counter is provided, for example, at the entrance of the storage unit 1021 in the lift-up hopper 1020, and counts the number of medals M inserted into the storage unit 1021 from the medal transport path 1002. The number of medals M counted by the medal counter is notified to the control unit 600 in FIG. The controller 600 drives the lift-up hopper 1020 based on the notified number of medals, thereby paying out the medals M for this number from the medal payout unit 1030 to the storage unit 101 in the medal insertion mechanism 100. The lift-up hono 1020 includes a hopper drive unit 1022 and a lift-up unit 1023. The medals M to be paid out are lifted up when the hopper drive unit 1022 operates based on control from the control unit 600. The tokens are paid out from a medal payout unit 1030 provided at the end of the lock unit 1023. The medal payout mechanism including the medal receipt 1001, the medal transport path 1002, the lift-up hopper 1020, the medal payout unit 1030, and the medal counter pays the medal M dropped from the front end 501a of the main table 501 to the game player. It functions as a payout means.
[0072] また、メインテーブル 501上には、サテライト部 S Aから供給されたボール B1及び Z 又は B2も存在する。このボール B1又は B2は、プッシャ部 510の往復運動によるメダ ル Mの流れに伴って、メインテーブル 501上を移動した後、前端 501aから落下する 。前端 501aの下方には、上述したように、ボール搬送経路 1040が設けられている。 このボール搬送経路 1040は、落下したボール B1又は B2のみを受け止め、メダル M を通過させるボール受け部 1041と、ボール受け部 1041で受け止めたボールを所定 条件が満足するまで停めておくボール停止部 1042と、ボール排出口 1043とを有す る。したがって、ボール受け部 1041で受け止められたボール B1又は B2は、ボール 停止部 1042により所定のタイミングまで停められた後、ボール排出口 1043から排出 される。これにより、ボール B1又は B2がボール排出口 1043に待機していたボール 運搬部 1910 (図 1参照)にセットされる。なお、図 1におけるステーション部 STと図 3 又は図 4におけるステーション STとは、説明の都合上、左右が反転されている力 構 成は同様である。 [0072] On the main table 501, balls B1 and Z or B2 supplied from the satellite unit SA are also present. This ball B1 or B2 moves on the main table 501 and then drops from the front end 501a with the flow of the medals M due to the reciprocating motion of the pusher 510. . As described above, the ball transport path 1040 is provided below the front end 501a. The ball transport path 1040 receives only the dropped ball B1 or B2 and allows the medal M to pass therethrough, and a ball stopper 1042 that stops the ball received by the ball receiver 1041 until a predetermined condition is satisfied. And a ball discharge port 1043. Accordingly, the ball B1 or B2 received by the ball receiving portion 1041 is stopped by the ball stop portion 1042 until a predetermined timing and then discharged from the ball discharge port 1043. As a result, the ball B1 or B2 is set in the ball transport unit 1910 (see FIG. 1) that has been waiting at the ball discharge port 1043. Note that the station portion ST in FIG. 1 and the station ST in FIG. 3 or FIG. 4 have the same force structure in which the left and right are reversed for convenience of explanation.
[0073] (1 - 3)ガイド部およびガイド部移動機構  [0073] (1-3) Guide part and guide part moving mechanism
ただし、メインテーブル 501には、図 4に示すように、メダル M並びにボール B1及び B2の流れを制御するためのガイド部(第 1および第 2流れ制御手段) 530R及び 530 Lが設けられている。また、メインテーブル 501下には、このガイド部 530R及び 530L をメインテーブル 501に対して上下動させるためのガイド部移動機構 (移動手段) 54 0が設けられている。以下、これらガイド部 530R及び 530Lとガイド部移動機構 540と の構成を、図面と共に詳細に説明する。  However, as shown in FIG. 4, the main table 501 is provided with guide portions (first and second flow control means) 530R and 530L for controlling the flow of the medal M and the balls B1 and B2. . A guide part moving mechanism (moving means) 540 for moving the guide parts 530R and 530L up and down relative to the main table 501 is provided below the main table 501. Hereinafter, the configuration of the guide portions 530R and 530L and the guide portion moving mechanism 540 will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.
[0074] (1 3— 1)ガイド部  [0074] (1 3— 1) Guide part
まず、本実施形態によるガイド部 530R及び 530Lの構成を図面と共に詳細に説明 する。図 6は、プレイフィールド 500を前方 (ゲームプレイヤ側)から見た際の前面図で ある。なお、図 6において、(a)はガイド部 530R及び 530Lが下限の所定位置まで退 避した際の図であり、 (b)はガイド部 530R及び 530Lが上限の所定位置まで突出し た際の図である。また、図 7は、メダル M及びボール B1ZB2のメインテーブル 501上 での流れを示す図である。なお、図 7において、(a)はガイド部 530R及び 530Lが下 限の所定位置まで退避した際(図 6 (a)参照)のメダル M及びボール B1ZB2の流れ を示す上視図であり、 (b)はガイド部 530R及び 530Lが上限の所定位置まで突出し た際(図 6 (b)参照)のメダル M及びボール B1ZB2の流れを示す上視図である。  First, the configuration of the guide portions 530R and 530L according to the present embodiment will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. FIG. 6 is a front view of the play field 500 as viewed from the front (game player side). 6A is a view when the guide portions 530R and 530L are retracted to the lower limit predetermined position, and FIG. 6B is a view when the guide portions 530R and 530L protrude to the upper limit predetermined position. It is. FIG. 7 is a diagram showing the flow of the medal M and the ball B1ZB2 on the main table 501. In FIG. 7, (a) is a top view showing the flow of the medal M and the ball B1ZB2 when the guide portions 530R and 530L are retracted to the lower predetermined position (see FIG. 6 (a)). b) is a top view showing the flow of the medal M and the ball B1ZB2 when the guide portions 530R and 530L protrude to the upper limit predetermined position (see FIG. 6 (b)).
[0075] 図 4から図 7に示すように、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lはそれぞれ、ボール B1及び B 2の流れを制御するためのボールガイド板 531と、メダル Mの流れを制御するための メダルガイド板 (第 1ガイド板) 533と、ボールガイド板 (第 2ガイド板) 531とメダルガイ ド板 533を支持するための支持部 534とを有する。また、ボールガイド板 531とメダル ガイド板 533とは、間に所定形状の通過口 532が形成されるように、支持部 534によ り上下に支持される。 [0075] As shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7, the guide portions 530R and 530L are balls B1 and B, respectively. 2 ball guide plate 531 for controlling the flow of 2, medal guide plate (first guide plate) 533 for controlling the flow of medal M, ball guide plate (second guide plate) 531 and medal guide plate 533 And a support portion 534 for supporting the. Further, the ball guide plate 531 and the medal guide plate 533 are supported up and down by the support portion 534 so that a predetermined shape of the passage opening 532 is formed therebetween.
[0076] このような構成を有するガイド部 530R及び 530Lは、例えばハ字状にアレンジされ て設けられる。ただし、これに限定されず、ガイド部 530Rのゲームプレイヤ側の端と、 ガイド部 530Lのゲームプレイヤ側の端とが形成する隙間の幅力 少なくともメダル M 、ボール B1及び B2の直径よりも広くなるようにアレンジされていれば良い。したがつ て、例えばガイド部 530Rとガイド部 530Lとが平行にアレンジされていても良い。  [0076] The guide portions 530R and 530L having such a configuration are provided arranged in a C shape, for example. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the width force of the gap formed by the end of the guide portion 530R on the game player side and the end of the guide portion 530L on the game player side is at least wider than the diameter of the medal M and the balls B1 and B2. As long as it is arranged like this. Therefore, for example, the guide part 530R and the guide part 530L may be arranged in parallel.
[0077] また、ガイド部 530Rの奥側の端 (ゲームプレイヤ側と反対側の端)は、ボール B1の 半径及び B2の半径よりもメインテーブル 501の図面中右側のサイド端 501bに接近 して配置される。同様に、例えばガイド部 530Lの奥側の端は、ボール B1の半径及 び B2の半径よりもメインテーブル 501の図面中左側のサイド端 501bに接近して配置 される。これにより、メインテーブル 501の奥側力も流れてきたボール B1又は B2がガ イド部 530R及び 530Lによって挟まれたエリア以外のエリアへ進入することを防止で き、ボール B1又は B2がメインテーブル 501のサイド端 501bから落下しないように構 成することができる。すなわち、ボール B1及び B2の落下側を前端 501aのみとするこ とがでさる。  [0077] Further, the back end (the end opposite to the game player side) of the guide portion 530R is closer to the side end 501b on the right side of the drawing of the main table 501 than the radius of the ball B1 and the radius of B2. Be placed. Similarly, for example, the back end of the guide portion 530L is disposed closer to the left side end 501b of the main table 501 in the drawing than the radius of the ball B1 and the radius of B2. As a result, it is possible to prevent the ball B1 or B2 that has also flowed from the back side of the main table 501 from entering the area other than the area sandwiched between the guide portions 530R and 530L, and the ball B1 or B2 can be prevented from entering the main table 501. It can be configured not to fall from the side end 501b. That is, only the front end 501a can be the falling side of the balls B1 and B2.
[0078] また、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lは、メインテーブル 501上面に対して上下動可能に 設けられる。なお、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lをメインテーブル 501上面に対して上下 動させるための構成であるガイド部移動機構 540については、後述において説明す る。  Further, the guide portions 530R and 530L are provided to be movable up and down with respect to the upper surface of the main table 501. The guide unit moving mechanism 540, which is a configuration for moving the guide units 530R and 530L up and down with respect to the upper surface of the main table 501, will be described later.
[0079] ガイド部 530R及び 530Lにおけるメダルガイド板 533の上端は、図 6 (a)に示すよう に、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lを下限の位置まで移動させた場合、メインテーブル 50 1上面と同じ力若しくはそれ以下に位置する。すなわち、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lを 下限位置まで移動させた場合、メダルガイド板 533はメインテーブル 501下に収納さ れる。ただし、この場合でも、メダルガイド板 533とボールガイド板 531との間の通過 口 532全体カ^ィンテーブル 501によって塞がれることはない。 [0079] The upper end of the medal guide plate 533 in the guide portions 530R and 530L has the same force as the upper surface of the main table 501, as shown in Fig. 6 (a), when the guide portions 530R and 530L are moved to the lower limit position. Or less than that. That is, when the guide portions 530R and 530L are moved to the lower limit position, the medal guide plate 533 is stored under the main table 501. However, even in this case, the passage between the medal guide plate 533 and the ball guide plate 531 Mouth 532 The entire chain table 501 is not blocked.
[0080] このようにメダルガイド板 533がメインテーブル 501下に退避した状態では、メダル ガイド板 533によってメインテーブル 501上のメダル Mの流れが妨げられないため、 図 7 (a)に示すように、メダル Mが通過口 532を通過して自由な方向へ流れることが できる。すなわち、メダル Mはメインテーブル 501のサイド端 501b側へ流れることが できる。この結果、サイド端 501bから落下するメダル M力 例えばガイド部 530R及 び 530Lを上限の位置まで移動させた場合と比較して多く存在することとなる。ただし 、支持部 534によるメダル Mの流れの妨げは、説明の簡略化のため無視する。 [0080] When the medal guide plate 533 is retracted below the main table 501, the flow of the medal M on the main table 501 is not hindered by the medal guide plate 533, as shown in FIG. 7 (a). The medal M can flow through the passage 532 in any direction. That is, the medal M can flow to the side end 501 b side of the main table 501. As a result, there are more medals M force falling from the side end 501b, for example, compared to the case where the guide portions 530R and 530L are moved to the upper limit position. However, the obstruction of the flow of the medal M by the support portion 534 is ignored for the sake of simplicity.
[0081] また、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lを下限位置まで移動させた場合でも、ボールガイド 板 531はメインテーブル 501上に突出しているため、図 7 (a)に示すように、ボール B 1又は B2はボールガイド板 531により流れが制限される。すなわち、ボール B1及び B 2は、メインテーブル 501のサイド端 501bから落下しないように、前端 501aの方向へ 導かれる。 [0081] Further, even when the guide portions 530R and 530L are moved to the lower limit position, the ball guide plate 531 protrudes on the main table 501, and therefore, as shown in FIG. The flow is restricted by the ball guide plate 531. That is, the balls B1 and B2 are guided toward the front end 501a so as not to fall from the side end 501b of the main table 501.
[0082] 一方、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lにおけるメダルガイド板 533の上端は、図 6 (b)に 示すように、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lを上限の位置まで移動させた場合、メインテー ブル 501上面力 突出する。  [0082] On the other hand, the upper end of the medal guide plate 533 in the guide portions 530R and 530L protrudes when the guide portions 530R and 530L are moved to the upper limit position as shown in FIG. 6 (b). To do.
[0083] このような状態では、メダルガイド板 533によってメインテーブル 501上のメダル M の流れが妨げられるため、図 7 (b)に示すように、メダル Mの流れる方向が前端 501a の方向へ制限される。この結果、サイド端 501bから落下するメダル Mを、例えばガイ ド部 530R及び 530Lを下限の位置まで移動させた場合と比較して少なくすることが できる。ただし、支持部 534によるメダル Mの流れの妨げは、説明の簡略化のため無 視する。  [0083] In such a state, the medal guide plate 533 prevents the flow of the medal M on the main table 501, so that the direction of the medal M flowing is limited to the direction of the front end 501a as shown in FIG. 7 (b). Is done. As a result, the number of medals M falling from the side end 501b can be reduced as compared with, for example, the case where the guide portions 530R and 530L are moved to the lower limit position. However, the obstruction of the flow of the medal M by the support part 534 is ignored for the sake of simplicity.
[0084] また、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lを上限位置まで移動させた場合でも、ボールガイド 板 531はメインテーブル 501上に突出しているため、図 7 (b)に示すように、ボール B 1又は B2はボールガイド板 531により流れが制限される。すなわち、ボール B1及び B 2は、メインテーブル 501のサイド端 501bから落下しないように、前端 501aの方向へ 導かれる。  [0084] Further, even when the guide portions 530R and 530L are moved to the upper limit position, the ball guide plate 531 protrudes on the main table 501, and therefore, as shown in Fig. 7 (b), the balls B1 or B2 The flow is restricted by the ball guide plate 531. That is, the balls B1 and B2 are guided toward the front end 501a so as not to fall from the side end 501b of the main table 501.
[0085] このように、本実施形態では、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lを下限位置まで移動させる ことで、言い換えれば、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lのメダルガイド板 533をメインテープ ル 501下に収納することで、ボール B1の流れを前端 501aの方向へ制限しつつ、メ ダル Mの流れる方向を比較的自由にすることができる。この結果、メインテーブル 50 1から落下するメダル Mのうち、サイド端 501bから落下するメダル Mの比率を多くす ることが可能となる。一方、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lを上限位置まで移動させること で、言い換えれば、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lのメダルガイド板 533をメインテーブル 501上に突出させることで、ボール B1の流れと共に、メダル Mの流れを前端 501aの 方向へ制限することができる。この結果、メダル Mの流れを前端 501a方向へ集中さ せることができ、多くのメダル Mを前端 501aから落下させることができると共に、サイド 端 501bから落下するメダル Mの比率を少なくすることが可能となる。 Thus, in this embodiment, the guide portions 530R and 530L are moved to the lower limit position. In other words, by storing the medal guide plate 533 of the guide portions 530R and 530L under the main table 501, the flow of the ball M1 is restricted to the direction of the front end 501a, and the direction of flow of the medal M is compared. Can be free. As a result, it is possible to increase the ratio of the medals M falling from the side end 501b among the medals M falling from the main table 501. On the other hand, by moving the guide portions 530R and 530L to the upper limit position, in other words, by causing the medal guide plate 533 of the guide portions 530R and 530L to protrude on the main table 501, the flow of the medal M along with the flow of the ball B1. Can be restricted in the direction of the front end 501a. As a result, the flow of medals M can be concentrated in the direction of the front end 501a, many medals M can be dropped from the front end 501a, and the ratio of medals M falling from the side end 501b can be reduced. It becomes.
[0086] 以上のことから、本実施形態では、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lのメインテーブル 501 に対する位置を制御することで、ゲームプレイヤへ払い出すメダル Mと、ステーション 部 STが回収する(これを親落ちという)メダル Mとの比率 (これをペイアウト率と呼ぶ) を制御することが可能となる。また、本実施例では、ゲームを進行する際に使用する 他のゲーム媒体(ここではボール B1及び B2)の落下端が、ガイド部 530R及び 530L のメインテーブル 501に対する位置に依存せず、前端 501aに制限することが可能で あるため、これを回収する構成の大型化及び複雑ィ匕を防止することもできる。  From the above, in this embodiment, by controlling the positions of the guide units 530R and 530L with respect to the main table 501, the medals M to be paid out to the game player and the station unit ST are collected (this is the parenthood). It is possible to control the ratio (called the payout rate) with medal M. Further, in this embodiment, the falling end of other game media (balls B1 and B2 in this case) used when the game proceeds does not depend on the position of the guide portions 530R and 530L with respect to the main table 501 and the front end 501a Therefore, it is possible to prevent an increase in the size and complexity of the configuration for collecting this.
[0087] (1 - 3- 2)ガイド部移動機構  [0087] (1-3-2) Guide section moving mechanism
次に、上述したガイド部 530R及び 530Lをメインテーブル 501に対して上下に移動 させるための構成であるガイド部移動機構 540の構成を図面と共に詳細に説明する 。図 8は、ガイド部移動機構 540の構成を示す図である。なお、図 8では、ガイド部 53 OR及び 530Lの構成も示す。また、図 8において、(a)は前面図であり、(b)は(a)に おける A— A断面図である。  Next, the configuration of the guide unit moving mechanism 540, which is a configuration for moving the above-described guide units 530R and 530L up and down with respect to the main table 501, will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. FIG. 8 is a diagram showing the configuration of the guide unit moving mechanism 540. As shown in FIG. In addition, in FIG. 8, the structure of guide part 53OR and 530L is also shown. In FIG. 8, (a) is a front view, and (b) is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA in (a).
[0088] 図 8 (a)及び (b)に示すように、ガイド部移動機構 540は、容器 541とモータ 542と 連結部 545と回転軸部 546と偏心カム 548とスライド台 549とを有する。  As shown in FIGS. 8A and 8B, the guide part moving mechanism 540 includes a container 541, a motor 542, a connecting part 545, a rotating shaft part 546, an eccentric cam 548, and a slide base 549.
[0089] 上記構成において、容器 541は、ガイド部移動機構 540の主構成を収納するため の箱状の容器である。この容器 541は、例えばメインテーブル 501直下に埋め込ま れる。また、容器 541の内部側面には、後述するモータ 542を固定するためのモータ 固定部 541aと、後述するスライド台 549を垂直方向へスライド可能に支持するガイド レール 541bとが形成されている。なお、垂直方向とは、メインテーブル 501を水平と した場合の垂直方向である。 In the above configuration, the container 541 is a box-shaped container for storing the main configuration of the guide unit moving mechanism 540. The container 541 is embedded, for example, immediately below the main table 501. A motor for fixing a motor 542, which will be described later, to the inner side surface of the container 541 A fixing portion 541a and a guide rail 541b for supporting a slide base 549, which will be described later, are slidable in the vertical direction. The vertical direction is the vertical direction when the main table 501 is horizontal.
[0090] スライド台 549は、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lにおける支持部 534が固定される台で ある。したがって、スライド台 549がガイドレール 541bに沿って垂直方向へ上下にス ライドすることで、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lのメインテーブル 501からの突出量が増 減される。 [0090] The slide table 549 is a table to which the support portion 534 in the guide portions 530R and 530L is fixed. Therefore, the amount of protrusion of the guide portions 530R and 530L from the main table 501 is increased or decreased by sliding the slide base 549 vertically along the guide rail 541b.
[0091] モータ 542と連結部 545と回転軸部 546と偏心カム 548とは、スライド台 549をガイ ドレール 541bに沿ってスライドさせるための駆動手段である。  The motor 542, the connecting portion 545, the rotating shaft portion 546, and the eccentric cam 548 are drive means for sliding the slide base 549 along the guide rail 541b.
[0092] この駆動手段において、モータ 542は、例えば制御部 600 (図 2参照)の制御に基 づいて回転を発生させる。モータ 542の回転軸 542aには、連結部 545を介して回転 軸部 546が連結されている。したがって、モータ 542で発生した回転は、連結部 545 を介して回転軸部 546に伝達される。なお、連結部 545は、モータ 542で発生した回 転を回転軸部 546に直接的に伝達するための部材であると共に、モータ 542の回転 軸 542aと回転軸部 546との間における機械的な応力を吸収するための部材である。 この連結部 545は、例えばゴムなどの弾性体で形成することができる。  In this driving means, the motor 542 generates rotation based on the control of the control unit 600 (see FIG. 2), for example. A rotating shaft 546 is connected to the rotating shaft 542 a of the motor 542 via a connecting portion 545. Therefore, the rotation generated by the motor 542 is transmitted to the rotating shaft portion 546 via the connecting portion 545. The connecting portion 545 is a member for directly transmitting the rotation generated by the motor 542 to the rotating shaft portion 546, and mechanically between the rotating shaft 542a of the motor 542 and the rotating shaft portion 546. It is a member for absorbing stress. The connecting portion 545 can be formed of an elastic body such as rubber.
[0093] モータ 542の回転が伝達される回転軸部 546には、偏心カム 548が固定される。偏 心カム 548は、例えば円柱形状を有し、上 Z底面における中心でない位置に回転軸 部 546が嵌挿されて固定される。なお、偏心カム 548の上 Z底面とは、例えば円筒 形状を有する場合、円形の面をそれぞれ指す。  An eccentric cam 548 is fixed to the rotating shaft portion 546 to which the rotation of the motor 542 is transmitted. The eccentric cam 548 has, for example, a cylindrical shape, and is fixed by inserting the rotation shaft portion 546 at a position other than the center on the upper Z bottom surface. Note that the upper Z bottom surface of the eccentric cam 548 indicates a circular surface, for example, when it has a cylindrical shape.
[0094] また、偏心カム 548の側面は、スライド台 549の一部に摺動可能に当接される。例 えば図 8に示す例では、スライド台 549の側壁に開口部 549aが設けられ、この開口 部 549aの縁が偏心カム 548の側面に当接している。したがって、偏心カム 548が回 転軸部 546を中心として回転することで、図 8 (a)及び (b)から明らかなように、偏心力 ム 548の側面に当接されたスライド台 549がガイドレール 541bに沿って上下にスライ ドし、これにより、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lのメインテーブル 501からの突出量が増 減される。  Further, the side surface of the eccentric cam 548 is slidably brought into contact with a part of the slide base 549. For example, in the example shown in FIG. 8, an opening 549 a is provided on the side wall of the slide base 549, and the edge of the opening 549 a is in contact with the side surface of the eccentric cam 548. Therefore, as the eccentric cam 548 rotates around the rotation shaft portion 546, the slide base 549 abutted against the side surface of the eccentric force mu 548 is guided as shown in FIGS. 8 (a) and 8 (b). By sliding up and down along the rail 541b, the amount of protrusion of the guide portions 530R and 530L from the main table 501 is increased or decreased.
[0095] 例えば偏心カム 548における、回転軸部 546からの距離が最も短い部分の側面が 開口部 549aの上縁に当接している場合、図 9 (a)に示すように、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lは下限位置となる。この状態では、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lにおけるメダルガ イド板 533の上端がメインテーブル 501上面と同じ若しくはそれ以下となる。この結果 、通過口 532をメダル Mが通過することができる。 [0095] For example, the side surface of the portion of the eccentric cam 548 having the shortest distance from the rotation shaft portion 546 is When contacting the upper edge of the opening 549a, the guide portions 530R and 530L are in the lower limit position as shown in FIG. 9 (a). In this state, the upper end of the medal guide plate 533 in the guide portions 530R and 530L is equal to or lower than the upper surface of the main table 501. As a result, the medal M can pass through the passage port 532.
[0096] また、例えば偏心カム 548における、回転軸部 546からの距離が最も長い部分の 側面が開口部 549aの上縁に当接している場合、図 9 (b)に示すように、ガイド部 530 R及び 530Lは上限位置となる。この状態では、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lにおけるメ ダルガイド板 533の上端がメインテーブル 501上面よりも十分に突出している。この 結果、通過口 532をメダル Mの流れカ^ダルガイド板 533により十分に制限され、メイ ンテーブル 501のサイド端 50 lbから落下するメダル Mが低減される。  [0096] Further, for example, when the side surface of the portion of the eccentric cam 548 having the longest distance from the rotation shaft portion 546 is in contact with the upper edge of the opening 549a, as shown in FIG. 530 R and 530L are upper limit positions. In this state, the upper end of the medal guide plate 533 in the guide portions 530R and 530L sufficiently protrudes from the upper surface of the main table 501. As a result, the passage opening 532 is sufficiently restricted by the flow card guide plate 533 of the medal M, and the medal M falling from the side end 50 lb of the main table 501 is reduced.
[0097] また、例えば偏心カム 548における、回転軸部 546からの距離が最も短い部分と最 も長い部分との間の側面が開口部 549aの上縁に当接している場合、図 9 (c)に示す ように、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lは下限と下限との中間位置となる。この状態では、 ガイド部 530R及び 530Lにおけるメダルガイド板 533の上端力メインテーブル 501上 面から少し突出している。この結果、通過口 532をメダル Mの流れカ^ダルガイド板 5 33により多少制限され、メインテーブル 501のサイド端 501bから落下するメダル Mが 低減される。  [0097] Further, for example, when the side surface between the shortest part and the longest part of the eccentric cam 548 from the rotation shaft part 546 is in contact with the upper edge of the opening 549a, FIG. ), The guide portions 530R and 530L are intermediate positions between the lower limit and the lower limit. In this state, the upper end force main table 501 of the medal guide plate 533 slightly protrudes from the upper surface of the medal guide plate 533 in the guide portions 530R and 530L. As a result, the passage opening 532 is somewhat restricted by the flow card guide plate 533 of the medal M, and the medal M falling from the side end 501b of the main table 501 is reduced.
[0098] また、スライド台 549には、例えば位置検出用センサ 550が設けられている。この位 置検出用センサ 550は、例えば可変抵抗を用いた抵抗値検知式のセンサである。位 置検出用センサ 550で検出された値は、例えば制御部 600 (図 2参照)へ入力される 。したがって、制御部 600は、例えば入力された抵抗値に基づいて位置検出用セン サ 550の容器 541底面力もの距離を特定してガイド部 530R及び 530Lの突出量を 特定するか、又は直接的にガイド部 530R及び 530Lの突出量を特定する。なお、制 御部 600は、特定したガイド部 530R及び 530Lの突出量に基づいてモータ 542を駆 動することで、ガイド部 530R及び 530Lの突出量を制御する。また、本例では、位置 検出用センサ 550を抵抗値検知式としたが、本発明ではこれに限定されず、例えば 光学式であってもよい。さらに、本発明では、以上のように位置検出用センサを設け ずに、モータ 542を低速で回転させることで、ペイアウト率を周期的に変動させるよう に構成しても良い。この場合、例えば、モータ 542をステッピングモータで構成し、所 定払出し枚数ごと、あるいは所定親落ち枚数ごと、あるいは両者の合計が所定数に なるごとにステップを進めてモータ 542を徐々に回転させるようにすることで、ゲーム 進行に応じてペイアウト率が周期的に変動するように構成することもできる。 Further, the slide table 549 is provided with a position detection sensor 550, for example. The position detection sensor 550 is, for example, a resistance value detection type sensor using a variable resistor. The value detected by the position detection sensor 550 is input to the control unit 600 (see FIG. 2), for example. Therefore, for example, the control unit 600 specifies the distance of the container 541 bottom force of the position detection sensor 550 based on the input resistance value and specifies the protrusion amount of the guide units 530R and 530L or directly. Specify the amount of protrusion of the guide parts 530R and 530L. The control unit 600 controls the protrusion amounts of the guide portions 530R and 530L by driving the motor 542 based on the specified protrusion amounts of the guide portions 530R and 530L. In this example, the position detection sensor 550 is a resistance value detection type, but the present invention is not limited to this, and may be an optical type, for example. Furthermore, in the present invention, the payout rate is changed periodically by rotating the motor 542 at a low speed without providing a position detection sensor as described above. You may comprise. In this case, for example, the motor 542 is configured by a stepping motor, and the motor 542 is gradually rotated by advancing the steps every predetermined number of payouts, every predetermined number of omissions, or every time the total of both reaches a predetermined number. By doing so, the payout rate can be changed periodically according to the progress of the game.
[0099] (1 3— 3)作用効果  [0099] (1 3-3) Action effect
以上のように、本実施形態によれば、メインテーブル 501上に貯留された有体のゲ ーム媒体であるメダル Mを押進させるプッシャゲーム装置 1に、メダル Mの流れを切り 替えるガイド部 530Rおよび 530L (特にメダルガイド板 533)を設けることで、ガイド部 530Rおよび 530Lを用いてメダル Mの流れを例えばゲームプレイヤにとって有利と なるように制御することが可能となる。なお、本実施形態によれば、ガイド部 530Rお よび 530Lを用いてメダル Mの流れを例えばゲームプレイヤにとって不利となるように 制御することも可能である。  As described above, according to the present embodiment, the guide unit that switches the flow of the medal M to the pusher game device 1 that pushes the medal M that is a tangible game medium stored on the main table 501. By providing 530R and 530L (especially the medal guide plate 533), the flow of the medal M can be controlled using the guide portions 530R and 530L so as to be advantageous for a game player, for example. According to the present embodiment, it is also possible to control the flow of the medal M so as to be disadvantageous for the game player, for example, using the guide portions 530R and 530L.
[0100] また、このガイド部 530Rおよび 530Lをメインテーブル 501上に突出させたり所定 テーブル下に退避させたりするガイド部移動機構 540をさらに設けることで、メダル M の流れを切り替えることが可能となる。この結果、ゲームプレイヤにとって有利なゲー ム状態や不利なゲーム状態や通常のゲーム状態などを機械的な構成を用いて切り 替えることが可能となる。  [0100] Further, by further providing a guide portion moving mechanism 540 that projects the guide portions 530R and 530L onto the main table 501 or retracts them below a predetermined table, the flow of the medal M can be switched. . As a result, it is possible to switch between a game state advantageous to the game player, a disadvantageous game state, a normal game state, and the like using a mechanical configuration.
[0101] また、メダル Mの流れを制御するガイド部 530Rおよび 530Lのメダルガイド板 533 は、例えば板部材を用いて構成することができる。この板部材を用いた場合、メダル Mの流れは、板部材をメインテーブル 501上に突出させたり、メインテーブル 501下 に退避させたりという簡易な構成で実現することができる。この結果、ゲーム状態を機 械的な構成を用いて切り替えるプッシャゲーム装置 1を安価に実現することが可能と なる。  [0101] Further, the guide portions 530R and 530L for controlling the flow of the medal M can be configured by using, for example, a plate member. When this plate member is used, the flow of the medal M can be realized with a simple configuration in which the plate member protrudes above the main table 501 or retracts below the main table 501. As a result, the pusher game device 1 that switches the game state using a mechanical configuration can be realized at low cost.
[0102] また、メダルガイド板 533を平行又はハ字状に組み合わせて用いることで、メダル M を確実に導きたい方向に導くことが可能となる。すなわち、平行又はハ字状に組み合 わされたメダルガイド板 533の間にメダル Mが流れるように構成することで、メダル M の流れを的確且つ確実に 501aの方向へ導くことが可能となる。  [0102] Further, by using the medal guide plate 533 in combination in a parallel or square shape, the medal M can be surely guided in a desired direction. That is, by configuring the medal M to flow between the medal guide plates 533 that are combined in parallel or in the shape of a letter C, the flow of the medal M can be accurately and surely guided in the direction of 501a. .
[0103] また、ガイド部 530Rおよび 530Lによってメダル Mが導かれる方向の前端 501aに メダル受け 1001、メダル搬送経路 1002及び、リフトアップホッパ 1020とメダル払出 部 1030とメダルカウンタとを含むメダル払出機構とを設けることで、ガイド部 530Rお よび 530Lによって流れを制御した場合にゲームプレイヤに取って有利なゲーム状 態となるように構成することができる。 [0103] Also, the front end 501a in the direction in which the medal M is guided by the guide portions 530R and 530L. By providing a medal receiver 1001, a medal transport path 1002, and a medal payout mechanism including a lift-up hopper 1020, a medal payout portion 1030, and a medal counter, the flow is controlled by the game player by the guide portions 530R and 530L. It can be configured to be an advantageous game state.
[0104] また、メダル Mと形状が異なり、有体のゲーム媒体であるボール B1および B2の流 れを制御するボールガイド板 531ガイド部 530Rおよび 530Lに設けることで、例えば メダル Mを用いるプッシャゲームなどのゲームに、例えばビンゴゲームなどの他の種 類のゲームを組み合わせることができる。すなわち、複数種類のゲームを組み合わせ ることが可能となり、より複雑なゲーム性を実現することが可能となる。  [0104] Further, a pusher game using a medal M, for example, by providing it on the ball guide plates 531 guide portions 530R and 530L that are different in shape from the medal M and control the flow of the tangible game media balls B1 and B2. Such games can be combined with other types of games such as bingo games. That is, it is possible to combine a plurality of types of games, and it is possible to realize more complicated game characteristics.
[0105] また、ボール B1および B2の流れを制御するボールガイド板 531は、例えば板部材 を用いて構成することができる。また、このボールガイド板をメダルガイド板 533上に 設けることで、メダル Mおよびボール B1ZB2の流れを制御するための構成 (メダル ガイド板 533およびボールガイド板 531)が占めるメインテーブル 501上の面積を低 減することができる。この際、メダルガイド板 533とボールガイド板 531との間にメダル Mの厚さ以上の隙間を持つ通過口 532を形成することで、ボールガイド板 531により メダル Mの流れが制限されることを防止できる。  [0105] Further, the ball guide plate 531 for controlling the flow of the balls B1 and B2 can be configured using, for example, a plate member. Also, by providing this ball guide plate on the medal guide plate 533, the area on the main table 501 occupied by the configuration (medal guide plate 533 and ball guide plate 531) for controlling the flow of the medal M and the ball B1ZB2 is reduced. It can be reduced. At this time, the flow of the medal M is restricted by the ball guide plate 531 by forming a passage port 532 having a gap more than the thickness of the medal M between the medal guide plate 533 and the ball guide plate 531. Can be prevented.
[0106] また、ボールガイド板 531を平行又はハ字状に組み合わせて用いることで、ボール B1及び B2を確実に導きたい方向に導くことが可能となる。すなわち、平行又はハ字 状に組み合わされたボールガイド板 531の間にボール B1及び B2が流れるように構 成することで、ボール B1及び B2の流れを的確且つ確実に制限することが可能となる  [0106] Further, by using the ball guide plate 531 in combination in a parallel or square shape, the balls B1 and B2 can be reliably guided in a desired direction. In other words, by configuring the balls B1 and B2 to flow between the ball guide plates 531 combined in parallel or in the shape of a letter C, the flow of the balls B1 and B2 can be accurately and reliably restricted.
[0107] なお、上記した実施例では、ガイド部 530L及び 530Rを、図面中、ハ字状に組み 合わせることで、これらがメインテーブル 501から突出している際に、ボール B1ZB2 又はメダル Mをメインテーブル 501の前端 501aへ導くように構成した力 本発明はこ れに限定されず、ガイド部 530L及び 530Rを、図面中、逆ハ字状に組み合わせるこ とで、これらがメインテーブル 501から突出している際に、ボール B1/B2又はメダル Mをメインテーブル 501のサイド端 50 lbへ導くように構成しても良!、。このように構成 することでも、ステーション部 STにおけるペイアウト率を操作することができる。また、 上記した実施例では、メダルガイド板 533とボールガイド板 531とが共にガイド部 530 L及び 530Rに設けられた場合を例に挙げた力 本発明はこれに限定されず、それ ぞれが独立して設けられた構成としても良 ヽし、さらにはボールガイド板が存在しな い構成であっても良い。この場合、少なくともメダルガイド板 533がプレイフィールド 5 01から突没するように構成することで、ペイアウト率を変動させることが可能となる。 In the above-described embodiment, the guide portions 530L and 530R are combined in a C shape in the drawing so that when they protrude from the main table 501, the ball B1ZB2 or the medal M is placed on the main table. The force configured to be guided to the front end 501a of the 501 The present invention is not limited to this, and the guide portions 530L and 530R are combined in an inverted C shape in the drawing so that they protrude from the main table 501. At this time, the ball B1 / B2 or medal M may be guided to the side end 50 lb of the main table 501! With this configuration, the payout rate in the station unit ST can be manipulated. Also, In the embodiment described above, the force exemplified in the case where the medal guide plate 533 and the ball guide plate 531 are both provided in the guide portions 530 L and 530 R. The present invention is not limited to this, and each is independent. It is also possible to use a configuration in which the ball guide plate is not present. In this case, it is possible to vary the payout rate by constructing at least the medal guide plate 533 so as to protrude from the play field 5001.
[0108] (1 4)メダル投入機構 [0108] (1 4) Medal insertion mechanism
また、本実施例によるメダル投入機構 100の構成を、図面を用いて以下に詳細に 説明する。  The configuration of the medal insertion mechanism 100 according to the present embodiment will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings.
[0109] (1一 4一 1)メダル投入機構 100  [0109] (1 1 4 1 1) Medals insertion mechanism 100
図 10は、本発明の一実施形態に係るメダル投入機構を示す斜視図である。図 11 は、  FIG. 10 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 11 shows
図 10に示すメダル投入機構の正面図である。図 12は、図 10に示すメダル投入機構 の上面図である。図 13は、図 10に示すメダル投入機構の背面図である。  FIG. 11 is a front view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG. FIG. 12 is a top view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG. FIG. 13 is a rear view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
[0110] メダル投入機構 100は、水平領域 21と、該水平領域 21の両側に位置する第 1の傾 斜領域 22と第 2の傾斜領域 23と、該第 1の傾斜領域 22の外側に位置する第 1の側 部構造体 117と、該第 2の傾斜領域 23の外側に位置する第 2の側部構造体 118と、 を含む。メダル投入機構 100は、複数のメダルを貯留する貯留部 101を含む。該貯 留部 101は、メダル投入機構 100の水平領域 21を構成する。  [0110] The medal insertion mechanism 100 includes a horizontal region 21, a first inclined region 22 and a second inclined region 23 located on both sides of the horizontal region 21, and an outer side of the first inclined region 22. The first side structure 117 and the second side structure 118 positioned outside the second inclined region 23 are included. The medal insertion mechanism 100 includes a storage unit 101 that stores a plurality of medals. The storage unit 101 forms a horizontal region 21 of the medal insertion mechanism 100.
[0111] メダル投入機構 100は、更に、貯留部 101の第 1側部に接する第 1の境界領域 102 から連続的に上方向に傾斜しながら延在する第 1の傾斜壁を含む。該第 1の傾斜壁 は、第 1の傾斜領域 22を形成する。該第 1の傾斜壁は、第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 104 と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106とで構成される。第 1の境界領域 102は、曲面で構成さ れる。  [0111] The medal insertion mechanism 100 further includes a first inclined wall extending while inclining continuously upward from the first boundary region 102 in contact with the first side portion of the storage unit 101. The first inclined wall forms a first inclined region 22. The first inclined wall includes a first inclined wall lower region 104 and a first inclined wall upper region 106. The first boundary region 102 is composed of a curved surface.
[0112] メダル投入機構 100は、更に、前述の第 1の側部と反対側に位置する貯留部 101 の第 2側部に接する第 2の境界領域 103から連続的に上方向に傾斜しながら延在す る第 2の傾斜壁を含む。該第 2の傾斜壁は、第 2の傾斜領域 23を形成する。該第 2の 傾斜壁は、第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 105と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107とで構成される 。第 2の境界領域 103は、曲面で構成される。 [0113] メダル投入機構 100は、更に、第 1の傾斜壁に近接する位置に第 1のメダル投入口 108— 1を有する第 1のメダル投入部 108と、第 2の傾斜壁に近接する位置に第 2の メダル投入口 109— 1を有する第 2のメダル投入部 109とを有する。第 1の境界領域 1 02と、第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 104と、第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106と、第 1のメダル投 入部 108とは、メダル投入機構 100の第 1の傾斜領域 22を形成する。第 2の境界領 域 103と、第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 105と、第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107と、第 2のメダ ル投入部 109とは、メダル投入機構 100の第 2の傾斜領域 23を形成する。 [0112] The medal insertion mechanism 100 further inclines upward continuously from the second boundary region 103 in contact with the second side portion of the storage portion 101 located on the opposite side to the first side portion described above. Includes a second sloping wall that extends. The second inclined wall forms a second inclined region 23. The second inclined wall is composed of a second inclined wall lower region 105 and a second inclined wall upper region 107. The second boundary region 103 is composed of a curved surface. [0113] The medal insertion mechanism 100 further includes a first medal insertion part 108 having a first medal insertion slot 108-1 at a position close to the first inclined wall, and a position close to the second inclined wall. And a second medal slot 109-1 having a second medal slot 109-1. The first boundary region 102, the first inclined wall lower region 104, the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the first medal insertion unit 108 are the first inclined region 22 of the medal insertion mechanism 100. Form. The second boundary area 103, the second inclined wall lower area 105, the second inclined wall upper area 107, and the second medal insertion section 109 are the second inclined area of the medal insertion mechanism 100. Form 23.
[0114] 第 1のメダル投入部 108は、更に、第 1の取り付けフランジ 110を有し、該第 1の取り 付けフランジ 110は、第 1の境界領域 102の一部力も貯留部 101の一部にかけて延 在する。第 2のメダル投入部 109は、更に、第 2の取り付けフランジ 111を有し、該第 2の取り付けフランジ 111は、第 2の境界領域 103の一部から貯留部 101の一部にか けて延在する。貯留部 101上に延在する第 1の取り付けフランジ 110と第 2の取り付 けフランジ 111とは、図 12に示すように、大きくラウンドされた角部を有する。第 1の取 り付けフランジ 110と第 2の取り付けフランジ 111とは、メダル Mを貯留すするメダル 貯留領域を貯留部 101上に画定する。第 1の取り付けフランジ 110と第 2の取り付け フランジ 111とは、互いに離間しており、該 2つのフランジ 110、 111間のメダル供給 側 119からメダル Mが供給される。供給されたメダル Mは、該第 1の取り付けフランジ 110と第 2の取り付けフランジ 111との大きくラウンドされた角部に拘束される。貯留部 101のメダル供給側 119と反対側の側部には、貯留部 101からプレイヤの 、る手前 側に供給されたメダル Mがこぼれ落ちるのを防止するための第 1のメダル拘束プレー ト 112が設けられる。  [0114] The first medal insertion portion 108 further has a first mounting flange 110, and the first mounting flange 110 has a partial force of the first boundary region 102 and a part of the storage portion 101. It extends to. The second medal slot 109 further has a second mounting flange 111, which extends from a part of the second boundary region 103 to a part of the storage part 101. Extend. As shown in FIG. 12, the first mounting flange 110 and the second mounting flange 111 extending on the storage portion 101 have corner portions that are largely rounded. The first mounting flange 110 and the second mounting flange 111 define a medal storage area in which the medal M is stored on the storage unit 101. The first mounting flange 110 and the second mounting flange 111 are separated from each other, and the medal M is supplied from the medal supply side 119 between the two flanges 110 and 111. The supplied medal M is constrained by the corners of the first mounting flange 110 and the second mounting flange 111 that are rounded. The first medal restraint plate 112 for preventing the medal M supplied from the storage unit 101 to the front side of the player from spilling out on the side opposite to the medal supply side 119 of the storage unit 101. Is provided.
[0115] 第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 104と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106との境界には、第 1のガイ ド部 113が形成される。該第 1のガイド部 113は、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106を滑 り落ちるメダルを係止し、該第 1のガイド部に沿って該第 1のメダル投入口 108— 1へ スライド転入させるよう構成する。該第 1のガイド部 113は、該第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 104と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106との境界に形成された第 1の段差 113で構成する 。第 1の段差 113は、該第 1のメダル投入口 108— 1へ向力つて直線的に下降しなが ら延在する。該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106は、該第 1のガイド部 113に沿ってスライド 転入するメダル Mとの摩擦を低減するよう形成された少なくとも 1つの突部を有する。 即ち、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106は、該第 1のガイド部 113からメダル Mの直径よ り小さい距離だけ上方に離間して、該第 1のガイド部 113の延在する方向と概ね平行 に延在する少なくとも 1つの稜線形状突部 115を有する。具体的には、図示されるよ うに、複数の稜線形状突部 115を形成する。 [0115] A first guide 113 is formed at the boundary between the first inclined wall lower region 104 and the first inclined wall upper region 106. The first guide portion 113 locks a medal that slides down the first inclined wall upper region 106, and slides into the first medal insertion port 108-1 along the first guide portion. To be configured. The first guide portion 113 includes a first step 113 formed at the boundary between the first inclined wall lower region 104 and the first inclined wall upper region 106. The first step 113 extends while descending linearly toward the first medal slot 108-1. The first inclined wall upper region 106 slides along the first guide portion 113. It has at least one protrusion formed to reduce friction with the moving medal M. That is, the first inclined wall upper region 106 is spaced upward from the first guide portion 113 by a distance smaller than the diameter of the medal M, and generally extends in the direction in which the first guide portion 113 extends. It has at least one ridge-shaped projection 115 extending in parallel. Specifically, as shown in the drawing, a plurality of ridge line-shaped protrusions 115 are formed.
[0116] 第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 105と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107との境界には、第 2のガイ ド部 114が形成される。該第 2のガイド部 114は、該第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107を滑 り落ちるメダルを係止し、該第 2のガイド部に沿って該第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1へ スライド転入させるよう構成する。該第 2のガイド部 114は、該第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 105と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107との境界に形成された第 2の段差 114で構成する 。第 2の段差 114は、該第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1へ向力つて直線的に下降しなが ら延在する。該第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107は、該第 2のガイド部 114に沿ってスライド 転入するメダル Mとの摩擦を低減するよう形成された少なくとも 1つの突部を有する。 即ち、該第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107は、該第 2のガイド部 114からメダル Mの直径よ り小さい距離だけ上方に離間して、該第 2のガイド部 114の延在する方向と概ね平行 に延在する少なくとも 1つの稜線形状突部 116を有する。具体的には、図示されるよ うに、複数の稜線形状突部 116を形成する。  A second guide portion 114 is formed at the boundary between the second inclined wall lower region 105 and the second inclined wall upper region 107. The second guide portion 114 locks a medal sliding down the second inclined wall upper region 107, and slides into the second medal insertion port 109-1 along the second guide portion. To be configured. The second guide portion 114 includes a second step 114 formed at the boundary between the second inclined wall lower region 105 and the second inclined wall upper region 107. The second step 114 extends while descending linearly toward the second medal slot 109-1. The second inclined wall upper region 107 has at least one protrusion formed so as to reduce friction with the medal M that slides and moves along the second guide portion 114. That is, the second inclined wall upper region 107 is spaced upward from the second guide portion 114 by a distance smaller than the diameter of the medal M, and generally extends in the direction in which the second guide portion 114 extends. At least one ridge-shaped protrusion 116 extending in parallel is provided. Specifically, as shown in the drawing, a plurality of ridge line-shaped protrusions 116 are formed.
[0117] 該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106の外側上端部は、第 1の側部構造体 117と結合して いる。第 1の側部構造体 117は、変形 L字断面形状を有し、水平上部、垂直壁部、及 び水平下部からなる。水平上部は該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106の外側上端部から 連続的に外側に向かって延在する。垂直壁部は、水平上部の外側端部から垂直下 向きに延在する。水平下部は、垂直壁部の下端部から内側に向力つて延在する。水 平上部には、メダル排出経路 400の排出端部の位置及び向きを制御するための制 御システムにおける操作ノヽンドルが取り付けられ、プレイヤは、該操作ノヽンドルを操 作してメダル排出経路 400の排出端部の位置及び向きを制御する。水平下部は、メ ダル投入機構 100を、ステーション部 STの筐体 800に取り付けるための取り付けフラ ンジの役目を果たす。  The outer upper end portion of the first inclined wall upper region 106 is coupled to the first side structure 117. The first side structure 117 has a deformed L-shaped cross-sectional shape and includes a horizontal upper part, a vertical wall part, and a horizontal lower part. The horizontal upper part continuously extends outward from the outer upper end of the first inclined wall upper region 106. The vertical wall extends vertically downward from the outer edge of the horizontal upper part. The horizontal lower portion extends inward from the lower end portion of the vertical wall portion. An operation handle in the control system for controlling the position and orientation of the discharge end of the medal discharge path 400 is attached to the upper horizontal portion. The player operates the operation handle to operate the medal discharge path 400. To control the position and orientation of the discharge end. The horizontal lower part serves as an attachment flange for attaching the medal injection mechanism 100 to the casing 800 of the station unit ST.
[0118] 該第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107の外側上端部は、第 2の側部構造体 118と結合して いる。第 2の側部構造体 118は、変形 L字断面形状を有し、水平上部、垂直壁部、及 び水平下部からなる。水平上部は該第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107の外側上端部から 連続的に外側に向かって延在する。垂直壁部は、水平上部の外側端部から垂直下 向きに延在する。水平下部は、垂直壁部の下端部から内側に向力つて延在する。水 平上部には、メダル排出経路 400の排出端部の位置及び向きを制御するための制 御システムにおける操作ノヽンドルが取り付けられ、プレイヤは、該操作ノヽンドルを操 作してメダル排出経路 400の排出端部の位置及び向きを制御する。水平下部は、メ ダル投入機構 100を、ステーション部 STの筐体 800に取り付けるための取り付けフラ ンジの役目を果たす。 [0118] The outer upper end of the second inclined wall upper region 107 is coupled to the second side structure 118. Yes. The second side structure 118 has a deformed L-shaped cross section and includes a horizontal upper part, a vertical wall part, and a horizontal lower part. The horizontal upper part continuously extends outward from the outer upper end of the second inclined wall upper region 107. The vertical wall extends vertically downward from the outer edge of the horizontal upper part. The horizontal lower portion extends inward from the lower end portion of the vertical wall portion. An operation handle in the control system for controlling the position and orientation of the discharge end of the medal discharge path 400 is attached to the upper horizontal portion. The player operates the operation handle to operate the medal discharge path 400. To control the position and orientation of the discharge end. The horizontal lower part serves as an attachment flange for attaching the medal injection mechanism 100 to the casing 800 of the station unit ST.
[0119] 該貯留部 101、第 1の境界領域 102、第 2の境界領域 103、第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 104、第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 105、第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上 部領域 107は、同一部材で構成すれば、メダル Mが可動する領域にはつなぎ目が 無くなり抵抗を減らすことが可能となる。  [0119] The reservoir 101, the first boundary region 102, the second boundary region 103, the first inclined wall lower region 104, the second inclined wall lower region 105, the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the first If the second inclined wall upper region 107 is formed of the same member, the region where the medal M is movable has no joints and resistance can be reduced.
[0120] また、該第 1のメダル投入部 108の該第 1のメダル投入口 108— 1及び該第 2のメダ ル投入部 109の該第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1は、該メダル Mが同時に 1つのみ入る ことが可能な寸法を有する。複数の該メダル Mが同時に該第 1のメダル投入口 108 —1或いは第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1に入った場合、該第 1のメダル投入部 108或 いは該第 2のメダル投入部 109に該メダル Mが詰まってしまうことを確実に防止する ためである。  [0120] The first medal slot 108-1 of the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1 of the second medal slot 109-1 Have dimensions that allow only one to enter at a time. When a plurality of the medals M enter the first medal slot 108-1 or the second medal slot 109-1 at the same time, the first medal slot 108 or the second medal slot This is to prevent the medal M from clogging 109.
[0121] 前述したメダル投入機構 100は、該第 1及び第 2の側部の中間位置を基準にして 概ね対称的な形状及び構造を有する。  [0121] The medal insertion mechanism 100 described above has a generally symmetrical shape and structure with respect to the intermediate position between the first and second side portions.
[0122] 図 14は、図 10に示すメダル投入機構の部分分解図である。第 1のメダル投入部 10 8と第 2のメダル投入部 109とは同一構造なので、以下、第 2のメダル投入部 109の 内部構造にっき図 14を参照して説明する。  FIG. 14 is a partially exploded view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG. Since the first medal insertion portion 108 and the second medal insertion portion 109 have the same structure, the internal structure of the second medal insertion portion 109 will be described below with reference to FIG.
[0123] 第 2のメダル投入部 109は、第 1のガイド部 113即ち第 1の段差部 113の終端部に 近接する第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1と、該第 1の段差部 113の終端部と連通するメ ダル投入経路 109 - 7と、該メダル投入経路 109 - 7と連通するメダル落下孔 109 - 8と、該メダル投入経路 109— 7と該メダル投入経路 109— 7との各々の両側部を画 定する第 1のメダルガイドプレート 109 - 5及び第 2のメダルガイドプレート 109 - 6を 有する。該メダル投入経路 109— 7は、第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1を介して投入さ れたメダル Mをメダル落下孔 109— 8まで導くように形成される。 [0123] The second medal insertion portion 109 includes a second medal insertion port 109-1 adjacent to the first guide portion 113, that is, the end portion of the first step portion 113, and the first step portion 113. Medal insertion path 109-7 communicating with the end portion, medal dropping hole 109-8 communicating with the medal insertion path 109-7, and each of the medal insertion path 109-7 and the medal insertion path 109-7 Draw both sides of A first medal guide plate 109-5 and a second medal guide plate 109-6. The medal insertion path 109-7 is formed to guide the medal M inserted through the second medal insertion port 109-1 to the medal dropping hole 109-8.
[0124] 更に、第 2のメダル投入部 109は、第 1のローラー 109— 4を有する第 1の中間プレ ート 109— 3を有する。該第 1の中間プレート 109— 3は、第 1のメダルガイドプレート 109— 5及び第 2のメダルガイドプレート 109— 6に取り付けられる。該第 1のローラー 109は、メダル落下孔 109— 8上に位置することで、該メダル投入経路 109— 7を通 過したメダル M力 メダル落下孔 109— 8上にさし力かった際、該第 1のローラー 109 に当接し、該メダル Mが僅かに押し下げられ、メダル落下孔 109— 8から落下する。 落下したメダル Mは、図 1に示すメダル搬送経路 200を介してリフトアップホッパ 300 まで搬送される。そして、メダル Mは、リフトアップホッパ 300によりメダル排出経路 40 0の供給端までリフトアップされ、該メダル排出経路 400を介して排出端力もプレイフ ィールド 500上へ供給される。第 2のメダル投入部 109は、更に、第 1のメダル投入部 カバー 109— 2を有する。該第 1のメダル投入部カバー 109— 2は、第 1の中間プレ ート 109— 3を覆う。また、該第 1のメダル投入部カバー 109— 2は、第 2の取り付けフ ランジ 111と一体的に形成され、該第 2の取り付けフランジ 111が貯留部 101に固定 されることで、間接的に、第 1の中間プレート 109— 3に対してその位置が固定される [0124] Furthermore, the second medal slot 109 has a first intermediate plate 109-3 having a first roller 109-4. The first intermediate plate 109-3 is attached to the first medal guide plate 109-5 and the second medal guide plate 109-6. The first roller 109 is positioned on the medal drop hole 109-8, so that the medal M force passed through the medal insertion path 109-7 and when the first roller 109 was pushed on the medal drop hole 109-8, It abuts against the first roller 109, the medal M is slightly pushed down, and falls from the medal drop hole 109-8. The dropped medal M is transported to the lift-up hopper 300 via the medal transport path 200 shown in FIG. The medal M is lifted up to the supply end of the medal discharge path 400 by the lift-up hopper 300, and the discharge end force is also supplied onto the play field 500 through the medal discharge path 400. The second medal slot 109 further includes a first medal slot cover 109-2. The first medal slot cover 109-2 covers the first intermediate plate 109-3. In addition, the first medal slot cover 109-2 is formed integrally with the second mounting flange 111, and the second mounting flange 111 is fixed to the storage section 101, thereby indirectly. , Its position is fixed relative to the first intermediate plate 109-3
[0125] ゲームプレイヤは、該貯留部 101に貯留しているメダル Mを、該貯留部 101から連 続的に上方向に傾斜しながら延在する第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 104と第 1の傾斜壁上 部領域 106、及び第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 105と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107とに滑り 上がらせて、該メダル Mから手を離すと、重力により該メダル Mが第 1の傾斜壁上部 領域 106、及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107を滑り落ち、第 1のガイド部 113を構成す る第 1の段差部 113と第 2のガイド部 114を構成する第 2の段差部 114とに係止され る。そして、第 1の段差部 113と第 2の段差部 114とは、前記メダル Mを重力により第 1のメダル投入口 108— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1ヘスライド転入させるよう 構成される。 [0125] The game player extends the first sloping wall lower region 104 and the first medal M stored in the storage unit 101 while inclining continuously upward from the storage unit 101. When the upper wall area 106, the second lower wall area 105, and the second upper wall area 107 are slid up and released from the medal M, the medal M is moved to the first area by gravity. The second stepped portion forming the first step portion 113 and the second guide portion 114 constituting the first guide portion 113 by sliding down the inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107. 114 and locked. The first step 113 and the second step 114 are configured to slide the medal M into the first medal insertion slot 108-1 and the second medal insertion slot 109-1 by gravity. .
[0126] 即ち、ゲームプレイヤは、該貯留部 101から連続的に上方向に傾斜しながら延在 する第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 104と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106、及び第 2の傾斜壁下 部領域 105と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107に該メダル Mを滑り上がらせて、後は、該メ ダル Mから手を離せば、重力により該メダル Mが第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107を滑り落ち、第 1の段差部 113と第 2の段差部 114とに係止 され、その後、該メダル Mは、第 1の段差部 113と第 2の段差部 114とに沿って第 1の 投入部の第 1のメダル投入口 108— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1まで重力によ りスライド転入する。該メダル Mが第 1の段差部 113と第 2の段差部 114とに沿って転 がると、該メダル Mは、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 10 7に対してスライドすることになる。即ち、ゲームプレイヤは、該メダル Mを該貯留部 1 01から第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 104と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106、及び第 2の傾斜壁 下部領域 105と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107の上部領域まで移動させて、手を離せば よぐ従来の様に該メダル Mを該貯留部 101から第 1のメダル投入口 108— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1まで運ぶ必要がない。即ち、重力をうまく利用してゲームプ レイヤの手の動き楽にして 、る。 That is, the game player extends from the storage unit 101 while continuously inclining upward. The medal M is slid up to the first inclined wall lower region 104 and the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the second inclined wall lower region 105 and the second inclined wall upper region 107, and then When the hand is released from the medal M, the medal M slides down the first inclined wall upper area 106 and the second inclined wall upper area 107 by gravity, and the first step 113 and the second step 114, and thereafter, the medal M is moved along the first step portion 113 and the second step portion 114 to the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 108-1 of the first slot. Slide into the medal slot 109-1 by gravity. When the medal M rolls along the first step portion 113 and the second step portion 114, the medal M becomes the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 10 7. Will slide against. That is, the game player transfers the medal M from the storage unit 101 to the first inclined wall lower region 104 and the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the second inclined wall lower region 105 and the second inclined wall upper portion. Move to the upper area of the area 107 and release the hand. The medal M is transported from the storage section 101 to the first medal insertion slot 108-1 and the second medal insertion slot 109-1 as before. There is no need. In other words, it uses gravity to make the game player's hands easier to move.
[0127] このため、ゲームプレイヤが連続して長時間メダル Mを投入し続けても、ゲームプレ ィャが感じる疲れを大幅に低減することが可能となる。また、メダル Mの投入に殆ど 神経を使わないため、ゲームそのものに集中することが出来、ゲームを十分楽しむこ とが出来る。 [0127] Therefore, even if the game player continuously inserts the medal M for a long time, it is possible to greatly reduce the fatigue felt by the game player. In addition, since almost no nerve is used to insert the medal M, it is possible to concentrate on the game itself and to fully enjoy the game.
[0128] また、該第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 104と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106、及び第 2の傾斜 壁下部領域 105と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107に沿って該メダル Mを滑り上がらせた 後は、該メダル Mから手を離せば、重力により該メダル Mが第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 1 06及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107を滑り落ち、第 1の段差部 113と第 2の段差部 11 4とに係止され、その後、前記メダル Mは、該第 1の段差部 113と第 2の段差部 114に 沿って第 1の投入部の第 1のメダル投入口 108— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1 まで重力によりスライド転入する。即ち、メダル Mの投入を自動化せずに、ゲームプレ ィャが連続して長時間メダル Mを投入し続けても、ゲームプレイヤが感じる疲れを大 幅に低減することを可能としたため、ゲームプレイヤ自身がゲームをしている実感を 持ちながら、ゲームプレイヤを連続して長時間十分魅了することを可能にした。 [0129] 該第 1の段差部 113と第 2の段差部 114とは、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106、及び 第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107を重力により滑り落ちるメダル Mを係止する機能と、該第 1の段差部 113と第 2の段差部 114に沿って該第 1のメダル投入口 108— 1及び第 2 のメダル投入口 109— 1へ重力によりスライド転入させる機能とを備えればよい。しか し、該メダル Mを該第 1のガイド部 113即ち第 1の段差部 113と第 2のガイド部 114即 ち第 2の段差部 114より上の位置まで滑り上がらせる必要があり、このため、該メダル Mを滑り上がらせる際、該第 1のガイド部 113即ち第 1の段差部 113と第 2のガイド部 114即ち第 2の段差部 114の存在が妨げにならな 、ことが好ま U、。このことを考慮 すれば、該第 1のガイド部 113が第 1の段差部 113で構成され、第 2のガイド部 114 が第 2の段差部 114で構成されることは意義がある。但し、該第 1及び第 2の段差 11 3、 114のステップ面は、上を向いていることが重要である。これにより、該メダル Mを 該第 1の段差 113及び該第 2の段差 114を超えて滑り上がらせることが容易となり、ま た、ー且滑り上がった該メダル Mがゲームプレイヤの手を離れ該第 1の傾斜壁上部 領域 106、及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107を滑り落ちて該第 1の段差 113及び第 2 の段差 114のステップ面で係止されることが可能となる。該第 1の段差 113及び第 2 の段差 114のステップ面が下を向いた場合、該第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 104と第 1の 傾斜壁上部領域 106、及び第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 105と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 10 7に沿って滑り上がる該メダル Mを阻止し、また、メダル Mを係止しながら、該第 1のメ ダル投入口 108— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1へ重力によりスライド転入させ ることができない。 In addition, the medal M is slid along the first inclined wall lower region 104 and the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the second inclined wall lower region 105 and the second inclined wall upper region 107. After lifting, when the hand is released from the medal M, the medal M slides down the first inclined wall upper area 106 and the second inclined wall upper area 107 due to gravity, and the first step 113 and The medal M is then locked to the second stepped portion 114, and the medal M then passes along the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114 to the first medal slot 108 of the first slot. — Slide into the 1st and 2nd medal slot 109-1 by gravity. That is, the game player can greatly reduce the fatigue felt by the game player even if the game player continues to insert the medal M for a long time without automating the insertion of the medal M. While having the feeling that he is playing the game, he has been able to attract the game player continuously for a long time. [0129] The first step portion 113 and the second step portion 114 have a function of locking the medal M that slides down the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 by gravity. And a function of sliding in the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1 by gravity along the first step 113 and the second step 114. That's fine. However, it is necessary to slide the medal M up to a position above the first guide portion 113, that is, the first step portion 113 and the second guide portion 114, that is, above the second step portion 114. It is preferable that when the medal M is slid up, the presence of the first guide portion 113, that is, the first step portion 113 and the second guide portion 114, that is, the second step portion 114 is not hindered. ,. Considering this, it is meaningful that the first guide portion 113 is constituted by the first step portion 113 and the second guide portion 114 is constituted by the second step portion 114. However, it is important that the step surfaces of the first and second steps 11 3 and 114 face upward. This makes it easy to slide the medal M over the first step 113 and the second step 114, and the slid up medal M leaves the hand of the game player and The first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 can be slid down and locked by the step surfaces of the first step 113 and the second step 114. When the step surfaces of the first step 113 and the second step 114 face downward, the first inclined wall lower region 104, the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the second inclined wall lower region 105 And the second medal insertion slot 108-1 and the second medal insertion slot while preventing the medal M sliding up along the upper inclined region 10 2 of the second inclined wall 10 7 109-1 Cannot slide into gravity due to gravity.
[0130] 該第 1の段差 113は、該第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 104を第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106 より厚く構成することで、実現することが可能となる。また、該第 2の段差 114は、第 2 の傾斜壁下部領域 105を第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107より厚く構成することで、実現 することが可能となる。例えば、該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁は、上下双方の領 域に亘る第 1の平板と、該下領域のみに延在する第 2の平板とを組み合わせた構成 としてもよい。また、該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁は、上下双方の領域に亘る第 1の平板のうち該下領域のみを薄く加工してもよい。いずれにしても、該第 1の段差 1 13及び第 2の段差 114は、既存の技術を用いて実現することが可能である。 [0131] そして、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114は、該第 1のメダル投入口 108—1 及び第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1へと延在する構成とすることが出来る。この際、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114により係止されたメダル Mを該第 1のメダル投入口 108— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1へと重力により転がして導く必要があるため 、該第 1のメダル投入口 108— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1へ向力つて下降す るよう延在させる。具体的には、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114は、該第 1のメ ダル投入口 108— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1へ向けて直線的に下降する構 成とする。しかし、変更例として、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114は、該第 1の メダル投入口 108— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1へ向けて曲線的に下降する 構成とすることも可能であり、更には、直線と曲線との組み合わせで構成することも可 能である。但し、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114のどの位置でメダル Mを係止 したとしても、該第 1のメダル投入口 108— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1へ向け て重力により転がして導くのに最低限必要な傾斜角度を有する。 [0130] The first step 113 can be realized by configuring the first inclined wall lower region 104 to be thicker than the first inclined wall upper region 106. Further, the second step 114 can be realized by forming the second inclined wall lower region 105 thicker than the second inclined wall upper region 107. For example, the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall may be configured by combining a first flat plate extending in both the upper and lower regions and a second flat plate extending only in the lower region. Further, the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall may be formed by thinning only the lower region of the first flat plate extending over both the upper and lower regions. In any case, the first step 113 and the second step 114 can be realized using existing technology. [0131] Then, the first step 113 and the second step 114 can be configured to extend to the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1. . At this time, the medal M locked by the first step 113 and the second step 114 is guided to the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1 by gravity. Since it is necessary, the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1 are extended so as to move downward. Specifically, the first step 113 and the second step 114 are configured to descend linearly toward the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1. And However, as a modified example, the first step 113 and the second step 114 are curvedly lowered toward the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1. It is also possible to form a combination of straight lines and curves. However, regardless of the position of the first step 113 and the second step 114, the medal M is locked toward the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1. It has the minimum tilt angle necessary to roll and guide by gravity.
[0132] 更に、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114は、該メダル Mを重力により該第 1のメ ダル投入口 108— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1ヘスライド転入させるよう終端さ せる必要がある。該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114の終端部を該第 1のメダル投 入口 108— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1に近接させる。変更例として、該第 1の 段差 113及び第 2の段差 114の終端部が該第 1のメダル投入口 108— 1及び第 2の メダル投入口 109— 1に接しておらず、間隙を有していても、該第 1の段差 113及び 第 2の段差 114を転がった該メダル Mが最終的に該第 1のメダル投入口 108— 1及 び第 2のメダル投入口 109—1に転がり込めばよい。このためには、該第 1の投入部 1 08の該第 1のメダル投入口 108— 1及び該第 2の投入部 109の第 2のメダル投入口 1 09— 1は、該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁に近接する位置に設けられる。  [0132] Further, the first step 113 and the second step 114 cause the medal M to slide into the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1 by gravity. It must be terminated. The end portions of the first step 113 and the second step 114 are brought close to the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1. As a modified example, the end portions of the first step 113 and the second step 114 are not in contact with the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1, and there is a gap. However, the medal M that has rolled the first step 113 and the second step 114 will eventually roll into the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1. That's fine. For this purpose, the first medal slot 108-1 of the first slot 110 and the second medal slot 110-1 of the second slot 109 are inclined at the first slope. It is provided at a position close to the wall and the second inclined wall.
[0133] また、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114のステップ面の幅、換言すると、該第 1 の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114の大きさは、第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の 傾斜壁上部領域 107を滑り落ちる該メダル Mを該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 11 4のステップ面で係止することが可能となるよう決定される。該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114の最小限必要な大きさは、該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁の傾斜角 度と、該メダル Mの厚さとに依存する。例えば、該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁の 傾斜角度が大きい場合、該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁の傾斜角度が小さい場 合に比較して、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114のステップ面の幅はより大きく なるはずである。 [0133] Further, the width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114, in other words, the size of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is determined by the first inclined wall upper region. It is determined that the medal M sliding down 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 can be locked by the step surfaces of the first step 113 and the second step 114. The minimum required size of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is an inclination angle of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall. Depends on the degree and the thickness of the medal M. For example, when the inclination angle of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall is large, the first step difference is compared with the case where the inclination angle of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall is small. The width of the step surface of 113 and the second step 114 should be larger.
[0134] 更に、該メダル Mの厚さと比較して、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114のステツ プ面の幅が小さすぎると、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107を滑り落ちる該メダル Mを係止出来ず、該メダル Mは、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114を乗り越えて該貯留部 101まで滑り落ちてしまい、該メダル Mを該第 1 のメダル投入口 108— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1に投入出来なくなる。よつ て、該メダル Mの厚さと該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁の傾斜角度を考慮して、該 第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107を滑り落ちる該メダル M を係止することが出来る最低限の該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114のステップ 面の幅が必要となる。該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114のステップ面の幅を該メ ダル Mの厚さより大きくすれば、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上 部領域 107を滑り落ちる該メダル Mを係止する可能性が高まる。また、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114のステップ面の幅を該メダル Mの厚さの 2倍より大きくすれ ば、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107を滑り落ちる 2枚 の重なった該メダル Mを同時に係止することが可能となる。但し、該第 1の段差 113 及び第 2の段差 114のステップ面の幅をあまり大きくしすぎると、該メダル Mを該第 1 の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114を超えて滑り上がらせる際に、該第 1の段差 113及 び第 2の段差 114で該メダル Mが倒れてしまったりして、該メダル Mが該第 1の段差 1 13及び第 2の段差 114をうまく転がらない可能性があるので留意すべきである。  [0134] Further, if the width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is too small compared to the thickness of the medal M, the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second step 114 will be described. The medal M sliding down the sloped wall upper area 107 cannot be locked, and the medal M passes over the first step 113 and the second step 114 and slides down to the storage portion 101, and the medal M Cannot be inserted into the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1. Therefore, the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 are slid down in consideration of the thickness of the medal M and the inclination angles of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall. The minimum width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 that can lock the medal M is required. If the width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is larger than the thickness of the medal M, the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 slide down. The possibility of locking the medal M is increased. Further, if the width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is larger than twice the thickness of the medal M, the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper portion Two overlapping medals M sliding down the area 107 can be locked simultaneously. However, if the width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is made too large, the medal M will be slipped over the first step 113 and the second step 114. The medal M may fall down at the first step 113 and the second step 114, and the medal M may not roll the first step 113 and the second step 114 well. It should be noted that there are.
[0135] 図 29は、メダル Mの厚さと、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114のステップ面の 幅との関係を説明する図である。メダル Mの周辺部の断面形状が矩形ではなぐ角 が丸み Rを帯びて 、る場合、この丸みを帯びて 、る部分の厚さ R以上の該第 1の段 差 113及び第 2の段差 114のステップ面の幅 W2があれば、該メダル Mを係止できる 可能性がある。しかし、実際には、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁 上部領域 107を滑り落ちてきた該メダル Mが該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114 に接触した際の衝撃や振動により、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114に係止さ れない可能性がある。よって、理論上最低限必要となる幅 W2よりも大きぐ該第 1の 段差 113及び第 2の段差 114のステップ面の幅を設計する。更に、該第 1の傾斜壁 上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107を滑り落ちてきた互いに重なった状態 の 2枚のメダル Mを同時に係止するには、理論上は図 29に示すようにメダル M単体 の厚さと丸みを帯びている部分の厚さ Rとの和以上の該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段 差 114のステップ面の幅 W1があれば、該 2枚の重なったメダル Mを係止できる可能 性がある。しかし、実際には、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部 領域 107を滑り落ちてきた該 2枚の重なったメダル Mが該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の 段差 114に接触した際の衝撃や振動により、該 2枚の重なったメダル Mのうち上に重 なった方のメダル Mは、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114に係止されない可能 性がある。よって、該 2枚の重なったメダル Mの双方共に係止するには、理論上最低 限必要となる幅 W1よりも大きぐ該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114のステップ面 の幅を設計する。 FIG. 29 is a diagram for explaining the relationship between the thickness of the medal M and the widths of the step surfaces of the first step 113 and the second step 114. When the cross-sectional shape of the periphery of the medal M is rectangular and the corner is rounded, the first step 113 and the second step 114 are rounded and the rounded portion has a thickness R equal to or greater than R. If there is a width W2 of the step surface, there is a possibility that the medal M can be locked. However, in actuality, the medal M sliding down the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 becomes the first step 113 and the second step 114. There is a possibility that the first step 113 and the second step 114 may not be locked due to shock or vibration when contacting the surface. Therefore, the widths of the step surfaces of the first step 113 and the second step 114 that are larger than the theoretically required width W2 are designed. Furthermore, theoretically, as shown in FIG. 29, two medals M that have slipped down the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 and are overlapped with each other can be locked simultaneously. If the width W1 of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is equal to or greater than the sum of the thickness of the medal M alone and the thickness R of the rounded portion, There is a possibility that the stacked medals M can be locked. However, actually, the two overlapping medals M that have slipped down the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 are the first step 113 and the second step 114. Due to the impact or vibration when touching the medals, there is a possibility that the one of the two overlapping medals M that is overlaid will not be locked to the first step 113 and the second step 114. is there. Therefore, in order to lock both of the two overlapping medals M, the width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114, which is larger than the theoretically required minimum width W1, is set. design.
[0136] この観点から、メダル Mを単体で係止するには、該第 1の段差のステップ面の幅を 該ゲーム媒体単体の厚さに概ね相当するよう設計することが好ま 、。ここで「概ね」 とは、丸みを帯びている部分の厚さ Rに相当する誤差を含むものとする。  [0136] From this point of view, in order to lock the medal M alone, it is preferable to design the width of the step surface of the first step to substantially correspond to the thickness of the game medium alone. Here, “substantially” includes an error corresponding to the thickness R of the rounded portion.
[0137] 更に、該第 1の段差のステップ面の角度は、該第 1の傾斜壁に対して直角或いは鋭 角が好ましい。該第 1の段差のステップ面の角度が、該第 1の傾斜壁に対して鈍角の 場合、該第 1の傾斜壁を滑り落ちてきた該ゲーム媒体が該第 1の段差に係止されず に滑り落ちてしまう可能性が高い。  [0137] Further, the step surface angle of the first step is preferably a right angle or an acute angle with respect to the first inclined wall. If the angle of the step surface of the first step is an obtuse angle with respect to the first inclined wall, the game medium that has slid down the first inclined wall is not locked to the first step. There is a high possibility of slipping off.
[0138] 該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁の傾斜角が大きい場合、即ち、該第 1の傾斜壁 下部領域 104と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106、及び第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 105と第 2 の傾斜壁上部領域 107が垂直に近い場合、該メダル Mを該貯留部 101から該第 1の 傾斜壁下部領域 104と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106、及び第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 10 5と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107を滑り上がらせるのが容易ではなくなる。逆に、該第 1 の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁の傾斜角が小さい場合、即ち、該第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 104と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106、及び第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 105と第 2の傾斜壁 上部領域 107が平らに近い場合、該メダル Mを該貯留部 101から該第 1の傾斜壁下 部領域 104と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106、及び第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 105と第 2の 傾斜壁上部領域 107を滑り上がらせるのは容易である。しかし、ゲームプレイヤが該 メダル Mから手を離した後、該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁との摩擦 力が大きくなるため、該メダル Mが該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁 上部領域 107を滑り落ち難くなると共に、該メダル Mが重力により該第 1の段差 113 及び第 2の段差 114に沿って転がりながら該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の 傾斜壁上部領域 107をスライドする際の摩擦力が大きいため、途中で止まってしまい 、前記第 1のメダル投入口 108— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1まで迪りつかな い可能性もある。よって、該第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 104と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106 、及び第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 105と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107の傾斜角は、これら のことを考慮し、垂直に近すぎず且つ水平にも近すぎない角度とすることが必要とな る。例えば、該第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 104と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106、及び第 2の 傾斜壁下部領域 105と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107の傾斜角は、 20度以上 70度以 下にすることが好ましぐ更に、 30度以上 60度以下にすることがより好ましい。該第 1 の傾斜壁下部領域 104と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106、及び第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 1 05と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107の傾斜角は、典型的には、約 45度であってもよい。 [0138] When the inclination angle of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall is large, that is, the first inclined wall lower region 104, the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the second inclined wall lower portion When the region 105 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 are nearly perpendicular, the medal M is transferred from the storage portion 101 to the first inclined wall lower region 104, the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the second inclined wall. It is not easy to slide up the lower wall region 10 5 and the second inclined wall upper region 107. Conversely, when the inclination angle of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall is small, that is, the first inclined wall lower region 104, the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the second inclined wall lower portion. Region 105 and second inclined wall When the upper region 107 is nearly flat, the medal M is transferred from the storage portion 101 to the first inclined wall lower region 104 and the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the second inclined wall lower region 105 and the second It is easy to slide up the upper area 107 of the inclined wall. However, after the game player releases his hand from the medal M, the frictional force between the medal M and the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall increases, so that the medal M becomes the first inclined wall. The upper region 106 and the second inclined wall It is difficult to slide down the upper region 107, and the medal M rolls along the first step 113 and the second step 114 by gravity, and the upper region of the first inclined wall 106 and the second inclined wall upper area 107, because the frictional force when sliding is large, it stops in the middle, and the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1 are rolled up. It may not be possible. Therefore, the inclination angles of the first inclined wall lower region 104 and the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall lower region 105 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 are considered in consideration of these points. It is necessary to make the angle not too close to vertical and not too close to horizontal. For example, the inclination angle of the first inclined wall lower region 104 and the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the second inclined wall lower region 105 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 are 20 degrees or more and 70 degrees or less. Further, it is preferable to set it below, and more preferably 30 degrees or more and 60 degrees or less. The inclination angles of the first inclined wall lower region 104 and the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the second inclined wall lower region 105 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 are typically about 45. May be degrees.
[0139] 更に、該貯留部 101に貯留する該メダル Mを、該第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 104及び 第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 105へと出来るだけ抵抗を少なく滑り上げるには、第 1の境界 領域 102及び第 2の境界領域 103は、曲面で形成されることが好ましい。該曲面の 好ましい曲率は、該メダル Mの径方向寸法に依存する力 概ね該曲面の曲率半径が 、該メダル Mの径方向寸法より十分大きければよい。好ましい曲率は、経験的に簡単 に決定することが出来る。  [0139] Further, in order to slide the medal M stored in the storage section 101 into the first inclined wall lower region 104 and the second inclined wall lower region 105 with as little resistance as possible, The boundary region 102 and the second boundary region 103 are preferably formed with curved surfaces. The preferable curvature of the curved surface is a force depending on the radial dimension of the medal M. It is only necessary that the curvature radius of the curved surface is sufficiently larger than the radial dimension of the medal M. The preferred curvature can be easily determined empirically.
[0140] 更に、前述したように、該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁と該メダル Mとの摩擦抵 抗は出来るだけ低減することが好ましい。該摩擦抵抗を低減するため、第 1の複数の 稜線形状突部 115及び第 2の複数の稜線形状突部 116が有効である。該メダル M は概円盤形状を有する。更に、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部 領域 107が平らな表面を有する場合、該メダル Mの側面の全領域が、該第 1の傾斜 壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107の平らな表面と接触する。該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107との摩擦力を低 減するには、該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107との接触面積を低減することが有効である。接触面積を低減するため、第 1の複 数の稜線形状突部 115及び第 2の複数の稜線形状突部 116が該第 1の傾斜壁上部 領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107に形成される。このように構成することで、 該第 1のガイド部 113即ち第 1の段差部 113と第 2のガイド部 114即ち第 2の段差部 1 14を転がる該メダル Mは、第 1の複数の稜線形状突部 115及び第 2の複数の稜線形 状突部 116と接触しながらスライドする。このため、該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁上部 領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107との接触面積が低減され、摩擦抵抗を有 効に低減することが可能となる。 [0140] Furthermore, as described above, it is preferable to reduce the frictional resistance between the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall and the medal M as much as possible. In order to reduce the frictional resistance, the first plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 115 and the second plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 116 are effective. The medal M has a generally disc shape. Further, when the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 have flat surfaces, the entire area of the side surface of the medal M is the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107. It contacts the flat surface of the upper wall region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107. In order to reduce the frictional force between the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107, the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 106 It is effective to reduce the contact area with the inclined wall upper region 107. In order to reduce the contact area, the first plurality of ridge line-shaped protrusions 115 and the second plurality of ridge line-shaped protrusions 116 are formed in the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107. Is done. By configuring in this way, the medal M rolling on the first guide portion 113, that is, the first step portion 113 and the second guide portion 114, that is, the second step portion 114, is the first plurality of ridge lines. Slide while making contact with the shape protrusion 115 and the second plurality of ridge-line shape protrusions 116. Therefore, the contact area between the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 is reduced, and the frictional resistance can be effectively reduced.
[0141] 摩擦抵抗低減を目的として少なくとも第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁 上部領域 107の表面を、自己潤滑性を有する物質で構成することが好ましい。該表 面のみ自己潤滑性を有する物質で構成してもよぐまた第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106 及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107の全体を、自己潤滑性を有する物質で構成してもよ い。更に、第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107に加えて、第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 104、第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 105、第 1の境界領域 102、第 2の 境界領域 103、及び貯留部 101の表面或いは全体を、自己潤滑性を有する物質で 構成してもよい。自己潤滑性を有する物質の典型例として、テフロン (登録商標)等の エンジニアリングプラスチックや含油焼結金属 (商品例:オイレスメタルプレート)を挙げ ることができるが、必ずしもこれらに限定されるわけではない。少なくとも第 1の傾斜壁 上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107の表面を、自己潤滑性を有する物質 で構成する代わりに、摩擦抵抗低減目的で設けた第 1の複数の稜線形状突部 115 及び第 2の複数の稜線形状突部 116を省略することも可能である。 [0141] For the purpose of reducing frictional resistance, it is preferable that at least the surfaces of the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 are made of a self-lubricating substance. Only the surface may be made of a self-lubricating material, and the entire first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 may be made of a self-lubricating material. Good. Further, in addition to the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107, the first inclined wall lower region 104, the second inclined wall lower region 105, the first boundary region 102, the second The boundary region 103 and the surface of the storage portion 101 or the entire surface may be made of a self-lubricating substance. Typical examples of self-lubricating materials include engineering plastics such as Teflon (registered trademark) and oil-impregnated sintered metals (product examples: oilless metal plates), but are not necessarily limited to these. . A plurality of first ridge-shaped protrusions provided for the purpose of reducing frictional resistance instead of forming the surfaces of at least the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 with a self-lubricating material. It is also possible to omit 115 and the second plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 116.
[0142] 前述したように、本実施形態に係るメダル投入機構 100は、貯留部 101の第 1側部 に接する第 1の境界領域 102から連続的に上方向に傾斜しながら延在する第 1の傾 斜壁を含む。該第 1の傾斜壁は、第 1の傾斜領域 22を形成する。該第 1の傾斜壁は 、第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 104と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106とで構成される。メダル投 入機構 100は、更に、前述の第 1の側部と反対側に位置する貯留部 101の第 2側部 に接する第 2の境界領域 103から連続的に上方向に傾斜しながら延在する第 2の傾 斜壁を含む。該第 2の傾斜壁は、第 2の傾斜領域 23を形成する。該第 2の傾斜壁は 、第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 105と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107とで構成される。該第 1の 傾斜壁及び該第 2の傾斜壁は、ゲーム媒体としてのメダルが滑り上がり及び滑り落ち ることが可能であればよ 、ので、必ずしも一定の傾斜角を有する傾斜平面で構成す る必要はない。例えば、該第 1の傾斜壁及び該第 2の傾斜壁は、傾斜角度が変化す る傾斜曲面で構成してもよ ヽ。 [0142] As described above, the medal insertion mechanism 100 according to the present embodiment is the first extending from the first boundary region 102 in contact with the first side of the storage unit 101 while inclining continuously upward. Including the inclined wall. The first inclined wall forms a first inclined region 22. The first inclined wall is composed of a first inclined wall lower region 104 and a first inclined wall upper region 106. Medal throwing The insertion mechanism 100 further extends while inclining continuously upward from the second boundary region 103 contacting the second side portion of the storage portion 101 located on the opposite side of the first side portion. Includes 2 inclined walls. The second inclined wall forms a second inclined region 23. The second inclined wall is composed of a second inclined wall lower region 105 and a second inclined wall upper region 107. The first inclined wall and the second inclined wall need only be configured so that a medal as a game medium can be slid up and down, so that the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall are always configured by an inclined plane having a certain inclination angle. There is no need. For example, the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall may be configured by inclined curved surfaces whose inclination angles change.
前述したように、ゲーム媒体としてのメダルを第 1のメダル投入口 108— 1及び第 2 のメダル投入口 109— 1にスライド転入させるためのガイド部は、第 1のメダル投入口 108— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 109—1に向力つてそれぞれ直線的に下降傾斜す るよう延在した該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114で構成した。し力しながら、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114に係止されたメダルが重力により第 1のメダル投入 口 108— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1までスライド転入するのを可能にするに は、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114は、必ずしも直線的に下降傾斜するよう延 在する必要がない。即ち、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114に係止されたメダル が重力により第 1のメダル投入口 108— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1までスライ ド転入するのを可能にするには、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114は、第 1のメ ダル投入口 108— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1に向力つて総体的に下降して いればよい。換言すれば、第 1のメダル投入口 108— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 109 — 1に位置するメダル Mのポテンシャルエネルギーよりも、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2 の段差 114に係止されるメダル Mのポテンシャルエネルギーの方が総体的にみて高 ければよい。例えば、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114の途中に上昇部があつ ても、メダル Mの運動エネルギーの方が該上昇部のポテンシャルエネルギーと摩擦 エネルギーとの和より大きい場合、メダル Mは、それまでの転動の勢いで該上昇部を 登りきつて第 1の投入口へ転入する。また、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114の 途中に上昇部があって、メダル Mの運動エネルギーの方が該上昇部のポテンシャル エネルギーと摩擦エネルギーとの和より小さい場合でも、メダル Mは、後から転動して きたメダル Mに押されて該上昇部を登りきつて第 1の投入口へ転入することが可能で あれば問題ない。また、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114は、第 1のメダル投入 口 108— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1に向力つて階段状に下降するよう延在し てもよい。 As described above, the guide unit for sliding the medal as a game medium into the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1 is the first medal slot 108-1, The first medal step 113 and the second step 114 extend so as to be inclined downward in a straight line by directing the second medal slot 109-1. The medals locked to the first step 113 and the second step 114 slide into the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1 by gravity. In order to enable this, the first step 113 and the second step 114 need not necessarily extend so as to incline downward. That is, the medal locked to the first step 113 and the second step 114 can slide into the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1 by gravity. In order to achieve this, the first step 113 and the second step 114 may be generally lowered toward the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1. That's fine. In other words, the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1 are locked to the first step 113 and the second step 114, rather than the potential energy of the medal M located at the first medal slot 109-1. The medal M's potential energy should be higher overall. For example, even if there is a rising part in the middle of the first step 113 and the second step 114, if the kinetic energy of the medal M is greater than the sum of the potential energy and the friction energy of the rising part, the medal M Will climb up the ascending section with the momentum of rolling until then and move into the first slot. Even if there is a rising part in the middle of the first step 113 and the second step 114 and the kinetic energy of the medal M is smaller than the sum of the potential energy and the friction energy of the rising part, the medal M Roll later There is no problem as long as it is possible to move up to the first insertion slot by being pushed by the medal M and climbing up the ascending section. Further, the first step 113 and the second step 114 may extend so as to descend in a stepped manner toward the first medal slot 108-1 and the second medal slot 109-1. Good.
[0144] 前述した本発明の第 1実施形態におけるメダル投入機構 100によれば、ゲームプレ ィャが連続して長時間ゲーム媒体を投入し続けても、ゲームプレイヤが感じる疲れを 大幅に低減することが可能となる。また、ゲーム媒体の投入に殆ど神経を使わないた め、ゲームそのものに集中することが出来、ゲームを十分楽しむことが出来る。  [0144] According to the medal insertion mechanism 100 in the first embodiment of the present invention described above, even if the game player continuously inserts the game medium for a long time, the fatigue felt by the game player is greatly reduced. It becomes possible. In addition, since almost no nerve is used for the introduction of game media, it is possible to concentrate on the game itself and enjoy the game sufficiently.
[0145] (1 -4- 2)メダル投入機構 100の変形例 1  [0145] (1 -4- 2) Modification 1 of medal insertion mechanism 100
前述した一実施形態に対する変更例 1を、以下図面を参照して説明する。図 15は 、本変更例に係るメダル投入機構を示す斜視図である。以下、前述したメダル投入 機構 100との相違点のみ説明し、重複する説明は省略する。  Modification 1 to the above-described embodiment will be described below with reference to the drawings. FIG. 15 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification. Hereinafter, only differences from the above-described medal insertion mechanism 100 will be described, and redundant description will be omitted.
[0146] 前述の第 1の複数の稜線形状突部 115及び第 2の複数の稜線形状突部 116を第 1 の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107に形成することに代えて、該 第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107に、点在する複数の突 起 120を形成することは、該メダル Mとの接触面積を低減し、強いては該メダル Mと の摩擦抵抗を低減するには有効である。ここで、隣接する突起 120の間隔は、該メダ ル Mの径方向寸法より十分狭いことが好ましい。更に、複数の突起 120は、一定間 隔で規則正しく点在することがより好ましい。このように構成することで、該第 1の段差 部 113及び第 2の段差部 114を転がる該メダル Mは、該点在する複数の突起 120と 接触しながらスライドする。このため、該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び 第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107との接触面積が低減され、摩擦抵抗を有効に低減するこ とが可能となる。該複数の突起 120は、摩擦力低減の観点から、その頂部がラウンド 加工されて!、ることが好まし!/、。  Instead of forming the first plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 115 and the second plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 116 in the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107, respectively. Thus, forming the plurality of protrusions 120 scattered in the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 reduces the contact area with the medal M, and for this reason, This is effective for reducing the frictional resistance with medal M. Here, the interval between the adjacent protrusions 120 is preferably sufficiently narrower than the radial dimension of the medal M. Furthermore, it is more preferable that the plurality of protrusions 120 are regularly scattered at regular intervals. With this configuration, the medals M rolling on the first step portion 113 and the second step portion 114 slide while being in contact with the plurality of projections 120 that are scattered. Therefore, the contact area between the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 is reduced, and the frictional resistance can be effectively reduced. From the viewpoint of reducing the frictional force, it is preferable that the tops of the plurality of protrusions 120 are rounded! /.
[0147] (1—4— 3)メダル投入機構 100の変形例 2  [0147] (1-4-3) Modification 2 of medal insertion mechanism 100
前述した一実施形態に対する変更例 2を、以下図面を参照して説明する。図 16は 、本変更例に係るメダル投入機構を示す斜視図である。以下、前述したメダル投入 機構 100との相違点のみ説明し、重複する説明は省略する。 [0148] 該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁との摩擦力を低減するのに、振動モ ータ 121を該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁のそれぞれの裏側に設け、該第 1の傾 斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁に微少振動を与えるよう構成することが有効である。該第 1の 傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁に微少振動を与えることで、該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁 及び第 2の傾斜壁とが密着するのを防止し、結果的に、該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁 及び第 2の傾斜壁との実効的な接触面積を低減し、摩擦抵抗を有効に低減すること が可能となる。該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁に与える振動が大きすぎ、該メダル Mが該第 1の段差部 113及び第 2の段差部 114に沿って転がる際に不安定にならな いよう留意すべきである。また、大きすぎる振動は、ゲームプレイヤにも不快感を与え る可能性があるため好ましくな 、。 Modification 2 to the above-described embodiment will be described below with reference to the drawings. FIG. 16 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modified example. Hereinafter, only differences from the above-described medal insertion mechanism 100 will be described, and redundant description will be omitted. [0148] In order to reduce the frictional force between the medal M and the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall, the vibration motor 121 is connected to each of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall. It is effective to provide the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall so as to give a minute vibration to the back side. By applying slight vibration to the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall, the medal M and the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall are prevented from coming into close contact with each other. The effective contact area between the medal M and the first and second inclined walls can be reduced, and the frictional resistance can be effectively reduced. The vibration applied to the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall is not so great that the medal M does not become unstable when rolling along the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114. It should be noted. In addition, too large vibration is preferable because it may cause discomfort to the game player.
[0149] (1—4—4)メダル投入機構 100の変形例 3  [0149] (1-4-4) Modification 3 of medal insertion mechanism 100
前述した一実施形態に対する変更例 3を、以下図面を参照して説明する。図 17は 、本変更例に係るメダル投入機構を示す斜視図である。以下、前述したメダル投入 機構 100との相違点のみ説明し、重複する説明は省略する。  Modification 3 to the above-described embodiment will be described below with reference to the drawings. FIG. 17 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification. Hereinafter, only differences from the above-described medal insertion mechanism 100 will be described, and redundant description will be omitted.
[0150] 該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁との摩擦力を低減するのに、該第 1 の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107が、点在する複数の通風孔 122を有し、且つ、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107の それぞれの裏側に送風ファン 123を設ける。  [0150] In order to reduce the frictional force between the medal M and the first and second inclined walls, the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 are A plurality of ventilation holes 122 are provided, and a blower fan 123 is provided on the back side of each of the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107.
[0151] 該複数の通風孔 122を介して送風することで、該メダル Mを該第 1の傾斜壁上部領 域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107から浮力せる方向の浮力を該メダル Mに与え 、該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107の接触 力を低減し、結果的に、該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜 壁上部領域 107との摩擦力を低減する。ここで、隣接する通風孔 122の間隔は、該メ ダル Mの径方向寸法より十分狭いことが好ましい。更に、複数の通風孔 122は、一定 間隔で規則正しく点在することがより好ましい。また、送風ファン 123は、該第 1の傾 斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107の裏側に配置することにより実現 することが可能である。このように構成することで、該第 1の段差部 113及び第 2の段 差部 114を転がる該メダル Mは、該点在する複数の通風孔 122を介する送風により 与えられる浮力により、該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁 上部領域 107との接触力が低減された状態で、該メダル Mが該第 1の段差部 113及 び第 2の段差部 114に沿って転がるため、摩擦抵抗を有効に低減することが可能と なる。 [0151] By blowing air through the plurality of ventilation holes 122, the medal M has a buoyancy in a direction in which the medal M is buoyant from the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107. The contact force between the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 is reduced, and as a result, the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 106 and The frictional force with the second inclined wall upper area 107 is reduced. Here, the interval between the adjacent ventilation holes 122 is preferably sufficiently narrower than the radial dimension of the medals M. Furthermore, it is more preferable that the plurality of ventilation holes 122 are regularly scattered at regular intervals. Further, the blower fan 123 can be realized by being arranged on the back side of the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107. With this configuration, the medal M that rolls around the first step portion 113 and the second step portion 114 is blown by the air passing through the plurality of the vent holes 122 that are scattered. In the state where the contact force between the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 is reduced by the buoyant force applied, the medal M has the first stepped portions 113 and 113. And rolling along the second stepped portion 114, it is possible to effectively reduce the frictional resistance.
[0152] (1—4— 5)メダル投入機構 100の変形例 4  [0152] (1-4-5) Variation 4 of medal insertion mechanism 100
前述した一実施形態に対する変更例 4にっき以下図面を参照して説明する。図 18 は、本変更例に係るメダル投入機構を示す斜視図である。以下、前述したメダル投 入機構 100との相違点のみ説明し、重複する説明は省略する。  Modification 4 to the above-described embodiment will be described below with reference to the drawings. FIG. 18 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification. Hereinafter, only differences from the above-described medal insertion mechanism 100 will be described, and redundant description will be omitted.
[0153] 該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁との摩擦力を低減するのに有効な 更に別の手法として、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107 を、網状の傾斜壁 124で構成することが挙げられる。ここで、網の格子間隔は、該メダ ル Mの径方向寸法より十分小さい。該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁 上部領域 107が網状の傾斜壁 124で構成されることで、該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜 壁上部領域 106及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107との接触面積が低減され、摩擦抵 抗を有効に低減することが可能となる。  [0153] As yet another effective method for reducing the frictional force between the medal M and the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall, the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall are used. For example, the upper wall region 107 may be constituted by a reticulated inclined wall 124. Here, the lattice spacing of the net is sufficiently smaller than the radial dimension of the medal M. The first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 are constituted by a net-like inclined wall 124, so that the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 106 and the second inclined wall are formed. The contact area with the upper region 107 is reduced, and the frictional resistance can be effectively reduced.
[0154] (1—4— 6)メダル投入機構 100の変形例 5  [0154] (1-4—6) Medal throwing mechanism 100 Modification 5
前述した一実施形態に対する変更例 5を、以下図面を参照して説明する。図 19は 、本変更例に係るメダル投入機構を示す斜視図である。以下、前述したメダル投入 機構 100との相違点のみ説明し、重複する説明は省略する。  Modification 5 to the above-described embodiment will be described below with reference to the drawings. FIG. 19 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification. Hereinafter, only differences from the above-described medal insertion mechanism 100 will be described, and redundant description will be omitted.
[0155] 前述の実施形態では、各傾斜壁は、傾斜壁上部領域と傾斜壁下部領域とから構成 され、傾斜壁上部領域と傾斜壁下部領域との境界に沿って、ガイド部を構成する段 差部が形成される。該段差部は、メダル投入口とは反対側に位置する傾斜壁上部領 域の側部力ゝら該メダル投入口まで延在する構成とした。即ち、段差部は傾斜壁の全 域に亘り延在する構成とした。これに対し、本変更例 5によれば、段差部は、メダル投 入口とは反対側に位置する傾斜壁上部領域の側部からメダル単体の径方向寸法以 上の距離だけ離間した内側位置から該メダル投入口まで延在する構成とすることが 可能である。段差部を、傾斜壁上部領域の側部からメダル単体の径方向寸法以上の 距離だけ離間した内側位置力 延在させることで、段差部が形成されな!、傾斜平面 部を介してメダルを傾斜壁上部領域まで移動させることが可能となる。 [0155] In the above-described embodiment, each inclined wall is configured by the inclined wall upper region and the inclined wall lower region, and the step constituting the guide portion along the boundary between the inclined wall upper region and the inclined wall lower region. A difference portion is formed. The step portion is configured to extend from the side force of the upper region of the inclined wall located on the opposite side to the medal slot to the medal slot. In other words, the step portion is configured to extend over the entire area of the inclined wall. On the other hand, according to this modified example 5, the stepped portion is from an inner position separated from the side portion of the inclined wall upper region located on the side opposite to the medal entrance by a distance equal to or larger than the radial dimension of the medal alone. A structure extending to the medal slot can be adopted. By extending the step position from the side of the upper area of the inclined wall by a distance greater than the radial dimension of the medal alone, the step is not formed! It becomes possible to move the medal to the upper region of the inclined wall through the section.
[0156] 図 19を参照して以下詳細に説明する。第 2の傾斜壁は、第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 10 7と、第 3の傾斜壁下部領域 125と第 4の傾斜壁下部領域 126とからなる。第 2のガイ ド部を構成する第 2の段差部 114は、第 3の傾斜壁下部領域 125と第 2の傾斜壁上 部領域 107との境界に沿って形成される。第 4の傾斜壁下部領域 126と第 2の傾斜 壁上部領域 107とは、 1つの平面を形成し、第 4の傾斜壁下部領域 126と第 2の傾斜 壁上部領域 107との境界には段差は形成されない。第 3の傾斜壁下部領域 125は、 第 4の傾斜壁下部領域 126と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107で構成される 1つの平面上 に設けられた概楔形状の平板で構成することが可能である。この場合、概楔形状の 平板の厚さが、前述した段差部 114のステップの幅に相当するので、該厚さは、前述 した第 2の段差部 114のステップの幅に基づいて定める。更に、第 4の傾斜壁下部領 域 126の水平方向寸法は、メダル Mの径方向寸法より大きいこと力 メダル Mが第 4 の傾斜壁下部領域 126を介して第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107へ移動するのに必要で ある。  [0156] This will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. The second inclined wall includes a second inclined wall upper region 107, a third inclined wall lower region 125, and a fourth inclined wall lower region 126. The second stepped portion 114 constituting the second guide portion is formed along the boundary between the third inclined wall lower region 125 and the second inclined wall upper region 107. The fourth inclined wall lower region 126 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 form a single plane, and a step is formed at the boundary between the fourth inclined wall lower region 126 and the second inclined wall upper region 107. Is not formed. The third inclined wall lower region 125 can be constituted by a substantially wedge-shaped flat plate provided on one plane composed of the fourth inclined wall lower region 126 and the second inclined wall upper region 107. It is. In this case, since the thickness of the substantially wedge-shaped flat plate corresponds to the step width of the step 114 described above, the thickness is determined based on the step width of the second step 114 described above. Further, the horizontal dimension of the fourth inclined wall lower area 126 is larger than the radial dimension of the medal M. The force M is passed through the fourth inclined wall lower area 126 to the second inclined wall upper area 107. Necessary to move.
[0157] このように構成することで、ゲームプレイヤは、メダル Mを指で押さえながら貯留部 1 01から第 4の傾斜壁下部領域 126を介して第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107へ移動させ、 第 3の傾斜壁下部領域 125の上方の位置まで更に移動させる。この位置で、ゲーム プレイヤカ ダル Mを手離すことで、メダル Mは、第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107を滑り 落ち、概楔形状の平板の上辺で構成される第 2の段差部 114で係止される。その後 は、前述したのと同様に、メダル Mは、第 2の段差部 114に沿って第 2のメダル投入 口 109— 1ヘスライド転入する。この構成によれば、第 4の傾斜壁下部領域 126と第 2 の傾斜壁上部領域 107との境界には段差は形成されないため、メダル Mを第 2の段 差部 114を超えることなく第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107へ移動させることが可能となる。  [0157] With this configuration, the game player moves the storage unit 101 to the second inclined wall upper region 107 via the fourth inclined wall lower region 126 while pressing the medal M with a finger, It is further moved to a position above the third inclined wall lower region 125. By releasing the game player cadre M at this position, the medal M slides down the second sloped wall upper area 107 and is locked by the second step 114 formed by the upper side of a generally wedge-shaped flat plate. Is done. Thereafter, as described above, the medal M slides into the second medal slot 109-1 along the second step 114. According to this configuration, since no step is formed at the boundary between the fourth inclined wall lower region 126 and the second inclined wall upper region 107, the medal M does not pass through the second step 114. It is possible to move to the upper region 107 of the inclined wall.
[0158] 第 3の傾斜壁下部領域 125を、概楔形状の平板に代えて、概楔形状の厚さの変化 する板で構成することが可能である。具体的には、概楔形状の上辺側は、前述した 第 2の段差部 114のステップの幅に相当する厚さを持たせ、一方、概楔形状の下辺 側に近づくにつれ次第に厚さを減少させ、概楔形状の下辺側では厚さを実質的にゼ 口にするよう構成することが可能である。この構成により、第 3の傾斜壁下部領域 125 の下辺側で段差を形成せずにすむ。 [0158] The third inclined wall lower region 125 can be constituted by a plate having a substantially wedge-shaped thickness, instead of a substantially wedge-shaped flat plate. Specifically, the upper side of the approximate wedge shape has a thickness corresponding to the step width of the second stepped portion 114 described above, while the thickness gradually decreases as it approaches the lower side of the approximate wedge shape. It is possible to make the thickness substantially lower at the lower side of the generally wedge shape. With this configuration, the third inclined wall lower region 125 There is no need to form a step on the lower side.
[0159] このように構成することで、ゲームプレイヤは、メダル Mを指で押さえながら貯留部 1 01から第 4の傾斜壁下部領域 126を介して第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107へ移動させ てもよいし、第 3の傾斜壁下部領域 125の下辺側に段差が存在しないため、該第 3の 傾斜壁下部領域 125を介して第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107へ移動させてもよい。メダ ル Mを該第 3の傾斜壁下部領域 125の上方の位置まで移動させ、この位置で、ゲー ムプレイヤ力メダル Mを手離すことで、メダル Mは、第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107を滑り 落ち、概楔形状の平板の上辺で構成される第 2の段差部 114で係止される。その後 は、前述したのと同様に、メダル Mは、第 2の段差部 114に沿って第 2のメダル投入 口 109— 1ヘスライド転入する。  With this configuration, the game player moves the storage unit 101 from the storage section 101 to the second inclined wall upper area 107 via the fourth inclined wall lower area 126 while pressing the medal M with a finger. Alternatively, since there is no step on the lower side of the third inclined wall lower region 125, it may be moved to the second inclined wall upper region 107 via the third inclined wall lower region 125. By moving the medal M to a position above the third inclined wall lower area 125 and releasing the game player power medal M at this position, the medal M slides on the second inclined wall upper area 107. It falls and is locked by a second step 114 formed by the upper side of a generally wedge-shaped flat plate. Thereafter, as described above, the medal M slides into the second medal slot 109-1 along the second step 114.
[0160] (1—4 7)メダル投入機構 200  [0160] (1-4 7) Medals insertion mechanism 200
次に、本実施形態による他のメダル投入機構を図面と共に詳細に説明する。図 21 は、図 20に示すメダル投入機構の正面図である。図 22は、図 20に示すメダル投入 機構の上面図である。図 23は、図 20に示すメダル投入機構の背面図である。  Next, another medal insertion mechanism according to the present embodiment will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. FIG. 21 is a front view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG. FIG. 22 is a top view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG. FIG. 23 is a rear view of the medal insertion mechanism shown in FIG.
[0161] メダル投入機構 130は、上水平領域 24と、該上水平領域 24の両側に位置する第 1 の傾斜領域 25と第 2の傾斜領域 26と、該第 1の傾斜領域 25の外側に位置する第 1 の下水平領域 27と、該第 2の傾斜領域 26の外側に位置する第 2の下水平領域 28と 、を含む。メダル投入機構 130は、複数のメダルを貯留する上貯留部 131を含む。該 上貯留部 131は、メダル投入機構 130の上水平領域 24を構成する。メダル投入機 構 130は、複数のメダルを貯留する第 1の下貯留部 144を含む。該第 1の下貯留部 1 44は、メダル投入機構 130の第 1の下水平領域 27を構成する。メダル投入機構 130 は、複数のメダルを貯留する第 2の下貯留部 145を含む。該第 2の下貯留部 145は、 メダル投入機構 130の第 2の下水平領域 28を構成する。  [0161] The medal insertion mechanism 130 includes an upper horizontal region 24, a first inclined region 25 and a second inclined region 26 located on both sides of the upper horizontal region 24, and an outer side of the first inclined region 25. A first lower horizontal region 27 positioned; and a second lower horizontal region 28 positioned outside the second inclined region 26. The medal insertion mechanism 130 includes an upper storage unit 131 that stores a plurality of medals. The upper storage part 131 constitutes an upper horizontal region 24 of the medal insertion mechanism 130. The medal insertion mechanism 130 includes a first lower storage unit 144 that stores a plurality of medals. The first lower storage portion 144 constitutes a first lower horizontal region 27 of the medal insertion mechanism 130. The medal insertion mechanism 130 includes a second lower storage unit 145 that stores a plurality of medals. The second lower storage section 145 constitutes a second lower horizontal area 28 of the medal insertion mechanism 130.
[0162] メダル投入機構 130は、更に、上貯留部 131の第 1側部に接する第 1の境界領域 1 32から連続的に下方向に傾斜しながら延在する第 1の傾斜壁を含む。該第 1の傾斜 壁は、第 1の傾斜領域 25を形成する。該第 1の傾斜壁は、第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 13 6と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134とで構成される。第 1の境界領域 132は、曲面で構成 される。 [0163] メダル投入機構 130は、更に、前述の第 1の側部と反対側に位置する上貯留部 13 1の第 2側部に接する第 2の境界領域 133から連続的に下方向に傾斜しながら延在 する第 2の傾斜壁を含む。該第 2の傾斜壁は、第 2の傾斜領域 26を形成する。該第 2 の傾斜壁は、第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 137と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135とで構成され る。第 2の境界領域 133は、曲面で構成される。 The medal insertion mechanism 130 further includes a first inclined wall that extends while inclining continuously downward from the first boundary region 1 32 that contacts the first side portion of the upper storage portion 131. The first inclined wall forms a first inclined region 25. The first inclined wall is composed of a first inclined wall lower region 136 and a first inclined wall upper region 134. The first boundary region 132 is composed of a curved surface. [0163] The medal insertion mechanism 130 is further continuously inclined downward from the second boundary region 133 in contact with the second side portion of the upper storage portion 131 located on the opposite side of the first side portion. Including a second inclined wall extending. The second inclined wall forms a second inclined region 26. The second inclined wall is composed of a second inclined wall lower region 137 and a second inclined wall upper region 135. The second boundary region 133 is composed of a curved surface.
[0164] メダル投入機構 130は、更に、第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 136の外側部に接する第 3 の境界領域 142を介して連続的に水平方向に延在する第 1の下貯留部 144を含む 。該第 1の下貯留部 144は、第 1の下水平領域 27を形成する。  [0164] The medal insertion mechanism 130 further includes a first lower reservoir 144 that continuously extends in the horizontal direction via a third boundary region 142 that contacts the outer side of the first inclined wall lower region 136. Including The first lower storage portion 144 forms a first lower horizontal region 27.
[0165] メダル投入機構 130は、更に、第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 137の外側部に接する第 4 の境界領域 143を介して連続的に水平方向に延在する第 2の下貯留部 145を含む 。該第 2の下貯留部 145は、第 2の下水平領域 28を形成する。  [0165] The medal insertion mechanism 130 further includes a second lower reservoir 145 continuously extending in the horizontal direction via a fourth boundary region 143 in contact with the outer side of the second inclined wall lower region 137. Including The second lower reservoir 145 forms a second lower horizontal region 28.
[0166] メダル投入機構 130は、更に、第 1の傾斜壁に近接する位置に第 1のメダル投入口 138— 1を有する第 1のメダル投入部 138と、第 2の傾斜壁に近接する位置に第 2の メダル投入口 139— 1を有する第 2のメダル投入部 139とを有する。第 1の境界領域 1 32と、第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 136と、第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134と、第 1のメダル投 入部 138と、第 3の境界領域 142とは、メダル投入機構 130の第 1の傾斜領域 25を 形成する。第 2の境界領域 133と、第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 137と、第 2の傾斜壁上部 領域 135と、第 2のメダル投入部 139と、第 4の境界領域 143とは、メダル投入機構 1 30の第 2の傾斜領域 26を形成する。  [0166] The medal insertion mechanism 130 further includes a first medal insertion part 138 having a first medal insertion port 138-1 at a position close to the first inclined wall, and a position close to the second inclined wall. And a second medal slot 139-1 having a second medal slot 139-1. The first boundary area 1 32, the first inclined wall lower area 136, the first inclined wall upper area 134, the first medal insertion part 138, and the third boundary area 142 are a medal insertion mechanism. 130 first inclined regions 25 are formed. The second boundary region 133, the second inclined wall lower region 137, the second inclined wall upper region 135, the second medal insertion portion 139, and the fourth boundary region 143 are the medal insertion mechanism 1 Thirty second inclined regions 26 are formed.
[0167] 第 1のメダル投入部 138は、更に、第 1の取り付けフランジ 146を有し、該第 1の取り 付けフランジ 146は、第 3の境界領域 142の一部力も第 1の下貯留部 144の一部に かけて延在する。第 2のメダル投入部 139は、更に、第 2の取り付けフランジ 147を有 し、該第 2の取り付けフランジ 147は、第 4の境界領域 143の一部から第 2の下貯留 部 145の一部にかけて延在する。第 1の下貯留部 144上に延在する第 1の取り付け フランジ 146と第 2の下貯留部 145上に延在する第 2の取り付けフランジ 147とは、図 22に示すように、大きくラウンドされた角部を有する。第 1の取り付けフランジ 146と第 2の取り付けフランジ 147とは、メダル Mを貯留すするメダル貯留領域を第 1の下貯留 部 144上及び第 2の下貯留部 145上に画定する。上貯留部 131のメダル供給側 152 からメダル Mが供給される。第 1の下貯留部 144には、メダル Mがこぼれ落ちるのを 防止するための第 1のメダル拘束プレート 148と、隣接するメダル投入機構に貯留す るメダル Mと隔離するための第 1の下貯留部仕切部 150とが設けられる。第 2の下貯 留部 145には、メダル Mがこぼれ落ちるのを防止するための第 2のメダル拘束プレー ト 149と、隣接するメダル投入機構に貯留するメダル Mと隔離するための第 2の下貯 留部仕切部 151とが設けられる。更に、図示しないものの、上貯留部 131の手前側に メダル Mがこぼれ落ちるのを防止するメダル拘束プレートを設けてもよい。 [0167] The first medal insertion portion 138 further includes a first mounting flange 146, and the first mounting flange 146 has a partial force in the third boundary region 142 as well as the first lower storage portion. It extends over part of 144. The second medal insertion portion 139 further has a second mounting flange 147, and the second mounting flange 147 extends from a part of the fourth boundary region 143 to a part of the second lower storage part 145. It extends to. The first mounting flange 146 extending on the first lower reservoir 144 and the second mounting flange 147 extending on the second lower reservoir 145 are largely rounded as shown in FIG. Has a corner. The first mounting flange 146 and the second mounting flange 147 define a medal storage area for storing the medal M on the first lower storage section 144 and the second lower storage section 145. Medal supply side of upper storage part 131 152 Medal M is supplied from The first lower storage section 144 includes a first medal restraining plate 148 for preventing the medal M from spilling down, and a first lower storage for isolating the medal M stored in the adjacent medal insertion mechanism. A storage partition 150 is provided. The second lower storage 145 includes a second medal restraint plate 149 for preventing the medal M from falling down and a second medal M for storing the medal M stored in the adjacent medal insertion mechanism. A lower storage section partition section 151 is provided. Further, although not shown, a medal restraining plate that prevents the medal M from spilling down may be provided on the front side of the upper storage portion 131.
[0168] 第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 136と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134との境界には、第 1のガイ ド部 113が形成される。該第 1のガイド部 113は、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134を滑 り落ちるメダルを係止し、該第 1のガイド部に沿って該第 1のメダル投入口 138— 1へ スライド転入させるよう構成する。該第 1のガイド部 113は、該第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 136と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134との境界に形成された第 1の段差 113で構成する 。第 1の段差 113は、該第 1のメダル投入口 138— 1へ向力つて直線的に下降しなが ら延在する。該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134は、該第 1のガイド部 113に沿ってスライド 転入するメダル Mとの摩擦を低減するよう形成された少なくとも 1つの突部を有する。 即ち、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134は、該第 1のガイド部 113からメダル Mの直径よ り小さい距離だけ上方に離間して、該第 1のガイド部 113の延在する方向と概ね平行 に延在する少なくとも 1つの稜線形状突部 140を有する。具体的には、図示されるよ うに、複数の稜線形状突部 140を形成する。  [0168] A first guide 113 is formed at the boundary between the first inclined wall lower region 136 and the first inclined wall upper region 134. The first guide portion 113 locks a medal sliding down the first inclined wall upper region 134, and slides into the first medal insertion port 138-1 along the first guide portion. To be configured. The first guide portion 113 includes a first step 113 formed at the boundary between the first inclined wall lower region 136 and the first inclined wall upper region 134. The first step 113 extends while descending linearly toward the first medal slot 138-1. The first inclined wall upper region 134 has at least one protrusion formed so as to reduce friction with the medal M that slides and moves along the first guide portion 113. That is, the first inclined wall upper region 134 is spaced upward from the first guide portion 113 by a distance smaller than the diameter of the medal M, and generally extends in the direction in which the first guide portion 113 extends. It has at least one ridge-shaped protrusion 140 extending in parallel. Specifically, as shown in the drawing, a plurality of ridge line-shaped protrusions 140 are formed.
[0169] 第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 137と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135との境界には、第 2のガイ ド部 114が形成される。該第 2のガイド部 114は、該第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135を滑 り落ちるメダルを係止し、該第 2のガイド部に沿って該第 2のメダル投入口 139— 1へ スライド転入させるよう構成する。該第 2のガイド部 114は、該第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 137と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135との境界に形成された第 2の段差 114で構成する 。第 2の段差 114は、該第 2のメダル投入口 139— 1へ向力つて直線的に下降しなが ら延在する。該第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135は、該第 2のガイド部 114に沿ってスライド 転入するメダル Mとの摩擦を低減するよう形成された少なくとも 1つの突部を有する。 即ち、該第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135は、該第 2のガイド部 114からメダル Mの直径よ り小さい距離だけ上方に離間して、該第 2のガイド部 114の延在する方向と概ね平行 に延在する少なくとも 1つの稜線形状突部 141を有する。具体的には、図示されるよ うに、複数の稜線形状突部 141を形成する。 A second guide part 114 is formed at the boundary between the second inclined wall lower region 137 and the second inclined wall upper region 135. The second guide portion 114 locks a medal that slides down the second inclined wall upper region 135, and slides into the second medal slot 139-1 along the second guide portion. To be configured. The second guide part 114 includes a second step 114 formed at the boundary between the second inclined wall lower region 137 and the second inclined wall upper region 135. The second step 114 extends while descending linearly toward the second medal slot 139-1. The second inclined wall upper region 135 has at least one protrusion formed so as to reduce friction with the medal M that slides and moves along the second guide portion 114. That is, the second inclined wall upper region 135 is formed from the diameter of the medal M from the second guide portion 114. And at least one ridge-shaped protrusion 141 extending substantially parallel to the extending direction of the second guide portion 114 and spaced upward by a smaller distance. Specifically, as shown in the drawing, a plurality of ridge line-shaped protrusions 141 are formed.
[0170] 該上貯留部 131、第 1の境界領域 132、第 2の境界領域 133、第 1の傾斜壁下部領 域 136、第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 137、第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134、第 2の傾斜壁上 部領域 135、第 3の境界領域 142、第 4の境界領域 143、第 1の下貯留部 144及び 第 2の下貯留部 145は、同一部材で構成すれば、メダル Mが可動する領域にはつな ぎ目が無くなり抵抗を減らすことが可能となる。  [0170] The upper reservoir 131, the first boundary region 132, the second boundary region 133, the first inclined wall lower region 136, the second inclined wall lower region 137, and the first inclined wall upper region 134 If the second inclined wall upper area 135, the third boundary area 142, the fourth boundary area 143, the first lower storage section 144, and the second lower storage section 145 are made of the same member, There is no joint in the region where M is movable, and resistance can be reduced.
[0171] また、該第 1のメダル投入部 138の該第 1のメダル投入口 138— 1及び該第 2のメダ ル投入部 139の該第 2のメダル投入口 139— 1は、該メダル Mが同時に 1つのみ入る ことが可能な寸法を有する。複数の該メダル Mが同時に該第 1のメダル投入口 138 —1或いは第 2のメダル投入口 139— 1に入った場合、該第 1のメダル投入部 138或 いは該第 2のメダル投入部 139に該メダル Mが詰まってしまうことを確実に防止する ためである。  [0171] The first medal slot 138-1 of the first medal slot 138 and the second medal slot 139-1 of the second medal slot 139 are connected to the medal M Have dimensions that allow only one to enter at a time. When a plurality of the medals M enter the first medal slot 138-1 or the second medal slot 139-1 at the same time, the first medal slot 138 or the second medal slot This is to prevent the medal M from clogging 139 with certainty.
[0172] 前述したメダル投入機構 130は、該第 1及び第 2の側部の中間位置を基準にして 概ね対称的な形状及び構造を有する。  [0172] The above-described medal insertion mechanism 130 has a generally symmetrical shape and structure with reference to the intermediate position between the first and second side portions.
[0173] 第 1のメダル投入部 138と第 2のメダル投入部 139とは、図 14を参照して前述した 第 1のメダル投入部 108及び第 2のメダル投入部 109と同一構造なので、それらの内 部構造の説明は省略する。  [0173] The first medal insertion unit 138 and the second medal insertion unit 139 have the same structure as the first medal insertion unit 108 and the second medal insertion unit 109 described above with reference to FIG. Description of the internal structure of is omitted.
[0174] ゲームプレイヤは、該上貯留部 131に貯留しているメダル Mを、該上貯留部 131か ら連続的に下方向に傾斜しながら延在する第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾 斜壁上部領域 135の上部領域まで移動させ、該メダル Mから手を離すと、重力により 該メダル Mが第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135を滑り落ち 、第 1のガイド部 113を構成する第 1の段差部 113と第 2のガイド部 114を構成する第 2の段差部 114とに係止される。そして、第 1の段差部 113と第 2の段差部 114とは、 前記メダル Mを重力により第 1のメダル投入口 138— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 139 一 1ヘスライド転入させるよう構成される。  [0174] The game player extends the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the first inclined wall M that are stored in the upper storage part 131 while continuously inclining downward from the upper storage part 131. 2 When moving to the upper area of the inclined wall upper area 135 and releasing the hand from the medal M, the medal M slides down the first inclined wall upper area 134 and the second inclined wall upper area 135 by gravity. The first step portion 113 constituting the first guide portion 113 and the second step portion 114 constituting the second guide portion 114 are locked. The first step 113 and the second step 114 are configured to slide the medal M into the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 by gravity. .
[0175] 即ち、ゲームプレイヤは、該メダル Mを該上貯留部 131から連続的に下方向に傾 斜しながら延在する第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135の 上部領域まで移動させ、後は、該メダル M力ゝら手を離せば、重力により該メダル Mが 第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135を滑り落ち、第 1の段差 部 113と第 2の段差部 114とに係止され、その後、該メダル Mは、第 1の段差部 113と 第 2の段差部 114とに沿って第 1の投入部の第 1のメダル投入口 138— 1及び第 2の メダル投入口 139— 1まで重力によりスライド転入する。該メダル Mが第 1の段差部 1 13と第 2の段差部 114とに沿って転がると、該メダル Mは、該第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 136と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134に対してスライドすることになる。即ち、ゲームプレ ィャは、該メダル Mを第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135の 上部領域まで移動させ、手を離せばよぐ従来の様に該メダル Mを該上貯留部 131 力も第 1のメダル投入口 138— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 139— 1まで運ぶ必要がな い。即ち、重力をうまく利用してゲームプレイヤの手の動き楽にしている。 That is, the game player inclines the medal M continuously downward from the upper storage 131. Move to the upper region of the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 extending obliquely, and after that, when the medal M force is released, the medal M is moved by gravity. The first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 are slid down and locked to the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114, and then the medal M is Along the step 113 and the second step 114, the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 are slid into the first slot by gravity. When the medal M rolls along the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114, the medal M is in contact with the first inclined wall lower region 136 and the first inclined wall upper region 134. Will slide. That is, the game player moves the medal M to the upper areas of the first inclined wall upper area 134 and the second inclined wall upper area 135 and releases the medal M as in the conventional case. The upper storage portion 131 does not need to be transported to the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1. In other words, gravity is used effectively to make the game player's hands move easily.
[0176] 更に、該メダル Mが該第 1の段差部 113及び第 2の段差部 114に係止されない可 能性がある。その場合、該メダル Mは該第 1の段差部 113及び第 2の段差部 114を 超えて該第 1及び第 2の傾斜壁を滑り落ち、該第 1及び第 2の下貯留部 144、 145に 達し、ここに貯留される。該第 1及び第 2の下貯留部 144、 145に貯留された該ゲー ム媒体を、そのまま利用することができる。ゲームプレイヤは、該第 1及び第 2の下貯 留部 144、 145に貯留された該メダル Mを、該第 1及び第 2の傾斜壁に沿って滑り上 力 せ、その後、該メダル Mから手を離せば、重力により第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134 及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135を滑り落ち、該第 1の段差部 113及び第 2の段差部 114に係止され、その後、該メダル Mは、該第 1の段差部 113及び第 2の段差部 114 に沿って第 1のメダル投入口 138— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 139— 1へ重力により スライド転入する。このメカニズムは、前述の第 1の実施形態での説明と同じである。  [0176] Furthermore, the medal M may not be locked to the first step portion 113 and the second step portion 114. In this case, the medal M slides down the first and second inclined walls beyond the first step portion 113 and the second step portion 114, and the first and second lower storage portions 144, 145 It is stored here. The game media stored in the first and second lower storage units 144 and 145 can be used as they are. The game player slides the medal M stored in the first and second lower storage portions 144, 145 along the first and second inclined walls, and then from the medal M When the hand is released, the first sloped wall upper region 134 and the second sloped wall upper region 135 are slid down by gravity and locked to the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114. The medal M slides into the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 by gravity along the first step 113 and the second step 114. This mechanism is the same as described in the first embodiment.
[0177] このため、ゲームプレイヤが連続して長時間メダル Mを投入し続けても、ゲームプレ ィャが感じる疲れを大幅に低減することが可能となる。また、メダル Mの投入に殆ど 神経を使わないため、ゲームそのものに集中することが出来、ゲームを十分楽しむこ とが出来る。  [0177] For this reason, even if the game player continuously inserts the medal M for a long time, it is possible to greatly reduce the fatigue felt by the game player. In addition, since almost no nerve is used to insert the medal M, it is possible to concentrate on the game itself and to fully enjoy the game.
[0178] また、ゲームプレイヤは、該メダル Mを該上貯留部 131から連続的に下方向に傾斜 しながら延在する第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135の上 部領域まで移動させ、後は、該メダル M力ゝら手を離せば、重力により該メダル Mが第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135を滑り落ち、該第 1の段差 部 113及び第 2の段差部 114に係止され、その後、該メダル Mは、該第 1の段差部 1 13及び第 2の段差部 114に沿って第 1のメダル投入口 138— 1及び第 2のメダル投 入口 139— 1へ重力によりスライド転入する。更に、ゲームプレイヤは、該第 1の段差 部 113及び第 2の段差部 114に係止されず該第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 136及び第 2 の傾斜壁下部領域 137を滑り落ち該第 1の下貯留部 144及び第 2の下貯留部 145 に留部された該メダル Mを、該第 1及び第 2の傾斜壁に沿って滑り上がらせた後は、 該メダル Mから手を離せば、重力により第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜 壁上部領域 135を滑り落ち、該第 1の段差部 113及び第 2の段差部 114に係止され 、その後、該メダル Mは、該第 1の段差部 113及び第 2の段差部 114に沿って第 1の メダル投入口 138— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 139— 1へ重力によりスライド転入する 。即ち、メダル Mの投入を自動化せずに、ゲームプレイヤが連続して長時間メダル M を投入し続けても、ゲームプレイヤが感じる疲れを大幅に低減することを可能としたた め、ゲームプレイヤ自身がゲームをしている実感を持ちながら、ゲームプレイヤを連 続して長時間十分魅了することを可能にした。 [0178] In addition, the game player continuously inclines the medal M downward from the upper storage unit 131. While moving to the upper region of the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 extending, and then releasing the medal M force, the medal M is moved by gravity. The first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 are slid down and locked to the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114, and then the medal M is moved to the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114. The first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 are slid into the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 138-1 along the stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114. Furthermore, the game player slides down the first inclined wall lower region 136 and the second inclined wall lower region 137 without being locked by the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114. After sliding the medal M retained in the lower reservoir 144 and the second lower reservoir 145 along the first and second inclined walls, if the hand is released from the medal M, The first sloped wall upper region 134 and the second sloped wall upper region 135 are slid down by gravity and locked to the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114. The first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 are slid into the first medal slot 138-1 along the first step 113 and the second step 114 by gravity. In other words, even if the game player continues to insert the medal M for a long time without automating the insertion of the medal M, it is possible to greatly reduce the fatigue felt by the game player. It is possible to continue attracting game players for a long time while having a sense of playing games.
該第 1の段差部 113と第 2の段差部 114とは、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び 第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135を重力により滑り落ちるメダル Mを係止する機能と、該第 1の段差部 113と第 2の段差部 114に沿って該第 1のメダル投入口 138— 1及び第 2 のメダル投入口 139— 1へ重力によりスライド転入させる機能とを備えればよい。しか し、該第 1及び第 2の下貯留部 144、 145に貯留された該メダル Mを、該第 1のガイド 部 113即ち第 1の段差部 113と第 2のガイド部 114即ち第 2の段差部 114より上の位 置まで滑り上がらせる必要があり、このため、該メダル Mを滑り上がらせる際、該第 1 のガイド部 113即ち第 1の段差部 113と第 2のガイド部 114即ち第 2の段差部 114の 存在が妨げにならないことが好ましい。このことを考慮すれば、該第 1のガイド部 113 が第 1の段差部 113で構成され、第 2のガイド部 114が第 2の段差部 114で構成され ることは意義がある。但し、該第 1及び第 2の段差 113、 114のステップ面は、上を向 いていることが重要である。これにより、該メダル Mを該第 1の段差 113及び該第 2の 段差 114を超えて滑り上がらせることが容易となり、また、ー且滑り上がった該メダル Mがゲームプレイヤの手を離れ該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134、及び第 2の傾斜壁上 部領域 135を滑り落ちて該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114のステップ面で係止 されることが可能となる。該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114のステップ面が下を 向いた場合、該第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 136と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134、及び第 2 の傾斜壁下部領域 137と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135に沿って滑り上がる該メダル M を阻止し、また、メダル Mを係止しながら、該第 1のメダル投入口 138— 1及び第 2の メダル投入口 139— 1へ重力によりスライド転入させることができな!/、。 The first step 113 and the second step 114 have a function of locking the medal M sliding down the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 by gravity, and It is only necessary to have a function of sliding in the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 by gravity along the first step 113 and the second step 114. However, the medals M stored in the first and second lower storage portions 144 and 145 are converted into the first guide portion 113, that is, the first step portion 113 and the second guide portion 114, that is, the second guide portion. Therefore, when the medal M is to be slid up, the first guide portion 113, that is, the first step portion 113 and the second guide portion 114, that is, It is preferable that the presence of the second step 114 does not hinder. In consideration of this, it is significant that the first guide portion 113 is constituted by the first step portion 113 and the second guide portion 114 is constituted by the second step portion 114. However, the step surfaces of the first and second steps 113 and 114 face upward. It is important that This makes it easy to slide the medal M beyond the first step 113 and the second step 114, and the slid up medal M leaves the hand of the game player and moves to the first step 113. The first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 can be slid down and locked by the step surfaces of the first step 113 and the second step 114. When the step surfaces of the first step 113 and the second step 114 face downward, the first inclined wall lower region 136, the first inclined wall upper region 134, and the second inclined wall lower region 137 The medal M sliding up along the upper inclined wall upper region 135 is blocked, and the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139— Can't slide into 1 due to gravity! /.
[0180] 該第 1の段差 113は、該第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 136を第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134 より厚く構成することで、実現することが可能となる。また、該第 2の段差 114は、第 2 の傾斜壁下部領域 137を第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135より厚く構成することで、実現 することが可能となる。例えば、該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁は、上下双方の領 域に亘る第 1の平板と、該下領域のみに延在する第 2の平板とを組み合わせた構成 としてもよい。また、該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁は、上下双方の領域に亘る第 1の平板のうち該下領域のみを薄く加工してもよい。いずれにしても、該第 1の段差 1 13及び第 2の段差 114は、既存の技術を用いて実現することが可能である。  [0180] The first step 113 can be realized by configuring the first inclined wall lower region 136 to be thicker than the first inclined wall upper region 134. Further, the second step 114 can be realized by forming the second inclined wall lower region 137 thicker than the second inclined wall upper region 135. For example, the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall may be configured by combining a first flat plate extending in both the upper and lower regions and a second flat plate extending only in the lower region. Further, the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall may be formed by thinning only the lower region of the first flat plate extending over both the upper and lower regions. In any case, the first step 113 and the second step 114 can be realized using existing technology.
[0181] そして、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114は、該第 1のメダル投入口 138—1 及び第 2のメダル投入口 139— 1へと延在する構成とすることが出来る。この際、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114により係止されたメダル Mを該第 1のメダル投入口 138— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 139— 1へと重力により転がして導く必要があるため 、該第 1のメダル投入口 138— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 139— 1へ向力つて下降す るよう延在させる。具体的には、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114は、該第 1のメ ダル投入口 138— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 139— 1へ向けて直線的に下降する構 成とする。しかし、変更例として、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114は、該第 1の メダル投入口 138— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 139— 1へ向けて曲線的に下降する 構成とすることも可能であり、更には、直線と曲線との組み合わせで構成することも可 能である。但し、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114のどの位置でメダル Mを係止 したとしても、該第 1のメダル投入口 138— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 139— 1へ向け て重力により転がして導くのに最低限必要な傾斜角度を有する。 [0181] Then, the first step 113 and the second step 114 can be configured to extend to the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1. . At this time, the medal M locked by the first step 113 and the second step 114 is guided to the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 by gravity. Since it is necessary, the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 are extended so as to move downward. Specifically, the first step 113 and the second step 114 are configured to descend linearly toward the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1. And However, as a modified example, the first step 113 and the second step 114 are lowered in a curve toward the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1. It is also possible to form a combination of straight lines and curves. However, the medal M is locked at any position of the first step 113 and the second step 114. Even so, it has a minimum inclination angle required to roll and guide it toward the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1.
[0182] 更に、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114は、該メダル Mを重力により該第 1のメ ダル投入口 138— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 139— 1ヘスライド転入させるよう終端さ せる必要がある。該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114の終端部を該第 1のメダル投 入口 138— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 139— 1に近接させる。変更例として、該第 1の 段差 113及び第 2の段差 114の終端部が該第 1のメダル投入口 138— 1及び第 2の メダル投入口 139— 1に接しておらず、間隙を有していても、該第 1の段差 113及び 第 2の段差 114を転がった該メダル Mが最終的に該第 1のメダル投入口 138— 1及 び第 2のメダル投入口 139—1に転がり込めばよい。このためには、該第 1の投入部 1 08の該第 1のメダル投入口 138— 1及び該第 2の投入部 109の第 2のメダル投入口 1 39— 1は、該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁に近接する位置に設けられる。  [0182] Further, the first step 113 and the second step 114 cause the medal M to slide into the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 by gravity. It must be terminated. The terminal portions of the first step 113 and the second step 114 are brought close to the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1. As a modified example, the end portions of the first step 113 and the second step 114 are not in contact with the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1, and there is a gap. However, the medal M that has rolled the first step 113 and the second step 114 is finally rolled into the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1. That's fine. For this purpose, the first medal slot 138-1 of the first slot 108 and the second medal slot 1 39-1 of the second slot 109 are arranged on the first slope. It is provided at a position close to the wall and the second inclined wall.
[0183] また、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114のステップ面の幅、換言すると、該第 1 の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114の大きさは、第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の 傾斜壁上部領域 135を滑り落ちる該メダル Mを該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 11 4のステップ面で係止することが可能となるよう決定される。該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114の最小限必要な大きさは、該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁の傾斜角 度と、該メダル Mの厚さとに依存する。例えば、該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁の 傾斜角度が大きい場合、該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁の傾斜角度が小さい場 合に比較して、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114のステップ面の幅はより大きく なるはずである。  [0183] Further, the width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114, in other words, the size of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is determined by the first inclined wall upper region. It is determined that the medal M sliding down 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 can be locked by the step surfaces of the first step 113 and the second step 114. The minimum required size of the first step 113 and the second step 114 depends on the inclination angles of the first and second inclined walls and the thickness of the medal M. For example, when the inclination angle of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall is large, the first step difference is compared with the case where the inclination angle of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall is small. The width of the step surface of 113 and the second step 114 should be larger.
[0184] 更に、該メダル Mの厚さと比較して、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114のステツ プ面の幅が小さすぎると、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135を滑り落ちる該メダル Mを係止出来ず、該メダル Mは、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114を乗り越えて該第 1の下貯留部 144及び第 2の下貯留部 145まで滑り 落ちてしま!/ヽ、該メダル Mを該第 1のメダル投入口 138— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 1 39— 1に投入出来なくなる。よって、該メダル Mの厚さと該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の 傾斜壁の傾斜角度を考慮して、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上 部領域 135を滑り落ちる該メダル Mを係止することが出来る最低限の該第 1の段差 1 13及び第 2の段差 114のステップ面の幅が必要となる。該第 1の段差 113及び第 2 の段差 114のステップ面の幅を該メダル Mの厚さより大きくすれば、該第 1の傾斜壁 上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135を滑り落ちる該メダル Mを係止する可 能性が高まる。また、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114のステップ面の幅を該メ ダル Mの厚さの 2倍より大きくすれば、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜 壁上部領域 135を滑り落ちる 2枚の重なった該メダル Mを同時に係止することが可能 となる。但し、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114のステップ面の幅をあまり大きく しすぎると、該メダル Mを該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114を超えて滑り上がら せる際に、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114で該メダル Mが倒れてしまつたりし て、該メダル Mが該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114をうまく転がらない可能性が あるので留意すべきである。 [0184] Furthermore, if the width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is too small compared to the thickness of the medal M, the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second step 114 will be described. The medal M that slides down the sloped wall upper area 135 cannot be locked, and the medal M passes over the first step 113 and the second step 114 and passes through the first lower storage portion 144 and the second lower portion 114. It slips down to the storage section 145! / ヽ, the medal M cannot be inserted into the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 1 39-1. Therefore, considering the thickness of the medal M and the inclination angles of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall, the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall The minimum width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 that can lock the medal M sliding down the partial area 135 is required. If the width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is larger than the thickness of the medal M, the medal that slides down the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 The possibility of locking M increases. If the width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is larger than twice the thickness of the medal M, the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall Two overlapping medals M sliding down the upper area 135 can be locked simultaneously. However, if the width of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is made too large, the medal M may be slid up beyond the first step 113 and the second step 114. The medal M may fall down at the first step 113 and the second step 114, and the medal M may not roll the first step 113 and the second step 114 well. It should be noted.
図 29に示すように、メダル Mの周辺部の断面形状が矩形ではなぐ角が丸み Rを帯 びて 、る場合、この丸みを帯びて 、る部分の厚さ R以上の該第 1の段差 113及び第 2 の段差 114のステップ面の幅 W2があれば、該メダル Mを係止できる可能性がある。 しかし、実際には、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135を 滑り落ちてきた該メダル Mが該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114に接触した際の 衝撃や振動により、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114に係止されない可能性が ある。よって、理論上最低限必要となる幅 W2よりも大きぐ該第 1の段差 113及び第 2 の段差 114のステップ面の幅を設計する。更に、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び 第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135を滑り落ちてきた互いに重なった状態の 2枚のメダル Mを 同時に係止するには、理論上は図 29に示すようにメダル M単体の厚さと丸みを帯び て 、る部分の厚さ Rとの和以上の該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114のステップ面 の幅 W1があれば、該 2枚の重なったメダル Mを係止できる可能性がある。し力し、実 際には、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135を滑り落ちて きた該 2枚の重なったメダル Mが該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114に接触した際 の衝撃や振動により、該 2枚の重なったメダル Mのうち上に重なった方のメダル Mは 、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114に係止されない可能性がある。よって、該 2 枚の重なったメダル Mの双方共に係止するには、理論上最低限必要となる幅 Wlより も大きぐ該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114のステップ面の幅を設計する。 As shown in FIG. 29, when the cross-sectional shape of the periphery of the medal M is a rectangle and the corner is rounded with a round R, the first step of the rounded portion having a thickness R or more If there is a width W2 of the step surface of 113 and the second step 114, there is a possibility that the medal M can be locked. However, in actuality, when the medal M sliding down the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 comes into contact with the first step 113 and the second step 114, There is a possibility that the first step 113 and the second step 114 are not locked due to impact or vibration. Therefore, the widths of the step surfaces of the first step 113 and the second step 114 which are larger than the theoretically required width W2 are designed. Furthermore, theoretically, as shown in FIG. 29, two medals M that have slipped down the first sloped wall upper region 134 and the second sloped wall upper region 135 and that overlap each other are locked simultaneously. If the width W1 of the step surface of the first step 113 and the second step 114 is equal to or greater than the sum of the thickness of the medal M and the thickness R of the portion, the two pieces of the medal M There is a possibility that the overlapping medals M can be locked. In practice, the two overlapping medals M sliding down the first sloped wall upper region 134 and the second sloped wall upper region 135 become the first step 113 and the second step. Due to shock or vibration when touching the step 114, the upper one of the two overlapping medals M may not be locked to the first step 113 and the second step 114. There is sex. Therefore, the 2 In order to lock both of the medals M that overlap each other, the widths of the step surfaces of the first step 113 and the second step 114 that are larger than the theoretically required width Wl are designed.
[0186] この観点から、メダル Mを単体で係止するには、該第 1の段差のステップ面の幅を 該ゲーム媒体単体の厚さに概ね相当するよう設計することが好ま 、。ここで「概ね」 とは、丸みを帯びている部分の厚さ Rに相当する誤差を含むものとする。  [0186] From this point of view, in order to lock the medal M alone, it is preferable to design the width of the step surface of the first step to substantially correspond to the thickness of the game medium alone. Here, “substantially” includes an error corresponding to the thickness R of the rounded portion.
[0187] 更に、該第 1の段差のステップ面の角度は、該第 1の傾斜壁に対して直角或いは鋭 角が好ましい。該第 1の段差のステップ面の角度が、該第 1の傾斜壁に対して鈍角の 場合、該第 1の傾斜壁を滑り落ちてきた該ゲーム媒体が該第 1の段差に係止されず に滑り落ちてしまう可能性が高い。  [0187] Further, the step surface angle of the first step is preferably a right angle or an acute angle with respect to the first inclined wall. If the angle of the step surface of the first step is an obtuse angle with respect to the first inclined wall, the game medium that has slid down the first inclined wall is not locked to the first step. There is a high possibility of slipping off.
[0188] 該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁の傾斜角が大きい場合、即ち、該第 1の傾斜壁 下部領域 136と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134、及び第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 137と第 2 の傾斜壁上部領域 135が垂直に近い場合、該メダル Mを該第 1の下貯留部 144から 該第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 136と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134、及び該第 2の下貯留部 145から第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 137と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135を滑り上がらせる のが容易ではなくなる。逆に、該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁の傾斜角が小さい 場合、即ち、該第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 136と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134、及び第 2 の傾斜壁下部領域 137と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135が平坦に近 、場合、該メダル Mを該第 1の下貯留部 144から該第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 136と第 1の傾斜壁上部領 域 134、及び該第 2の下貯留部 145から第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 137と第 2の傾斜壁 上部領域 135を滑り上がらせるのは容易であるが、ゲームプレイヤが該メダル Mから 手を離した後、該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁との摩擦力が大きくな るため、該メダル Mが該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135 を滑り落ち難くなると共に、該メダル Mが重力により該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114に沿って転がりながら該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135をスライドする際の摩擦力が大きいため、途中で止まってしまい、前記第 1のメダ ル投入口 138— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 139— 1まで迪りっかない可能性もある。 よって、該第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 136と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134、及び第 2の傾 斜壁下部領域 137と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135の傾斜角は、これらのことを考慮し、 垂直に近すぎず且つ水平にも近すぎない角度とすることが必要となる。例えば、該第[0188] When the inclination angle of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall is large, that is, the first inclined wall lower region 136, the first inclined wall upper region 134, and the second inclined wall lower portion When the region 137 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 are nearly perpendicular, the medal M is moved from the first lower storage portion 144 to the first inclined wall lower region 136 and the first inclined wall upper region 134, and It is not easy to slide the second inclined wall lower region 137 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 from the second lower reservoir 145. Conversely, when the inclination angle of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall is small, that is, the first inclined wall lower region 136, the first inclined wall upper region 134, and the second inclined wall lower portion. When the region 137 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 are nearly flat, the medal M is transferred from the first lower storage portion 144 to the first inclined wall lower region 136 and the first inclined wall upper region 134. It is easy to slide the second inclined wall lower area 137 and the second inclined wall upper area 135 from the second lower storage section 145, but the game player releases his hand from the medal M. Thereafter, since the frictional force between the medal M and the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall increases, the medal M becomes the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135. And the medal M rolls along the first step 113 and the second step 114 due to gravity, and the upper region of the first inclined wall 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135, because the frictional force when sliding is large, it stops halfway, and the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 There is a possibility that it may not be. Therefore, the inclination angles of the first inclined wall lower region 136 and the first inclined wall upper region 134, and the second inclined wall lower region 137 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 take these into account. And It is necessary to make the angle not too close to vertical and not too close to horizontal. For example, the
1の傾斜壁下部領域 136と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134、及び第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 137と第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135の傾斜角は、 20度以上 70度以下にすることが好 ましぐ更に、 30度以上 60度以下にすることがより好ましい。該第 1の傾斜壁下部領 域 136と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134、及び第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 137と第 2の傾斜 壁上部領域 135の傾斜角は、典型的には、約 45度であってもよい。 The inclination angle of the first inclined wall lower region 136 and the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall lower region 137 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 should be not less than 20 degrees and not more than 70 degrees. More preferably, it is more preferably 30 degrees or more and 60 degrees or less. The slope angle of the first sloped wall lower region 136 and the first sloped wall upper region 134, and the second sloped wall lower region 137 and the second sloped wall upper region 135 are typically about 45. May be degrees.
[0189] 更に、該第 1の下貯留部 144及び第 2の下貯留部 145に貯留する該メダル Mを、 該第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 136及び第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 137へと出来るだけ抵抗 を少なく滑り上げるには、第 3の境界領域 142及び第 4の境界領域 143は、曲面で形 成されることが好ましい。該曲面の好ましい曲率は、該メダル Mの径方向寸法に依存 するが、概ね該曲面の曲率半径力 該メダル Mの径方向寸法より十分大きければよ い。好ましい曲率は、経験的に簡単に決定することが出来る。  Furthermore, the medal M stored in the first lower storage portion 144 and the second lower storage portion 145 can be converted into the first inclined wall lower region 136 and the second inclined wall lower region 137. In order to make the resistance slip as low as possible, it is preferable that the third boundary region 142 and the fourth boundary region 143 are formed with curved surfaces. The preferable curvature of the curved surface depends on the radial dimension of the medal M, but it is sufficient that the curvature radius force of the curved surface is substantially larger than the radial dimension of the medal M. The preferred curvature can be easily determined empirically.
[0190] 更に、前述したように、該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁と該メダル Mとの摩擦抵 抗は出来るだけ低減することが好ましい。該摩擦抵抗を低減するため、第 1の複数の 稜線形状突部 140及び第 2の複数の稜線形状突部 141が有効である。該メダル M は概円盤形状を有する。更に、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部 領域 135が平らな表面を有する場合、該メダル Mの側面の全領域が、該第 1の傾斜 壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135の平らな表面と接触する。該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135との摩擦力を低 減するには、該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135との接触面積を低減することが有効である。接触面積を低減するため、第 1の複 数の稜線形状突部 140及び第 2の複数の稜線形状突部 141が該第 1の傾斜壁上部 領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135に形成される。このように構成することで、 該第 1のガイド部 113即ち第 1の段差部 113と第 2のガイド部 114即ち第 2の段差部 1 14を転がる該メダル Mは、第 1の複数の稜線形状突部 140及び第 2の複数の稜線形 状突部 141と接触しながらスライドする。このため、該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁上部 領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135との接触面積が低減され、摩擦抵抗を有 効に低減することが可能となる。 [0191] 摩擦抵抗低減を目的として少なくとも第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁 上部領域 135の表面を、自己潤滑性を有する物質で構成することが好ましい。該表 面のみ自己潤滑性を有する物質で構成してもよぐまた第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134 及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135の全体を、自己潤滑性を有する物質で構成してもよ い。更に、第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135に加えて、第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 136、第 2の傾斜壁下部領域 137、第 1の境界領域 132、第 2の 境界領域 133、第 3の境界領域 142、第 4の境界領域 143、及び上貯留部 131、第 1 の下貯留部 144及び第 2の下貯留部 145の表面或いは全体を、自己潤滑性を有す る物質で構成してもよい。自己潤滑性を有する物質の典型例として、テフロン (登録 商標)等のエンジニアリングプラスチックや含油焼結金属 (商品例:オイレスメタルプレ ート)を挙げることができる力 必ずしもこれらに限定されるわけではない。少なくとも第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135の表面を、自己潤滑性を 有する物質で構成する代わりに、摩擦抵抗低減目的で設けた第 1の複数の稜線形 状突部 140及び第 2の複数の稜線形状突部 141を省略することも可能である。 [0190] Furthermore, as described above, it is preferable to reduce the frictional resistance between the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall and the medal M as much as possible. In order to reduce the frictional resistance, the first plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 140 and the second plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 141 are effective. The medal M has a generally disc shape. Further, when the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 have a flat surface, the entire area of the side surface of the medal M is the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 134. In contact with the flat surface of the upper area 135 of the inclined wall. In order to reduce the frictional force between the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135, the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 134 It is effective to reduce the contact area with the inclined wall upper region 135. In order to reduce the contact area, the first plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 140 and the second plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 141 are formed in the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135. Is done. By configuring in this way, the medal M rolling on the first guide portion 113, that is, the first step portion 113 and the second guide portion 114, that is, the second step portion 114, is the first plurality of ridge lines. Slide in contact with the shape protrusion 140 and the second plurality of ridge-line shape protrusions 141. Therefore, the contact area between the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 is reduced, and the frictional resistance can be effectively reduced. [0191] For the purpose of reducing frictional resistance, at least the surfaces of the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 are preferably made of a material having self-lubricating properties. Only the surface may be made of a self-lubricating material, and the entire first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 may be made of a self-lubricating material. Good. Furthermore, in addition to the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135, the first inclined wall lower region 136, the second inclined wall lower region 137, the first boundary region 132, the second Self-lubricating the surface or the whole of the boundary region 133, the third boundary region 142, the fourth boundary region 143, the upper reservoir 131, the first lower reservoir 144, and the second lower reservoir 145 It may be composed of a certain substance. Typical examples of self-lubricating substances include engineering plastics such as Teflon (registered trademark) and oil-impregnated sintered metals (product examples: Oiles metal plate). . At least the surfaces of the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 are made of a material having a self-lubricating property, and instead of being made of a self-lubricating material, a first plurality of ridged linear protrusions provided for the purpose of reducing frictional resistance. It is also possible to omit the part 140 and the second plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 141.
[0192] 前述したように、本実施形態に係るメダル投入機構 130は、複数のメダルを貯留す る上貯留部 131を含む。該上貯留部 131は、メダル投入機構 130の上水平領域 24 を構成する。メダル投入機構 130は、複数のメダルを貯留する第 1の下貯留部 144を 含む。該第 1の下貯留部 144は、メダル投入機構 130の第 1の下水平領域 27を構成 する。メダル投入機構 130は、複数のメダルを貯留する第 2の下貯留部 145を含む。 該第 2の下貯留部 145は、メダル投入機構 130の第 2の下水平領域 28を構成する。  As described above, the medal insertion mechanism 130 according to the present embodiment includes the upper storage unit 131 that stores a plurality of medals. The upper storage part 131 constitutes an upper horizontal region 24 of the medal insertion mechanism 130. The medal insertion mechanism 130 includes a first lower storage unit 144 that stores a plurality of medals. The first lower storage section 144 constitutes a first lower horizontal area 27 of the medal insertion mechanism 130. The medal insertion mechanism 130 includes a second lower storage unit 145 that stores a plurality of medals. The second lower storage section 145 constitutes a second lower horizontal area 28 of the medal insertion mechanism 130.
[0193] メダル投入機構 130は、更に、上貯留部 131の第 1側部に接する第 1の境界領域 1 32から連続的に下方向に傾斜しながら延在する第 1の傾斜壁を含む。該第 1の傾斜 壁は、第 1の傾斜領域 25を形成する。該第 1の傾斜壁は、第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 13 6と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134とで構成される。該第 1の傾斜壁及び該第 2の傾斜壁 は、ゲーム媒体としてのメダルが滑り上がり及び滑り落ちることが可能であればよいの で、必ずしも一定の傾斜角を有する傾斜平面で構成する必要はない。例えば、該第 1の傾斜壁及び該第 2の傾斜壁は、傾斜角度が変化する傾斜曲面で構成してもよい [0194] 前述したように、ゲーム媒体としてのメダル Mを第 1のメダル投入口 138— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 139— 1にスライド転入させるためのガイド部は、第 1のメダル投入 口 138— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 139— 1に向力つてそれぞれ直線的に下降傾斜 するよう延在した該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114で構成した。しカゝしながら、該 第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114に係止されたメダルが重力により第 1のメダル投 入口 108— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 109— 1までスライド転入するのを可能にする には、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114は、必ずしも直線的に下降傾斜するよう 延在する必要がない。即ち、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114に係止されたメダ ルが重力により第 1のメダル投入口 138— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 139— 1までスラ イド転入するのを可能にするには、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114は、第 1の メダル投入口 138— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 139— 1に向かって総体的に下降して いればよい。換言すれば、第 1のメダル投入口 138— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 139 — 1に位置するメダル Mのポテンシャルエネルギーよりも、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2 の段差 114に係止されるメダル Mのポテンシャルエネルギーの方が総体的にみて高 ければよい。例えば、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114の途中に上昇部があつ ても、メダル Mの運動エネルギーの方が該上昇部のポテンシャルエネルギーと摩擦 エネルギーとの和より大きい場合、メダル Mは、それまでの転動の勢いで該上昇部を 登りきつて第 1の投入口へ転入する。また、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114の 途中に上昇部があって、メダル Mの運動エネルギーの方が該上昇部のポテンシャル エネルギーと摩擦エネルギーとの和より小さい場合でも、メダル Mは、後から転動して きたメダル Mに押されて該上昇部を登りきつて第 1の投入口へ転入することが可能で あれば問題ない。また、該第 1の段差 113及び第 2の段差 114は、第 1のメダル投入 口 138— 1及び第 2のメダル投入口 139— 1に向力つて階段状に下降するよう延在し てもよい。 The medal insertion mechanism 130 further includes a first inclined wall that extends while inclining downward continuously from the first boundary region 1 32 that contacts the first side portion of the upper storage portion 131. The first inclined wall forms a first inclined region 25. The first inclined wall is composed of a first inclined wall lower region 136 and a first inclined wall upper region 134. The first inclined wall and the second inclined wall need only be configured so that a medal as a game medium can be slid up and down, and is not necessarily configured by an inclined plane having a certain inclination angle. . For example, the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall may be configured by inclined curved surfaces whose inclination angles change. [0194] As described above, the guide section for sliding the medal M as a game medium into the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 is the first medal slot. The first step 113 and the second step 114 that extend downwardly and linearly toward the 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 respectively. However, the medal locked to the first step 113 and the second step 114 slides into the first medal inlet 108-1 and the second medal inlet 109-1 due to gravity. In order to make this possible, the first step 113 and the second step 114 do not necessarily have to extend so as to incline downward. That is, the medals locked to the first step 113 and the second step 114 slide into the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 due to gravity. In order to make it possible, the first step 113 and the second step 114 are generally lowered toward the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1. Good. In other words, the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1 are locked to the first step 113 and the second step 114 rather than the potential energy of the medal M located at the position 1. The medal M's potential energy should be higher overall. For example, even if there is a rising part in the middle of the first step 113 and the second step 114, if the kinetic energy of the medal M is greater than the sum of the potential energy and the friction energy of the rising part, the medal M Will climb up the ascending section with the momentum of rolling until then and move into the first slot. Even if there is a rising part in the middle of the first step 113 and the second step 114 and the kinetic energy of the medal M is smaller than the sum of the potential energy and the friction energy of the rising part, the medal M There is no problem as long as it is possible to move up to the first insertion port by being pushed by the medal M that has been rolling and climbing up the ascending portion. Further, the first step 113 and the second step 114 may extend so as to descend in a stepped manner toward the first medal slot 138-1 and the second medal slot 139-1. Good.
[0195] 前述した本発明の第 1実施形態におけるメダル投入機構 130によれば、ゲームプレ ィャが連続して長時間ゲーム媒体を投入し続けても、ゲームプレイヤが感じる疲れを 大幅に低減することが可能となる。また、ゲーム媒体の投入に殆ど神経を使わないた め、ゲームそのものに集中することが出来、ゲームを十分楽しむことが出来る。 [0196] (1 -4-8)メダル投入機構 200の変形例 1 [0195] According to the medal insertion mechanism 130 in the first embodiment of the present invention described above, even if the game player continuously inserts the game medium for a long time, the fatigue felt by the game player is greatly reduced. It becomes possible. In addition, since almost no nerve is used for the introduction of game media, it is possible to concentrate on the game itself and enjoy the game sufficiently. [0196] (1 -4-8) Modification 1 of medal insertion mechanism 200
前述したメダル投入機構 200に対する変更例 1を、以下図面を参照して説明する。 図 24は、本変更例に係るメダル投入機構を示す斜視図である。以下、前述したメダ ル投入機構 200との相違点のみ説明し、重複する説明は省略する。  Modification 1 to the medal insertion mechanism 200 described above will be described below with reference to the drawings. FIG. 24 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification. Hereinafter, only differences from the above-described medal injection mechanism 200 will be described, and redundant description will be omitted.
[0197] 前述の第 1の複数の稜線形状突部 115及び第 2の複数の稜線形状突部 116を第 1 の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135に形成することに代えて、該 第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135に、点在する複数の突 起 153を形成することは、該メダル Mとの接触面積を低減し、強いては該メダル Mと の摩擦抵抗を低減するには有効である。ここで、隣接する突起 153の間隔は、該メダ ル Mの径方向寸法より十分狭いことが好ましい。更に、複数の突起 153は、一定間 隔で規則正しく点在することがより好ましい。このように構成することで、該第 1の段差 部 113及び第 2の段差部 114を転がる該メダル Mは、該点在する複数の突起 153と 接触しながらスライドする。このため、該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び 第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135との接触面積が低減され、摩擦抵抗を有効に低減するこ とが可能となる。該複数の突起 153は、摩擦力低減の観点から、その頂部がラウンド 加工されて!、ることが好まし!/、。  Instead of forming the first plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 115 and the second plurality of ridgeline-shaped protrusions 116 in the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135, Thus, forming the plurality of scattered protrusions 153 in the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 reduces the contact area with the medal M, and for this reason, This is effective for reducing the frictional resistance with medal M. Here, the interval between the adjacent protrusions 153 is preferably sufficiently narrower than the radial dimension of the medal M. Furthermore, it is more preferable that the plurality of protrusions 153 are regularly scattered at regular intervals. With this configuration, the medals M rolling on the first step portion 113 and the second step portion 114 slide while contacting the plurality of scattered protrusions 153. Therefore, the contact area between the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 is reduced, and the frictional resistance can be effectively reduced. From the viewpoint of reducing the frictional force, the plurality of protrusions 153 are preferably rounded at the top! /.
[0198] (1 -4- 9)メダル投入機構 200の変形例 2  [0198] (1 -4- 9) Modification 2 of medal insertion mechanism 200
前述したメダル投入機構 200に対する変更例 2を、以下図面を参照して説明する。 図 25は、本変更例に係るメダル投入機構を示す斜視図である。以下、前述したメダ ル投入機構 200との相違点のみ説明し、重複する説明は省略する。  Modification 2 to the above-described medal insertion mechanism 200 will be described below with reference to the drawings. FIG. 25 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification. Hereinafter, only differences from the above-described medal injection mechanism 200 will be described, and redundant description will be omitted.
[0199] 該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁との摩擦力を低減するのに、振動モ ータ 154を該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁のそれぞれの裏側に設け、該第 1の傾 斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁に微少振動を与えるよう構成することが有効である。該第 1の 傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁に微少振動を与えることで、該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁 及び第 2の傾斜壁とが密着するのを防止し、結果的に、該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁 及び第 2の傾斜壁との実効的な接触面積を低減し、摩擦抵抗を有効に低減すること が可能となる。該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁に与える振動が大きすぎ、該メダル Mが該第 1の段差部 113及び第 2の段差部 114に沿って転がる際に不安定にならな いよう留意すべきである。また、大きすぎる振動は、ゲームプレイヤにも不快感を与え る可能性があるため好ましくな 、。 [0199] In order to reduce the frictional force between the medal M and the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall, the vibration motor 154 is connected to each of the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall. It is effective to provide the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall so as to give a minute vibration to the back side. By applying slight vibration to the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall, the medal M and the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall are prevented from coming into close contact with each other. The effective contact area between the medal M and the first and second inclined walls can be reduced, and the frictional resistance can be effectively reduced. The vibration applied to the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall is too great, and the medal M must not become unstable when rolling along the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114. You should be careful. In addition, too large vibration is preferable because it may cause discomfort to the game player.
[0200] (1—4— 10)メダル投入機構 200の変形例 3  [0200] (1-4-10) Variation 3 of medal insertion mechanism 200
前述したメダル投入機構 200に対する変更例 3を、以下図面を参照して説明する。 図 26は、本変更例に係るメダル投入機構を示す斜視図である。以下、前述したメダ ル投入機構 200との相違点のみ説明し、重複する説明は省略する。  Modification 3 to the medal insertion mechanism 200 described above will be described below with reference to the drawings. FIG. 26 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification. Hereinafter, only differences from the above-described medal injection mechanism 200 will be described, and redundant description will be omitted.
[0201] 該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁との摩擦力を低減するのに、該第 1 の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135が、点在する複数の通風孔 155を有し、且つ、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135の それぞれの裏側に送風ファン 156を設ける。  [0201] In order to reduce the frictional force between the medal M and the first inclined wall and the second inclined wall, the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 The ventilation fan 156 is provided on the back side of each of the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135.
[0202] 該複数の通風孔 155を介して送風することで、該メダル Mを該第 1の傾斜壁上部領 域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135から浮力せる方向の浮力を該メダル Mに与え 、該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135の接触 力を低減し、結果的に、該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜 壁上部領域 135との摩擦力を低減する。ここで、隣接する通風孔 155の間隔は、該メ ダル Mの径方向寸法より十分狭いことが好ましい。更に、複数の通風孔 155は、一定 間隔で規則正しく点在することがより好ましい。また、送風ファン 156は、該第 1の傾 斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135の裏側に配置することにより実現 することが可能である。このように構成することで、該第 1の段差部 113及び第 2の段 差部 114を転がる該メダル Mは、該点在する複数の通風孔 155を介する送風により 与えられる浮力により、該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁 上部領域 135との接触力が低減された状態で、該メダル Mが該第 1の段差部 113及 び第 2の段差部 114に沿って転がるため、摩擦抵抗を有効に低減することが可能と なる。  [0202] By blowing air through the plurality of ventilation holes 155, the medal M has a buoyancy in a direction in which the medal M is buoyant from the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135. The contact force between the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 is reduced, and as a result, the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 134 and The frictional force with the second inclined wall upper region 135 is reduced. Here, the interval between the adjacent ventilation holes 155 is preferably sufficiently narrower than the radial dimension of the medals M. Furthermore, the plurality of ventilation holes 155 are more preferably scattered regularly at regular intervals. Further, the blower fan 156 can be realized by being arranged on the back side of the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135. With this configuration, the medal M that rolls the first stepped portion 113 and the second stepped portion 114 has the medal due to the buoyancy provided by the air blowing through the plurality of interstitial ventilation holes 155. In a state where the contact force between M and the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 is reduced, the medal M has the first step portion 113 and the second step portion 114. Therefore, the frictional resistance can be effectively reduced.
[0203] (1 -4- 11)メダル投入機構 200の変形例 4  [0203] (1 -4- 11) Modification 4 of medal insertion mechanism 200
前述したメダル投入機構 200に対する変更例 4を、以下図面を参照して説明する。 図 27は、本変更例に係るメダル投入機構を示す斜視図である。以下、前述したメダ ル投入機構 200との相違点のみ説明し、重複する説明は省略する。 [0204] 該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜壁及び第 2の傾斜壁との摩擦力を低減するのに有効な 更に別の手法として、該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135 を、網状の傾斜壁 157で構成することが挙げられる。ここで、網の格子間隔は、該メダ ル Mの径方向寸法より十分小さい。該第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁 上部領域 135が網状の傾斜壁 157で構成されることで、該メダル Mと該第 1の傾斜 壁上部領域 134及び第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 135との接触面積が低減され、摩擦抵 抗を有効に低減することが可能となる。 Modification 4 to the medal insertion mechanism 200 described above will be described below with reference to the drawings. FIG. 27 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification. Hereinafter, only differences from the above-described medal injection mechanism 200 will be described, and redundant description will be omitted. [0204] As yet another effective method for reducing the frictional force between the medal M and the first and second inclined walls, the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall are effective. For example, the upper wall region 135 may be constituted by a net-like inclined wall 157. Here, the lattice spacing of the net is sufficiently smaller than the radial dimension of the medal M. The first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall upper region 135 are constituted by a net-like inclined wall 157, so that the medal M and the first inclined wall upper region 134 and the second inclined wall are formed. The contact area with the upper region 135 is reduced, and the frictional resistance can be effectively reduced.
[0205] (1—4— 12)メダル投入機構 200の変形例 5  [0205] (1-4-12) Variation 5 of medal insertion mechanism 200
前述したメダル投入機構 200に対する変更例 5を、以下図面を参照して説明する。 図 28は、本変更例に係るメダル投入機構を示す斜視図である。以下、前述したメダ ル投入機構 200との相違点のみ説明し、重複する説明は省略する。  Modification 5 to the medal insertion mechanism 200 described above will be described below with reference to the drawings. FIG. 28 is a perspective view showing a medal insertion mechanism according to this modification. Hereinafter, only differences from the above-described medal injection mechanism 200 will be described, and redundant description will be omitted.
[0206] 前述の実施形態では、各傾斜壁は、傾斜壁上部領域と傾斜壁下部領域とから構成 され、傾斜壁上部領域と傾斜壁下部領域との境界に沿って、ガイド部を構成する段 差部が形成される。該段差部は、メダル投入口とは反対側に位置する傾斜壁上部領 域の側部力ゝら該メダル投入口まで延在する構成とした。即ち、段差部は傾斜壁の全 域に亘り延在する構成とした。これに対し、本変更例 5によれば、段差部は、メダル投 入口とは反対側に位置する傾斜壁上部領域の側部からメダル単体の径方向寸法以 上の距離だけ離間した内側位置から該メダル投入口まで延在する構成とすることが 可能である。段差部を、傾斜壁上部領域の側部からメダル単体の径方向寸法以上の 距離だけ離間した内側位置力 延在させることで、段差部が形成されな!、傾斜平面 部を介してメダルを傾斜壁上部領域まで移動させることが可能となる。  [0206] In the above-described embodiment, each inclined wall is composed of an inclined wall upper region and an inclined wall lower region, and the step constituting the guide portion along the boundary between the inclined wall upper region and the inclined wall lower region. A difference portion is formed. The step portion is configured to extend from the side force of the upper region of the inclined wall located on the opposite side to the medal slot to the medal slot. In other words, the step portion is configured to extend over the entire area of the inclined wall. On the other hand, according to this modified example 5, the stepped portion is from an inner position separated from the side portion of the inclined wall upper region located on the side opposite to the medal entrance by a distance equal to or larger than the radial dimension of the medal alone. A structure extending to the medal slot can be adopted. By extending the stepped portion from the side of the upper region of the inclined wall to the inner position force separated by a distance equal to or larger than the radial dimension of the medal alone, the stepped portion is not formed! The medal is inclined via the inclined plane portion. It is possible to move to the upper wall area.
[0207] 図 28を参照して以下詳細に説明する。第 1の傾斜壁は、第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 13 4と、第 3の傾斜壁下部領域 125と第 4の傾斜壁下部領域 126とからなる。第 2のガイ ド部を構成する第 1の段差部 113は、第 3の傾斜壁下部領域 125と第 1の傾斜壁上 部領域 134との境界に沿って形成される。第 4の傾斜壁下部領域 126と第 1の傾斜 壁上部領域 134とは、 1つの平面を形成し、第 4の傾斜壁下部領域 126と第 1の傾斜 壁上部領域 134との境界には段差は形成されない。第 3の傾斜壁下部領域 125は、 第 4の傾斜壁下部領域 126と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134で構成される 1つの平面上 に設けられた概楔形状の平板で構成することが可能である。この場合、概楔形状の 平板の厚さが、前述した段差部 113のステップの幅に相当するので、該厚さは、前述 した第 1の段差部 113のステップの幅に基づいて定める。更に、第 4の傾斜壁下部領 域 126の水平方向寸法は、メダル Mの径方向寸法より大きいこと力 メダル Mが第 4 の傾斜壁下部領域 126を介して第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134へ移動するのに必要で ある。 [0207] This will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. The first inclined wall includes a first inclined wall upper region 134, a third inclined wall lower region 125, and a fourth inclined wall lower region 126. The first step 113 that constitutes the second guide portion is formed along the boundary between the third inclined wall lower region 125 and the first inclined wall upper region 134. The fourth inclined wall lower region 126 and the first inclined wall upper region 134 form a single plane, and there is a step at the boundary between the fourth inclined wall lower region 126 and the first inclined wall upper region 134. Is not formed. The third inclined wall lower region 125 is formed on one plane composed of the fourth inclined wall lower region 126 and the first inclined wall upper region 134. It is possible to comprise with a substantially wedge-shaped flat plate provided in the. In this case, since the thickness of the substantially wedge-shaped flat plate corresponds to the step width of the step 113 described above, the thickness is determined based on the step width of the first step 113 described above. Further, the horizontal dimension of the fourth inclined wall lower region 126 is larger than the radial dimension of the medal M. The force M is passed through the fourth inclined wall lower region 126 to the first inclined wall upper region 134. Necessary to move.
[0208] このように構成することで、ゲームプレイヤは、メダル Mを指で押さえながら第 1の下 貯留部 144から第 4の傾斜壁下部領域 126を介して第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134へ 移動させ、第 3の傾斜壁下部領域 125の上方の位置まで更に移動させる。この位置 で、ゲームプレイヤ力 Sメダル Mを手離すことで、メダル Mは、第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 1 34を滑り落ち、概楔形状の平板の上辺で構成される第 1の段差部 113で係止される 。その後は、前述したのと同様に、メダル Mは、第 1の段差部 113に沿って第 1のメダ ル投入口 138— 1ヘスライド転入する。この構成によれば、第 4の傾斜壁下部領域 12 6と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134との境界には段差は形成されないため、メダル Mを第 1の段差部 113を超えることなく第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 134へ移動させることが可能 となる。  [0208] With this configuration, the game player moves from the first lower reservoir 144 to the first inclined wall upper region 134 via the fourth inclined wall lower region 126 while pressing the medal M with his / her finger. It is moved and further moved to a position above the third inclined wall lower region 125. At this position, by releasing the game player force S medal M, the medal M slides down the first inclined wall upper region 1 34 and the first step portion 113 constituted by the upper side of the generally wedge-shaped flat plate 113. It is locked with. Thereafter, as described above, the medal M slides into the first medal inlet 138-1 along the first step 113. According to this configuration, since no step is formed at the boundary between the fourth inclined wall lower region 126 and the first inclined wall upper region 134, the medal M is inserted into the first step without exceeding the first step portion 113. It is possible to move to the upper region 134 of the inclined wall.
[0209] 第 3の傾斜壁下部領域 125を、概楔形状の平板に代えて、概楔形状の厚さの変化 する板で構成することが可能である。具体的には、概楔形状の上辺側は、前述した 第 1の段差部 113のステップの幅に相当する厚さを持たせ、一方、概楔形状の下辺 側に近づくにつれ次第に厚さを減少させ、概楔形状の下辺側では厚さを実質的にゼ 口にするよう構成することが可能である。この構成により、第 3の傾斜壁下部領域 125 の下辺側で段差を形成せずにすむ。  [0209] The third inclined wall lower region 125 can be constituted by a plate having a substantially wedge-shaped thickness, instead of a substantially wedge-shaped flat plate. Specifically, the upper side of the approximate wedge shape has a thickness corresponding to the step width of the first step 113 described above, while the thickness gradually decreases as it approaches the lower side of the approximate wedge shape. It is possible to make the thickness substantially lower at the lower side of the generally wedge shape. With this configuration, it is not necessary to form a step on the lower side of the third inclined wall lower region 125.
[0210] このように構成することで、ゲームプレイヤは、メダル Mを指で押さえながら第 1の下 貯留部 144から第 4の傾斜壁下部領域 126を介して第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107へ 移動させてもよいし、第 3の傾斜壁下部領域 125の下辺側に段差が存在しないため 、該第 3の傾斜壁下部領域 125を介して第 2の傾斜壁上部領域 107へ移動させても よい。メダル Mを該第 3の傾斜壁下部領域 125の上方の位置まで移動させ、この位 置で、ゲームプレイヤ力メダル Mを手離すことで、メダル Mは、第 1の傾斜壁上部領 域 134を滑り落ち、概楔形状の平板の上辺で構成される第 1の段差部 113で係止さ れる。その後は、前述したのと同様に、メダル Mは、第 1の段差部 113に沿って第 1の メダル投入口 138— 1ヘスライド転入する。 [0210] With this configuration, the game player moves from the first lower storage section 144 to the second inclined wall upper area 107 via the fourth inclined wall lower area 126 while pressing the medal M with a finger. Since there is no step on the lower side of the third inclined wall lower region 125, it may be moved to the second inclined wall upper region 107 via the third inclined wall lower region 125. Good. By moving the medal M to a position above the lower inclined wall region 125 of the third inclined wall and releasing the game player power medal M at this position, the medal M becomes an upper region of the first inclined wall. It slides down the area 134 and is locked by a first step 113 formed by the upper side of a generally wedge-shaped flat plate. After that, as described above, the medal M slides into the first medal insertion slot 138-1 along the first step 113.
[0211] (1 - 5)メダル移動模擬演出部  [0211] (1-5) Medal Movement Simulation Director
次に、本実施形態によるメダル移動擬似演出部 900の構成を説明する。  Next, the configuration of the medal movement simulation effect unit 900 according to the present embodiment will be described.
[0212] (1 5— 1)メダル移動模擬演出部の構成  [0212] (1 5— 1) Composition of medal movement simulation production section
図 30は、本実施例によるメダル移動模擬演出部 900の構成を示す斜視図である。 また、図 31は、メダル移動模擬演出部 900と、これの周辺部との電気的な接続関係 を示すブロック図である。  FIG. 30 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the medal movement simulation effect production unit 900 according to this embodiment. FIG. 31 is a block diagram showing an electrical connection relationship between the medal movement simulation effect production unit 900 and its peripheral parts.
[0213] まず、図 30に示すように、メダル移動模擬演出部 900は、細長い棒状の支持部材 9 10と、この支持部材 910の長手方向に所定間隔離間して配列された複数の LED ( 発光部) 920a〜920n (以下、任意の LEDの符号を 920とする)と、 LEDを駆動する ための LED駆動回路 930とを有する。なお、 LED920に代えて他の発光手段を用 いることが可能である。  First, as shown in FIG. 30, the medal movement simulation rendering unit 900 includes a long and narrow bar-shaped support member 910 and a plurality of LEDs (light emitting elements) arranged at predetermined intervals in the longitudinal direction of the support member 910. Part) 920a to 920n (hereinafter, an arbitrary LED sign is 920) and an LED driving circuit 930 for driving the LED. It should be noted that other light emitting means can be used in place of the LED 920.
[0214] 支持部材 910は、例えば中に空洞を有するスチール製の棒状部材である。棒状部 材を用いることで、容易にメダル投入機構 100近傍からメダル排出部 330近傍までに LEDを配列させることが可能となる。本例では、支持部材 910を直線状の棒状部材 とする。なお、支持部材 910の断面は、正方形であっても長方形であっても、その他 の多角形であっても、円形または楕円形のような丸みを帯びた形状であってもよい。 本例では、支持部材 910の断面を長方形とし、支持部材 910の各側面が略ねじれの 無い平面であるとする。また、本例では、支持部材 910の何れかの側面に、上述した 複数の LED920が所定間隔隔てて直線状に配列されているものとする。なお、複数 の LED920が設けられる側面は、遊技時にゲームプレイヤに見えるように配置される 面である。  [0214] The support member 910 is, for example, a steel rod-like member having a cavity therein. By using the rod-shaped member, it is possible to easily arrange the LEDs from the vicinity of the medal insertion mechanism 100 to the vicinity of the medal discharge part 330. In this example, the support member 910 is a linear bar member. Note that the cross section of the support member 910 may be a square, a rectangle, another polygon, or a round shape such as a circle or an ellipse. In this example, it is assumed that the support member 910 has a rectangular cross section, and each side surface of the support member 910 is a flat surface without substantial twist. In this example, it is assumed that the plurality of LEDs 920 described above are linearly arranged at predetermined intervals on any side surface of the support member 910. The side surface on which the plurality of LEDs 920 are provided is a surface that is arranged so that it can be seen by the game player during the game.
[0215] このように、 LED920を直線状の棒状部材である支持部材 910に配列して設けるこ とで、連続して点灯する LED920の光により直線状の軌跡が描かれるため、スピード 感のあるメダルの擬似移動を演出することができる。なお、配列される LED920は、 全て同一の発光色 (例えば赤や青や緑など)としてもよいが、様々な発光色の LEDを 規則的またはランダムに組み合わせて配列させても良い。 [0215] As described above, the LED 920 is arranged on the support member 910 which is a linear rod-shaped member, so that a linear trajectory is drawn by the light of the LED 920 that is continuously lit, thus providing a sense of speed. It is possible to produce a pseudo movement of medals. The LEDs 920 that are arranged may all have the same emission color (for example, red, blue, or green), but LEDs of various emission colors may be used. You may arrange in regular or random combination.
[0216] 支持部材 910は、配列された LED920および LED駆動回路 930が設けられた状 態で、メダル投入機構 100 (特に第 1のメダル投入口 108— 1)近傍とメダル排出部 3 30近傍との間に橋架される。この際、支持部材 910の一方の端がメダル投入機構 10 0の特に後述するメダル投入口 108— 1 (図 33参照)に近接して配置され、支持部材 910の他方の端カ ダル排出部 330に近接して配置されることが好ましい。これによ り、メダル投入機構 100近傍力もメダル排出部 330近傍までを結ぶように LED920を 配列させることができる。また、配列された LED920を順次点灯させることで、メダル カ ダル投入機構 100からメダル排出部 330まで移動する擬似的な様子を、視覚的 に演出することができる。なお、支持部材 910の空洞には、 LED駆動回路 930と LE D920とを電気的に接続するための配線が収納される。  [0216] The support member 910 is provided with the arranged LED 920 and the LED drive circuit 930, in the vicinity of the medal insertion mechanism 100 (particularly the first medal insertion slot 108-1) and the medal discharge part 330. It is bridged between. At this time, one end of the support member 910 is disposed close to a medal insertion slot 108-1 (see FIG. 33), which will be described later, of the medal insertion mechanism 100, and the other end cadal discharge portion 330 of the support member 910 is disposed. It is preferable to arrange | position close to. As a result, the LEDs 920 can be arranged so that the force in the vicinity of the medal insertion mechanism 100 is connected to the vicinity of the medal discharge unit 330. In addition, by sequentially lighting the arranged LEDs 920, it is possible to visually produce a pseudo state of moving from the medal-cadal insertion mechanism 100 to the medal discharge unit 330. Note that a wiring for electrically connecting the LED drive circuit 930 and the LED 920 is accommodated in the cavity of the support member 910.
[0217] また、図 31に示すように、 LED駆動回路 930は、制御部 600に電気的に接続され る。制御部 600には、メダル投入機構 100に設けられたメダル投入センサ(センサ) 1 08— 9と、リフトアップホッパ 300と、メダル排出部 330に設けられたメダル排出センサ 332とのそれぞれとも、電気的に接続される。なお、個々の接続には、例えばハーネ スケーブルなどの配線を用いることができる。  In addition, as shown in FIG. 31, LED drive circuit 930 is electrically connected to control unit 600. The control unit 600 includes a medal insertion sensor (sensor) 1 08-9 provided in the medal insertion mechanism 100, a lift-up hopper 300, and a medal discharge sensor 332 provided in the medal discharge unit 330. Connected. For each connection, for example, a wiring such as a harness cable can be used.
[0218] メダル投入センサ 108— 9は、メダル投入機構 100におけるメダル投入口 108— 1 力も投入されたメダルを検知するためのセンサである。このメダル投入センサ 108— 9 は、磁気や光などを用いた非接触型であっても、オン Zオフスィッチを用いた接触型 であってもよい。ここで、メダル投入センサ 108— 9およびその周辺の構成を、図 32を 用いて説明する。  The medal insertion sensor 108-9 is a sensor for detecting a medal in which the medal insertion slot 108-1 force in the medal insertion mechanism 100 is also inserted. The medal insertion sensor 108-9 may be a non-contact type using magnetism or light, or a contact type using an on-Z off switch. Here, the configuration of the medal insertion sensor 108-9 and its periphery will be described with reference to FIG.
[0219] 図 32に示すように、ゲームプレイヤによって第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106まで持ち上 げられたメダル Mは、重力により、第 1の傾斜壁下部領域 106を構成する板部材と第 1の傾斜壁上部領域 106を構成する板部材との段差によって形成される第 1のガイド 部 113をスライド回転しつつ、メダル投入口 108— 1に投入される。その後、メダル M は、第 1のメダルガイドプレート 108— 5と第 2のメダルガイドプレート 108— 6と第 1の 傾斜壁上部領域 106を構成する板部材とが形成するメダル投入経路 108 - 7を通過 してメダル搬送経路 200 (図 2参照)へ搬送される。メダル投入センサ 108— 9は、メダ ル投入口 108— 1からメダル搬送経路 200までを結ぶメダル投入経路 108— 7の途 中に設けられており、この部分をメダル Mが通過することを接触または非接触により 検知する。また、メダル投入センサ 108— 9は、メダル Mの投入を検知すると、メダル 投入検知信号 S 1を生成し、これを制御部 600 (図 2参照)へ入力する。 [0219] As shown in FIG. 32, the medal M lifted up to the first sloped wall upper area 106 by the game player and the plate member constituting the first sloped wall lower area 106 and the first The first guide portion 113 formed by a step with the plate member constituting the inclined wall upper region 106 is inserted into the medal insertion slot 108-1 while slidingly rotating. Thereafter, the medal M passes the medal insertion path 108-7 formed by the first medal guide plate 108-5, the second medal guide plate 108-6, and the plate member constituting the first inclined wall upper region 106. Pass through to the medal transport path 200 (see Fig. 2). The medal insertion sensor 108-9 is It is provided in the middle of the medal insertion path 108-7 connecting the token insertion slot 108-1 to the medal transport path 200, and the passage of this medal M is detected by contact or non-contact. Further, when the medal insertion sensor 108-9 detects the insertion of the medal M, the medal insertion detection signal S1 is generated and input to the control unit 600 (see FIG. 2).
[0220] 制御部 600は、メダル投入検知信号 S1が入力されたタイミングに基づいて、 LED 駆動回路 930を駆動するための LED駆動回路制御信号 S2を生成し、これを LED駆 動回路 930へ入力する。また、 LED駆動回路 930は、 LED駆動回路制御信号 S2が 入力されたタイミングに基づいて、 LED920a〜920nを順次点灯させる。  [0220] Based on the timing when medal insertion detection signal S1 is input, control unit 600 generates LED drive circuit control signal S2 for driving LED drive circuit 930, and inputs this to LED drive circuit 930. To do. The LED drive circuit 930 sequentially lights the LEDs 920a to 920n based on the timing when the LED drive circuit control signal S2 is input.
[0221] リフトアップホッパ 300は、制御部 600 (図 2参照)からの制御に基づいて、メダル排 出部 330にセットされているメダル Mをメダル排出経路 400へ排出する。なお、リフト アップホッパ 300の制御には、制御部 600から出力されたリフトアップホッパ駆動信 号 S3が用いられる。また、メダル排出後、メダル排出部 330には速やかに次のメダル がセットされる。  [0221] Lift-up hopper 300 discharges medal M set in medal discharge section 330 to medal discharge path 400 based on control from control section 600 (see FIG. 2). Note that the lift-up hopper drive signal S3 output from the control unit 600 is used to control the lift-up hopper 300. Further, after the medals are discharged, the next medals are quickly set in the medal discharging unit 330.
[0222] メダル排出センサ 332は、メダル排出部 330からメダル Mが排出されたカゝ否かを検 知するためのセンサであり、メダル投入センサ 108— 9と同様に、磁気や光などを用 いた非接触型であっても、オン/オフスィッチを用いた接触型であってもよい。このメ ダル排出センサ 332は、メダル排出部 330の排出口(図示せず)に設けられており、 排出ロカゝら排出されたメダル Mを接触または非接触により検知する。また、メダル排 出センサ 332は、メダル Mの排出を検知すると、メダル排出検知信号 S4を生成し、こ れを制御部 600 (図 2参照)へ入力する。  [0222] The medal discharge sensor 332 is a sensor for detecting whether or not the medal M has been discharged from the medal discharge unit 330. As with the medal insertion sensor 108-9, it uses magnetism or light. The non-contact type may be a contact type using an on / off switch. This medal discharge sensor 332 is provided at a discharge port (not shown) of the medal discharge unit 330, and detects the medal M discharged from the discharge locusr by contact or non-contact. Further, when the medal discharge sensor 332 detects the discharge of the medal M, it generates a medal discharge detection signal S4 and inputs it to the control unit 600 (see FIG. 2).
[0223] (1 - 5- 2)メダル移動模擬演出部およびその周辺部の動作  [0223] (1-5- 2) Operation of the medal movement simulation direction section and its surroundings
次に、図 31から図 35を用いて、メダル移動模擬演出部 900およびその周辺部の動 作を詳細に説明する。図 33は、メダル投入からメダル排出までのメダルの流れを示 すための図である。図 34は、メダル投入カゝらメダル排出までの制御部 600の動作を 示すフローチャートである。図 35は、メダル投入カゝらメダル排出までにメダル移動模 擬演出部 900とその周辺部と制御部 600との間で入出力される信号の波形図である 。なお、周辺部には、制御部 600とメダル投入センサ 108— 9とリフトアップホッパ 300 とメダル排出センサ 332とが含まれる。 [0224] 図 33に示すように、まず、メダル投入口 108— 1に投入されたメダル Mlは、図 32を 用いて説明したように、メダル投入経路 108— 7を経由してメダル搬送経路 200へ進 入する。なお、この時点で、メダル排出部 330にはリフトアップホッパ 300のメダル貯 留部 310に貯留されていたメダル M2がセットされている。メダル排出部 330から排出 するためのメダルを貯留しておくための貯留部 310を設けておくことで、メダル投入機 構 100から投入されたメダル Mlとは別のメダル M2をメダル排出部 330から排出させ ることが可能となる。この結果、メダル投入機構 100とメダル排出部 330との位置関係 を任意に設定することが可能となり、ゲーム装置 (特にステーション部 ST)の設計自 由度が向上する。また、メダル投入機構 100から投入されたメダル Mlが、排出される メダル M2を貯留する貯留部 310に貯留されるように構成することで、貯留部 310に おけるメダルの入数と出数とに均衡を持たせることが可能となる。この結果、ゲーム途 中にメダルを貯留部 310に補充するという手間を省くことが可能となる。 Next, with reference to FIG. 31 to FIG. 35, the operation of the medal movement simulation effect production unit 900 and its peripheral parts will be described in detail. Fig. 33 shows the flow of medals from medal insertion to medal discharge. FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing the operation of the control unit 600 from medal insertion to medal discharge. FIG. 35 is a waveform diagram of signals input / output between the medal movement simulation effect production unit 900 and its peripheral parts and the control unit 600 before the medal insertion and medal discharge. The peripheral portion includes a control unit 600, a medal insertion sensor 108-9, a lift-up hopper 300, and a medal discharge sensor 332. [0224] As shown in FIG. 33, first, the medal Ml inserted into the medal insertion slot 108-1 passes through the medal insertion path 108-7 as described with reference to FIG. Enter. At this time, the medal M2 stored in the medal storage unit 310 of the lift-up hopper 300 is set in the medal discharge unit 330. By providing a storage section 310 for storing medals for discharging from the medal discharge section 330, a medal M2 different from the medal Ml inserted from the medal insertion mechanism 100 is received from the medal discharge section 330. It can be discharged. As a result, it is possible to arbitrarily set the positional relationship between the medal insertion mechanism 100 and the medal discharge unit 330, and the degree of design freedom of the game device (especially the station unit ST) is improved. In addition, by configuring the medal Ml inserted from the medal insertion mechanism 100 to be stored in the storage unit 310 that stores the discharged medal M2, the number of medals placed in and out of the storage unit 310 can be reduced. It becomes possible to have a balance. As a result, it is possible to save the trouble of replenishing the storage unit 310 with medals during the game.
[0225] メダル投入経路 108— 7をメダル Mlが通過すると、メダル投入センサ 108— 9は、 これを検知する。また、メダル投入センサ 108— 9は、図 35に示すようにメダル Mlを 検知したタイミングでメダル投入検知信号 S1を生成し、これを図 31に示すように制御 部 600へ出力する。なお、メダル投入機構 100に投入されたメダル Mlは、図 33に示 すように、メダル搬送経路 200を介してリフトアップホッパ 300のメダル貯留部 310に 搬送され、これに貯留される。  [0225] When the medal Ml passes through the medal insertion path 108-7, the medal insertion sensor 108-9 detects this. Further, the medal insertion sensor 108-9 generates a medal insertion detection signal S1 at the timing when the medal Ml is detected as shown in FIG. 35, and outputs this to the control unit 600 as shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 33, the medal Ml inserted into the medal insertion mechanism 100 is transported to the medal storage section 310 of the lift-up hopper 300 via the medal transport path 200 and stored therein.
[0226] また、図 34に示すように、制御部 600は、メダル投入センサ 108— 9からメダル投入 検知信号 S1が入力されることを待機している (ステップ S101)。メダル投入センサ 10 8— 9からメダル投入検知信号 S1が入力されると (ステップ S101の Yes)、制御部 60 0は、図 35に示すように第 1所定時間(図 35における第 1点灯オフセット時間 tl)が 経過するのを待機した後(ステップ S 102の Yes)、 LED駆動回路 930を駆動するた めの LED駆動回路制御信号 S2を生成し (ステップ S103)、これを図 31に示すように LED駆動回路 930へ出力する (ステップ S104)。なお、第 1点灯オフセット時間 tlは 、メダル Mlがメダル投入口 108— 1から LED920aまで仮想的に移動する際に要す る時間である。  Further, as shown in FIG. 34, control unit 600 is on standby for input of medal insertion detection signal S1 from medal insertion sensor 108-9 (step S101). When the medal insertion detection signal S1 is input from the medal insertion sensor 10 8-9 (Yes in step S101), the control unit 600 controls the first predetermined time (first lighting offset time in FIG. 35) as shown in FIG. tl) waits for the elapse of time (Yes in step S102), and then generates an LED drive circuit control signal S2 for driving the LED drive circuit 930 (step S103), as shown in FIG. Output to the LED drive circuit 930 (step S104). The first lighting offset time tl is a time required for the medal Ml to virtually move from the medal insertion slot 108-1 to the LED 920a.
[0227] また、制御部 600は、図 34に示すように、 LED駆動回路制御信号 S2を出力し始め てから第 2所定時間(図 35における待機時間 t5)が経過するのを待機する (ステップ S105)。この待機時間 t5は、各 LED920を点灯させる時間を LED点灯時間 t2とし、 先の LED920を消灯後、次の LED920を点灯させるまでの時間を LED間オフセット 時間 t3とし、最後の LED920nを点灯後、メダル M2を排出させるまでの時間をメダ ル排出オフセット時間 t4とした場合、以下の(式 1)に基づいて決定することができる。 t5=tl +n X t2+ (n- 1) X t3+t4 · · · (式 1) In addition, as shown in FIG. 34, control unit 600 starts to output LED drive circuit control signal S2. Then, it waits for the second predetermined time (waiting time t5 in FIG. 35) to elapse (step S105). The waiting time t5 is the time to turn on each LED 920 as the LED lighting time t2, the time from turning off the previous LED 920 to turning on the next LED 920 is the LED offset time t3, and after turning on the last LED 920n, If the time until the medal M2 is discharged is the medal discharge offset time t4, it can be determined based on the following (Equation 1). t5 = tl + n X t2 + (n- 1) X t3 + t4 (Equation 1)
[0228] なお、実際には、 LED駆動回路制御信号 S2が出力されて力 最初の LED駆動信 号 S920aが出力されるまでの間に多少のタイムラグが存在する力 制御部 600の処 理速度や LED駆動回路 930の動作速度と比べて第 1点灯オフセット時間 tlや LED 点灯時間 t2などは十分に大き 、ため、このタイムラグは無視することが可能である。  [0228] Actually, there is a slight time lag between the output of the LED drive circuit control signal S2 and the output of the first LED drive signal S920a. Since the first lighting offset time tl and LED lighting time t2 are sufficiently large compared to the operating speed of the LED drive circuit 930, this time lag can be ignored.
[0229] LED駆動回路 930は、 LED駆動回路制御信号 S2が入力されると、図 35に示すよ うに、まず、メダル投入機構 100に最も近い LED920aを駆動するための LED駆動 信号 S920aを生成し、これを LED920aに接続された配線に印加する。これにより、 まず最初に LED920aが点灯する。なお、 LED駆動信号 S920aおよび後述する LE D駆動信号 S920b〜S920nは所定時間(LED点灯時間 t2)幅を持つ矩形信号で ある。したがって、これらがそれぞれ印加される LED920a〜920nは、この所定時間 (LED点灯時間 t2)幅の期間、それぞれ点灯する。  [0229] When the LED drive circuit control signal S2 is input, the LED drive circuit 930 first generates an LED drive signal S920a for driving the LED 920a closest to the medal insertion mechanism 100, as shown in FIG. This is applied to the wiring connected to the LED 920a. As a result, the LED 920a is turned on first. The LED drive signal S920a and the LED drive signals S920b to S920n described later are rectangular signals having a predetermined time (LED lighting time t2) width. Accordingly, the LEDs 920a to 920n to which they are respectively applied are lit for a period of the predetermined time (LED lighting time t2).
[0230] 次に、 LED駆動回路 930は、図 35に示すように、メダル投入機構 100に次に近い LED920bを駆動するための LED駆動信号 S920bを生成し、これを LED920bに接 続された配線に印加する。これにより、次に LED920bが点灯する。なお、 LED駆動 信号 S920bが生成されるタイミングは、図 35に示すように、例えば LED駆動信号 S9 20aの立ち下がりタイミング力も所定時間(LED間オフセット時間 t3)が経過した後と することができる。同様に、以降の LED駆動信号 S920c〜S920nをそれぞれ生成 するタイミングは、先の LED駆動信号 S920b〜S920n— 1の立ち下がりタイミングか ら所定時間(LED間オフセット時間 t3)がそれぞれ経過した後とすることができる。こ れにより、点灯時間が重複しないように、各 LED920a〜920nが点灯する。各 LED9 20の点灯時間が重複しないように動作することで、メダルの擬似的な移動を、よりタリ ァに表現することが可能となる。 [0231] 以降、 LED駆動回路 930は、図 35に示すように、順次、 LED駆動信号 S920c〜S 920ηを生成し、これを用いて LED920c〜920nを点灯する。これ〖こより、メダル投入 機構 100側からメダル排出部 330側まで順次、各 LED920a〜920nを点灯させるこ とができる。なお、制御部 600および LED駆動回路 930は、 LEDを駆動するための 発光部駆動手段として機能する。 Next, as shown in FIG. 35, the LED drive circuit 930 generates an LED drive signal S920b for driving the LED 920b next to the medal insertion mechanism 100, and this is connected to the LED 920b. Apply to. As a result, the LED 920b is turned on next. As shown in FIG. 35, the timing at which the LED drive signal S920b is generated can be, for example, after the predetermined time (inter-LED offset time t3) has elapsed for the falling timing force of the LED drive signal S920a. Similarly, the timing for generating the subsequent LED drive signals S920c to S920n is after a predetermined time (LED offset time t3) has elapsed from the fall timing of the previous LED drive signals S920b to S920n-1. be able to. Thereby, each LED 920a-920n lights so that lighting time may not overlap. By operating so that the lighting times of the respective LEDs 920 do not overlap, it becomes possible to more closely represent the pseudo movement of medals. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 35, the LED drive circuit 930 sequentially generates the LED drive signals S920c to S 920η, and uses them to turn on the LEDs 920c to 920n. Thus, the LEDs 920a to 920n can be turned on sequentially from the medal insertion mechanism 100 side to the medal discharge unit 330 side. The control unit 600 and the LED driving circuit 930 function as a light emitting unit driving unit for driving the LED.
[0232] 一方、制御部 600は、図 34に示すように、第 2所定時間(待機時間 t5)待機した後( ステップ S105の Yes)、図 35に示すようにリフトアップホッパ駆動信号 S3を生成し (ス テツプ S106)、これを図 31に示すようにリフトアップホッパ 300へ出力する(ステップ S 107)。なお、 LED駆動回路制御信号 S2を出力した後、リフトアップホッパ制御信号 S3を出力するタイミングは、最後の LED920nが消灯後、所定時間経過した後とされ る。すなわち、第 2所定時間(待機時間 t5)の期間の終了は、最後の LED920nが消 灯した後となるように設定される。  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 34, control unit 600 waits for a second predetermined time (waiting time t5) (Yes in step S105), and then generates lift-up hopper drive signal S3 as shown in FIG. (Step S106), and this is output to the lift-up hopper 300 as shown in FIG. 31 (Step S107). Note that the timing at which the lift-up hopper control signal S3 is output after the LED drive circuit control signal S2 is output is after a predetermined time has elapsed since the last LED 920n is turned off. That is, the end of the second predetermined time (waiting time t5) is set to be after the last LED 920n is turned off.
[0233] また、制御部 600は、図 34に示すように、リフトアップホッパ制御信号 S3を出力した 後 (ステップ S107)、第 3所定時間中にメダル排出センサ 332からメダル排出検知信 号 S4が入力されるか否かを判定する(ステップ S108〜S109)。制御部 600は、メダ ル排出検知信号 S4が入力されずに第 3所定時間が経過した場合 (ステップ S108の Noおよび S 109の Yes)、メダル M2が正常に排出されな力つた際のエラー処理を実 行し (ステップ S110)、その後、処理を終了する。また、メダル排出権知信号 S4が第 3所定時間内に入力された場合 (ステップ S 108の Yes)、ステップ S 101に帰還する。 なお、エラー処理とは、例えば他の構成にメダル詰まりによるエラーが発生したことを 通知する処理や、表示部 700にエラーの発生を表示する処理などである。  Further, as shown in FIG. 34, after outputting the lift-up hopper control signal S3 (step S107), the control unit 600 generates the medal discharge detection signal S4 from the medal discharge sensor 332 during the third predetermined time. It is determined whether or not an input is made (steps S108 to S109). When the third predetermined time has elapsed without the medal discharge detection signal S4 being input (No in step S108 and Yes in S109), the control unit 600 performs error processing when the medal M2 is not properly discharged. Is executed (step S110), and then the process ends. When the medal discharge right knowledge signal S4 is input within the third predetermined time (Yes in step S108), the process returns to step S101. The error process includes, for example, a process for notifying that an error due to a medal jam has occurred in another configuration, a process for displaying the occurrence of an error on the display unit 700, and the like.
[0234] これに対し、リフトアップホッパ 300は、リフトアップホッパ駆動信号 S3が入力される と、図 33に示すように、メダル排出部 330に予めセットしておいたメダル M2をメダル 排出経路 400へ出力する。したがって、この際に排出されるメダル M2は、ゲームプレ ィャにより投入されたメダル Mlと異なるメダルとなる。なお、制御部 600は、リフトアツ プホッノ 300におけるメダル排出部 330を駆動することでメダル M2をプレイフィール ド 500へ排出させるための排出部駆動手段として機能する。ただし、この排出部駆動 手段にリフトアップホッパ 300を含めても良い。 [0235] リフトアップホッパ 300のメダル排出部 330から排出されたメダル M2は、メダル排出 経路 400を介してプレイフィールド 500におけるプッシャ部 510上のサブテーブル 51 1に排出される。サブテーブル 511に排出されたメダル M2は、表示部 700やこれの 筐体下部 710に衝突し、サブテーブル 511上に貯留されるカゝ、もしくはサブテーブル 511から落下する。なお、上述したように、メダル排出部 330における排出口には、メ ダル排出センサ 332が設けられており、このメダル排出センサ 332により正常にメダ ル M2が排出されたか否かが検知される。メダル排出センサ 332は、メダル M2の排 出を検知すると、メダル排出権知信号 S4を生成し、これを制御部 600へ入力する。 On the other hand, when the lift-up hopper driving signal S3 is input, the lift-up hopper 300 receives the medal M2 set in the medal discharge unit 330 in advance as shown in FIG. Output to. Therefore, the medal M2 discharged at this time is different from the medal Ml inserted by the game player. The control unit 600 functions as a discharge unit driving unit for discharging the medal M2 to the play field 500 by driving the medal discharge unit 330 in the lift-up hono 300. However, the lift-up hopper 300 may be included in the discharge unit driving means. [0235] The medal M2 discharged from the medal discharge unit 330 of the lift-up hopper 300 is discharged to the sub table 511 on the pusher unit 510 in the play field 500 through the medal discharge path 400. The medal M2 discharged to the sub-table 511 collides with the display unit 700 and the lower portion 710 of the display unit 700, and falls from the card stored on the sub-table 511 or from the sub-table 511. As described above, the medal discharge sensor 332 is provided at the discharge port of the medal discharge unit 330. The medal discharge sensor 332 detects whether or not the medal M2 has been discharged normally. When the medal discharge sensor 332 detects the discharge of the medal M2, the medal discharge sensor 332 generates a medal discharge right knowledge signal S4 and inputs it to the control unit 600.
[0236] 以上のように、ゲームプレイヤからメダル Mlが投入された際、メダル投入機構 100 側からメダル排出部 330側まで LED920a〜920nそれぞれを順次点灯させた後、メ ダル排出部 330から他のメダル M2を排出することで、あたカゝも投入したメダル Mlが メダル排出経路 400から排出されるような演出を実現することができる。  [0236] As described above, when the medal Ml is inserted from the game player, the LEDs 920a to 920n are sequentially turned on from the medal insertion mechanism 100 side to the medal discharge unit 330 side, and then from the medal discharge unit 330 to the other By discharging the medal M2, it is possible to achieve such an effect that the medal Ml, which was also inserted by the warmer, is discharged from the medal discharge path 400.
[0237] また、本実施例では、先にメダル Mlが投入からメダル M2が排出されるまでの間に 、次のメダル Mlが投入された場合、この次のメダル Mlを検出することで生成された メダル投入検知信号 S1が無視されることを防止するために、例えばメダル投入検知 信号 S1の生成とメダル排出検知信号 S4の生成とを常時監視するカウンタ(図示せず )を設けることも可能である。この場合、カウンタは、メダル投入検知信号 S1が生成さ れた場合にカウントアップし、メダル排出検知信号 S4が生成された場合にカウントダ ゥンするように動作する。そして、カウンタが 0になるまで制御部 600はリフトアップホッ パ制御信号 S3を出し続けるように動作する。これにより、メダル M2が排出されるまで に次のメダル Mlが連続して投入された場合でも、確実に投入された枚数のメダルを 所定時間遅らせて排出することが可能となる。また、図 33に示すメダル移動模擬演 出部 900は、メダル投入検知信号 S1が生成される都度動作を開始し、一連の動作を 終了する前に新たなメダル投入検知信号 S1が生成されるとそれまでの動作を継続し ながら新たな動作を開始するように動作する。  [0237] Also, in the present embodiment, when the next medal Ml is inserted between the time when the medal Ml is inserted and the medal M2 is discharged, it is generated by detecting this next medal Ml. In order to prevent the medal insertion detection signal S1 from being ignored, for example, it is possible to provide a counter (not shown) that constantly monitors the generation of the medal insertion detection signal S1 and the generation of the medal discharge detection signal S4. is there. In this case, the counter operates to count up when the medal insertion detection signal S1 is generated, and to count down when the medal discharge detection signal S4 is generated. Then, control unit 600 operates to continue to output lift-up hopper control signal S3 until the counter reaches zero. As a result, even when the next medal Ml is continuously inserted before the medal M2 is discharged, it is possible to reliably discharge the inserted number of medals after a predetermined delay. Also, the medal movement simulation performance unit 900 shown in FIG. 33 starts an operation every time the medal insertion detection signal S1 is generated, and when a new medal insertion detection signal S1 is generated before the series of operations ends. It operates to start a new operation while continuing the previous operation.
[0238] (1 5— 3)作用効果  [0238] (1 5— 3) Effects
以上のように、本実施形態に係るゲーム装置 (ステーション部 ST)は、ゲーム媒体 であるメダル Mが投入されるメダル投入機構 100と、メダル投入機構 100に投入され たメダル Mを検知するメダル投入センサ 108— 9と、メダルをプレイフィールド 500へ 排出するメダル排出部 330と、メダル投入機構 100近傍からメダル排出部 330近傍 にかけて配列された複数の LED920と、メダル投入機構 100へのメダル Mの投入が メダル投入センサ 108— 9により検知された際、配列された複数の LED920をメダル 投入機構 100側からメダル排出部 330側へかけて順次点灯させる制御部 600および LED駆動回路 930を有する。また、制御部 600は、メダル投入機構 100へのメダル Mの投入力メダル投入センサ 108— 9により検知された後、所定時間(第 1点灯オフ セット時間 tl +待機時間 t5)経過後、メダル排出部 330を駆動してメダルを排出させ る。 As described above, the game apparatus (station unit ST) according to the present embodiment is inserted into the medal insertion mechanism 100 into which the medal M as the game medium is inserted, and the medal insertion mechanism 100. Medal insertion sensor 108-9 for detecting medal M, medal discharge section 330 for discharging medals to play field 500, a plurality of LEDs 920 arranged from the vicinity of medal insertion mechanism 100 to the vicinity of medal discharge section 330, and medal insertion When the medal M insertion into the mechanism 100 is detected by the medal insertion sensor 108-9, the control unit 600 and the LED for sequentially lighting a plurality of arranged LEDs 920 from the medal insertion mechanism 100 side to the medal discharge unit 330 side. A drive circuit 930 is included. In addition, the control unit 600 detects the medal input to the medal insertion mechanism 100 by the medal insertion sensor 108-9, and then discharges the medal after a predetermined time (first lighting offset time tl + standby time t5) has elapsed. Drive part 330 to eject the medal.
[0239] メダルが投入された際、メダル投入機構 100近傍からメダル排出部 330近傍にまで 配列された複数の LED920を順次、メダル投入機構 100側からメダル排出部 330側 へ点灯させることで、投入されたメダルがメダル投入機構 100からメダル排出部 330 へ移動する様子を視覚的に表現することができる。これにより、例えばメダル投入機 構 100から投入されたメダルとメダル排出部 330から排出されるメダルとが異なる場 合では、メダル投入機構 100からメダル排出部 330へのメダル体の擬似的な移動を 演出することが可能となる。この結果、メダルをプレイフィールド 500へ投入する際に 、投入されたメダルと排出されるメダルとが同一であるカゝ否かに関わらず、ゲームプレ ィャに違和感を与えることが無い。また、メダル投入機構 100から投入されたメダルと メダル排出部 330から排出されたメダルとが同じ場合では、メダルの実際の移動とは 別にこれを光により演出することが可能となる。  [0239] When a medal is inserted, a plurality of LEDs 920 arranged from the vicinity of the medal insertion mechanism 100 to the vicinity of the medal discharge section 330 are sequentially turned on from the medal insertion mechanism 100 side to the medal discharge section 330 side. It is possible to visually represent how the selected medal moves from the medal insertion mechanism 100 to the medal discharge unit 330. As a result, for example, when the medal inserted from the medal insertion mechanism 100 and the medal discharged from the medal discharge unit 330 are different, the pseudo movement of the medal body from the medal insertion mechanism 100 to the medal discharge unit 330 is performed. It becomes possible to produce. As a result, when a medal is inserted into the play field 500, the game player does not feel uncomfortable regardless of whether the inserted medal and the discharged medal are the same. Further, when the medal inserted from the medal insertion mechanism 100 and the medal discharged from the medal discharge unit 330 are the same, it is possible to produce this effect by light separately from the actual movement of the medal.
[0240] (1 5— 4)メダル移動模擬演出部およびその周辺部の動作変形例  [0240] (1 5— 4) Operational variations of the medal movement simulation direction section and its surroundings
次に、メダル移動擬似演出部 900およびその周辺部の動作の変形例を説明する。 図 36は、メダル投入からメダル排出までにメダル移動模擬演出部 900とその周辺部 と制御部 600との間で入出力される信号の波形図である。なお、上述したように、周 辺部には、制御部 600とメダル投入センサ 108— 9とリフトアップホッパ 300とメダル 排出センサ 332とが含まれる。  Next, a modified example of the operation of the medal movement simulation effect part 900 and its peripheral parts will be described. FIG. 36 is a waveform diagram of signals input / output between the medal movement simulation rendering unit 900 and its peripheral units and the control unit 600 from medal insertion to medal discharge. As described above, the peripheral portion includes the control unit 600, the medal insertion sensor 108-9, the lift-up hopper 300, and the medal discharge sensor 332.
[0241] 図 36と図 35とを比較すると明らかなように、本変形例では、 LED駆動信号 S920b が生成されるタイミング力 例えば LED駆動信号 S920aの立ち下がりタイミングより 所定時間 (重複点灯時間 t6)前とすることができる。同様に、以降の LED駆動信号 S 920c〜S920nをそれぞれ生成するタイミングは、先の LED駆動信号 S920b〜S92 On- 1の立ち下がりタイミングよりそれぞれ所定時間(LED間オフセット時間 t3)前と することができる。これにより、各 LED920a〜920nが重複して点灯するように動作 する。言い換えれば、直前に点灯した LED920が消灯する前に次の LED920が点 灯するように動作する。各 LED920の点灯時間を重複させることで、メダルの擬似的 な移動を、より滑らかに表現することが可能となる。 [0241] As is clear from comparison between FIG. 36 and FIG. 35, in this modification, the timing force at which the LED drive signal S920b is generated, for example, the falling timing of the LED drive signal S920a It may be before a predetermined time (overlapping lighting time t6). Similarly, the timing for generating the subsequent LED drive signals S 920c to S920n may be a predetermined time (inter-LED offset time t3) before the fall timing of the previous LED drive signals S920b to S92 On-1. it can. As a result, the LEDs 920a to 920n operate so as to be lit in duplicate. In other words, the operation is performed so that the next LED 920 is turned on before the LED 920 that was turned on immediately before is turned off. By duplicating the lighting time of each LED 920, it is possible to more smoothly express the pseudo movement of medals.
[0242] なお、他の構成及び動作は、上述した一実施形態と同様であるため、ここでは詳細 な説明を省略する。  [0242] Since other configurations and operations are the same as those of the above-described embodiment, detailed description thereof will be omitted here.
[0243] (1 - 5- 5)メダル移動擬似演出部の構成変形例  [0243] (1-5-5) Configuration modification of the medal movement simulation effect section
次に、本実施例によるメダル移動擬似演出部 900の構成の変形例を幾つか例に挙 げて説明する。  Next, some modifications of the configuration of the medal movement simulation effect unit 900 according to the present embodiment will be described.
[0244] (1 - 5- 5- 1)メダル移動擬似演出部の構成変形例 1  [0244] (1-5- 5- 1) Configuration modification 1 of the medal movement simulation effect section
まず、メダル移動擬似演出部 900の構成の変形例 1を図面と共に詳細に説明する First, Modification 1 of the configuration of the medal movement simulation effect unit 900 will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.
。図 37は、本変形例によるメダル移動擬似演出部 901の構成を示す斜視図である。 . FIG. 37 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the medal movement simulation effect section 901 according to this modification.
[0245] 図 37に示すように、メダル移動擬似演出部 901は、図 30に示すメダル移動擬似演 出部 900と比較して、支持部材 910が支持部材 911に置き換えられた構造を有する As shown in FIG. 37, the medal movement simulation performance unit 901 has a structure in which the support member 910 is replaced with the support member 911, compared to the medal movement simulation performance unit 900 shown in FIG.
[0246] 図 30に示す支持部材 910が直線状の細長い棒状部材で構成されているのに対し 、本変形例による支持部材 911は、曲がりくねった細長い棒状部材で構成されている [0246] Whereas the support member 910 shown in Fig. 30 is configured by a linear elongated rod-shaped member, the support member 911 according to the present modification is configured by a spiral elongated rod-shaped member.
[0247] 支持部材 911は、支持部材 910と同様に、例えば中に空洞を有するスチール製の 棒状部材である。なお、支持部材 911の断面は、正方形であっても長方形であって も、その他の多角形であっても、円形または楕円形のような丸みを帯びた形状であつ てもよい。本例では、支持部材 911の断面を長方形とする。また、本例では、支持部 材 911の何れかの側面に、上述した複数の LED920が所定間隔隔てて配列されて いるものとする。なお、複数の LED920が設けられる側面は、遊技時にゲームプレイ ャに見えるように配置される面である。 [0248] このように、 LED920を曲がりくねった棒状部材である支持部材 911に配列して設 けることで、連続して点灯する LED920の光により歪曲した軌跡が描かれるため、ダ イナミックなメダルの擬似移動を演出することができる。 [0247] Like the support member 910, the support member 911 is, for example, a steel rod-like member having a cavity therein. The cross section of the support member 911 may be a square, a rectangle, another polygon, or a round shape such as a circle or an ellipse. In this example, the support member 911 has a rectangular cross section. In this example, it is assumed that the plurality of LEDs 920 described above are arranged at predetermined intervals on any side surface of the support member 911. The side surface on which the plurality of LEDs 920 are provided is a surface that is arranged so that it can be seen by the game player during the game. [0248] By arranging the LED 920 on the support member 911, which is a tortuous rod-shaped member, a curved trajectory is drawn by the light of the LED 920 that is continuously lit, thus imitating a dynamic medal. A movement can be produced.
[0249] なお、他の構成及び動作は、上述した一実施形態と同様であるため、ここでは詳細 な説明を省略する。  [0249] Since other configurations and operations are the same as those of the above-described embodiment, detailed description thereof is omitted here.
[0250] (1 - 5- 5- 2)メダル移動擬似演出部の構成変形例 2  [0250] (1-5- 5- 2) Configuration modification 2 of the medal movement simulation production part
次に、メダル移動擬似演出部 900の構成の変形例 2を図面と共に詳細に説明する 。図 38 (a)は本変形例によるメダル移動擬似演出部 902の構成を示す斜視図であり 、図 38 (b)は図 38 (a)における各側面 912— 1〜912—4に設けられた LED921a 〜921n、 922a〜922n、 923a〜923n、および 924a〜924nの配列を示す図であ る。なお、上述したように、任意の LEDの符号を 920として説明する。  Next, Modification 2 of the configuration of the medal movement simulation effect unit 900 will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. FIG. 38 (a) is a perspective view showing the configuration of the medal movement simulation effect production unit 902 according to this modification, and FIG. 38 (b) is provided on each side surface 912-1 to 912-4 in FIG. 38 (a). It is a figure which shows the arrangement | sequence of LED921a-921n, 922a-922n, 923a-923n, and 924a-924n. Note that, as described above, the description will be made assuming that the symbol of an arbitrary LED is 920.
[0251] 図 38 (a)に示すように、メダル移動擬似演出部 902は、図 30に示すメダル移動擬 似演出部 900と比較して、支持部材 910が支持部材 912に置き換えられると共に、 支持部材 912の側面全てに LED920が配列して設けられている。すなわち、図 38 ( b)に示すように、側面 912— 1には LED921a〜921nが配列して設けられ、側面 91 2— 2には LED922a〜922nが配列して設けられ、側面 912— 3には LED923a〜9 23ηが配列して設けられ、側面 912— 4には LED924a〜924nが配列して設けられ ている。なお、各側面 912— 1〜912— 4には、それぞれ同じ数の LED920が設けら れている。  [0251] As shown in Fig. 38 (a), the medal movement simulation effect section 902 is different from the medal movement simulation effect section 900 shown in Fig. 30 in that the support member 910 is replaced with the support member 912 and the support member 912 is supported. LEDs 920 are arranged on all side surfaces of the member 912. That is, as shown in FIG. 38 (b), LEDs 921a to 921n are arranged and provided on the side surface 912-1, and LEDs 922a to 922n are arranged and provided on the side surface 912-2. LED923a to 923η are arranged, and LEDs 924a to 924n are arranged on the side surface 912-4. Note that the same number of LEDs 920 is provided on each of the side surfaces 912-1 to 912-4.
[0252] 支持部材 912は、支持部材 910と同様に、例えば中に空洞を有するスチール製の 棒状部材である。なお、支持部材 912の断面は、正方形であっても長方形であって も、その他の多角形であってもよい。また、支持部材 912の断面は、円形または楕円 形のような丸みを帯びた形状であってもよい。この場合、配列された LED920を側面 に沿って複数設けることで、本変形例と同等の構成とすることができる。  [0252] Like the support member 910, the support member 912 is, for example, a steel rod-like member having a cavity therein. The cross section of the support member 912 may be a square, a rectangle, or another polygon. Further, the cross section of the support member 912 may have a round shape such as a circle or an ellipse. In this case, by providing a plurality of arrayed LEDs 920 along the side surface, a configuration equivalent to this modification can be obtained.
[0253] また、支持部材 912の各側面 912— 1〜912—4に配列された LED920は、それ ぞれの面において、上述した一実施形態と同様に連続して点灯して消灯する。すな わち、メダル投入機構 100にメダルが投入されると、側面 912—1におけるメダル投 入機構 100側の LED921aと、側面 912— 2におけるメダル投入機構 100側の LED 922aと、佃 J面 912— 3におけるメダノレ投人機構 10(K則の: LED923aと、佃 J面 912— 4 におけるメダル投入機構 100側の LED924aとが同時に点灯して消灯し、以降、メダ ル排出部 330へ向けて、連続的に点灯して消灯する。 [0253] Further, the LEDs 920 arranged on each of the side surfaces 912-1 to 912-4 of the support member 912 are continuously turned on and turned off on the respective surfaces in the same manner as in the above-described embodiment. That is, when a medal is inserted into the medal insertion mechanism 100, the LED 921a on the medal insertion mechanism 100 side on the side 912-1 and the LED 921a on the medal insertion mechanism 100 side on the side 912-2 922a and Medallé Thrower Mechanism 10 on 佃 J Side 912-3 (K-law: LED923a and Medal Insertion Mechanism on に お け る J Side 912-4 and LED 924a on 100 side turn on and turn off at the same time. To the discharge part 330, it lights continuously and turns off.
[0254] このような動作は、上述した一実施形態における LED駆動信号 S920a〜S920nを 、対応する 4つの LED (例えば LED921a、 922a, 923aおよび 924a)全てに分配し て供給することで実現することができる。  Such an operation is realized by distributing and supplying the LED drive signals S920a to S920n in the above-described embodiment to all four corresponding LEDs (for example, LEDs 921a, 922a, 923a, and 924a). Can do.
[0255] 以上のように、支持部材 912の側面に配列された LED920を複数本設けることで、 連続して点灯する LED920の光により描かれる軌跡の数を増やすことが可能である ため、よりインパクトのあるメダルの擬似移動を演出することができる。  [0255] As described above, by providing a plurality of LED 920 arranged on the side surface of the support member 912, it is possible to increase the number of trajectories drawn by the light of the LED 920 that is continuously lit. It is possible to produce a pseudo movement of a certain medal.
[0256] なお、他の構成及び動作は、上述した一実施形態と同様であるため、ここでは詳細 な説明を省略する。  [0256] Note that other configurations and operations are the same as those of the above-described embodiment, and thus detailed description thereof is omitted here.
[0257] (1 - 5- 5- 3)メダル移動擬似演出部の構成変形例 3  [0257] (1-5- 5- 3) Configuration modification 3 of the medal movement simulation production part
次に、メダル移動擬似演出部 900の構成の変形例 3を図面と共に詳細に説明する 。図 39 (a)は本変形例によるメダル移動擬似演出部 903の構成を示す斜視図であり 、図 39 (b)は図 39 (a)における各側面 913— 1〜913—4に設けられた LED921a 〜921n、 922a〜922n、 923a〜923n、および 924a〜924nの配列を示す図であ る。なお、上述したように、任意の LEDの符号を 920として説明する。  Next, Modification 3 of the configuration of the medal movement simulation effect production unit 900 will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. FIG. 39 (a) is a perspective view showing the configuration of the medal movement simulation effect section 903 according to this modification, and FIG. 39 (b) is provided on each of the side surfaces 913-1 to 913-4 in FIG. 39 (a). It is a figure which shows the arrangement | sequence of LED921a-921n, 922a-922n, 923a-923n, and 924a-924n. Note that, as described above, the description will be made assuming that the symbol of an arbitrary LED is 920.
[0258] 図 39 (a)に示すように、メダル移動擬似演出部 903は、図 2に示すメダル移動擬似 演出部 900と比較して、支持部材 910が支持部材 913に置き換えられると共に、支 持部材 913の側面全てに LED920が配列して設けられている。すなわち、本変形例 による支持部材 913は、変形例 2による支持部材 912が捻じれた構造を有する。した がって、捻じれた支持部材 913の各側面 913— 1〜913— 4に設けられた LED920 の配列も、それぞれの側面に沿って捻じれて!/ヽる。  [0258] As shown in Fig. 39 (a), the medal movement simulation effect section 903 is different from the medal movement simulation effect section 900 shown in Fig. 2 in that the support member 910 is replaced with the support member 913 and the support member 913 is supported. The LEDs 920 are arranged on all side surfaces of the member 913. That is, the support member 913 according to this modification has a structure in which the support member 912 according to modification 2 is twisted. Therefore, the LED 920 array provided on each side 913-1 to 913-4 of the twisted support member 913 is also twisted along each side! / Speak.
[0259] 支持部材 913は、支持部材 910と同様に、例えば中に空洞を有するスチール製の 棒状部材である。なお、支持部材 913の断面は、正方形であっても長方形であって も、その他の多角形であってもよい。また、支持部材 913の断面は、円形や楕円形な どの丸みを帯びた形状であっても良い。この場合、配列された LED920を側面に沿 つて複数設けると共に、各配列を螺旋譲渡することで、本変形例と同等の構成とする ことができる。 [0259] Like the support member 910, the support member 913 is, for example, a steel rod-like member having a cavity therein. The cross section of the support member 913 may be a square, a rectangle, or another polygon. Further, the cross section of the support member 913 may have a rounded shape such as a circle or an ellipse. In this case, a plurality of arrayed LEDs 920 are provided along the side surface, and each array is spirally transferred to achieve the same configuration as this modification. be able to.
[0260] また、支持部材 913の各側面 913— 1〜913—4に配列された1^:0920は、それ ぞれの面において、上述した一実施形態と同様に連続して点灯して消灯する。すな わち、メダル投入機構 100にメダルが投入されると、側面 913—1におけるメダル投 入機構 100側の LED921aと、側面 913— 2におけるメダル投入機構 100側の LED 922aと、佃 J面 913— 3におけるメダノレ投人機構 10(K則の LED923aと、佃 J面 913— 4 におけるメダル投入機構 100側の LED924aとが同時に点灯して消灯し、以降、メダ ル排出部 330へ向けて、連続的に点灯して消灯する。  [0260] In addition, 1 ^: 0920 arranged on each side surface 913-1 to 913-4 of the support member 913 is continuously turned on and off on each side in the same manner as in the above-described embodiment. To do. That is, when a medal is inserted into the medal insertion mechanism 100, the medal insertion mechanism 100 side LED921a on the side 913-1 and the medal insertion mechanism 100 side LED 922a on the side 913-2, 913-3 Medallor Thrower Mechanism 10 (K-law LED923a and 佃 J-plane 913-4 medal insertion mechanism 100-side LED924a turn on and turn off at the same time. Turns on and off continuously.
[0261] このような動作は、上述した一実施形態における LED駆動信号 S920a〜S920nを 、対応する 4つの LED (例えば LED921a、 922a, 923aおよび 924a)全てに分配し て供給することで実現することができる。  [0261] Such an operation can be realized by distributing and supplying the LED drive signals S920a to S920n in the above-described embodiment to all four corresponding LEDs (for example, LEDs 921a, 922a, 923a, and 924a). Can do.
[0262] 以上のように、支持部材 913の側面に配列された LED920を複数本設けることで、 連続して点灯する LED920の光により描かれる軌跡の数を増やすことが可能である ため、よりインパクトのあるメダルの擬似移動を演出することができる。さらに、 LED92 0の配列を例えば螺旋状に交錯させることで、よりダイナミックなメダルの擬似移動を 演出することができる。  [0262] As described above, by providing a plurality of LED 920s arranged on the side surface of the support member 913, it is possible to increase the number of trajectories drawn by the light of the LED 920 that is continuously lit, so that more impact is achieved. It is possible to produce a pseudo movement of a certain medal. Furthermore, by making the arrangement of the LEDs 920 spiral, for example, a more dynamic medal pseudo-movement can be produced.
[0263] なお、他の構成及び動作は、上述した一実施形態と同様であるため、ここでは詳細 な説明を省略する。  [0263] Since other configurations and operations are the same as those of the above-described embodiment, detailed description thereof is omitted here.
[0264] (1 - 5-6)メダル移動擬似演出の変形例  [0264] (1-5-6) Variation of medal movement simulation production
また、以上では、光を用いてメダルの移動を擬似的に演出するように構成したが、 本発明はこれに限定されず、メダル投入からメダル排出までの間に、上述した実施形 態と同様に、遅延時間(タイムラグ)を設けることだけでも、メダルの擬似的な移動を演 出することが可能である。この場合、制御部 600は、メダル投入機構 100にメダル Ml が投入されてメダル投入検知信号 SIが生成された後、リフトアップホッパ 300におけ るメダル排出部 330を駆動してメダル M2をプレイフィールド 500へ排出させるまでの 間を、所定時間遅延させるための遅延手段としても機能するように構成される。  Further, in the above description, the movement of the medal is simulated using light, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the same as the above-described embodiment between the medal insertion and the medal discharge. In addition, it is possible to perform a pseudo movement of medals simply by providing a delay time (time lag). In this case, after the medal Ml is inserted into the medal insertion mechanism 100 and the medal insertion detection signal SI is generated, the control unit 600 drives the medal discharge unit 330 in the lift-up hopper 300 to play the medal M2 in the play field. It is configured to function as a delay means for delaying the time until discharge to 500 for a predetermined time.
[0265] このように、メダルが投入された際、所定時間経過後に、例えばメダル投入口 108  In this way, when a medal is inserted, after a predetermined time has elapsed, for example, the medal insertion slot 108.
- 1から離れた位置にあるメダル排出部 330からメダルを排出することで、メダルがメ ダル投入口 108— 1からメダル排出部 330へ移動したという感覚をゲームプレイヤに 与えることが可能となる。これにより、例えばメダル投入口 108— 1から投入されたメダ ル Mlとメダル排出部 330から排出されるメダル M2とが異なる場合では、メダル投入 口 108— 1からメダル排出部 330へのメダルの擬似的な移動を演出することが可能と なる。この結果、メダルをプレイフィールド 500へ投入する際に、投入されたメダル M 1と排出されるメダル M2とが同一である力否かに関わらず、ゲームプレイヤに違和感 を与えることが無い。この際、メダルの投入力もメダル排出部 330によるメダルの排出 までの時間経過中に例えば変化する音を発生することで、メダルの移動の擬似的な 演出をさらに効果的に行うことも可能である。この場合に発生させる音は連続的でも 断続的でも構わないが、徐々に音程や音質が変化するようにすると良い。このように することにより、ゲームプレイヤに状態が移り変わっていくという印象を与え、メダルの 移動をイメージさせることが容易になるのである。 -The medal is removed by ejecting the medal from the medal ejector 330 located away from 1. It is possible to give the game player the feeling of moving from the dull slot 108-1 to the medal discharger 330. As a result, for example, when the medal Ml inserted from the medal insertion slot 108-1 and the medal M2 discharged from the medal discharge section 330 are different from each other, It is possible to produce a realistic movement. As a result, when a medal is inserted into the play field 500, the game player does not feel uncomfortable regardless of whether or not the inserted medal M1 and the discharged medal M2 are the same. At this time, it is also possible to more effectively perform a pseudo effect of medal movement by generating, for example, a changing sound during the time until the medal discharge unit 330 discharges the medal. . The sound generated in this case may be continuous or intermittent, but it is better to gradually change the pitch and sound quality. By doing so, it gives the game player the impression that the state will change, making it easier to imagine the movement of medals.
[0266] また、本実施形態では、遅延手段である制御部 600が遅延時間を変更制御するよ うにも構成することが可能である。  [0266] In the present embodiment, the control unit 600, which is a delay unit, can be configured to change and control the delay time.
[0267] メダル Mlが投入されてからメダル M2を排出するまでの所定時間(遅延時間)を変 更制御することで、例えば状況やゲーム状態などに応じて、メダル移動の演出を変更 したり、単位時間当たりに一人のゲームプレイヤが消費できる最大のメダル数を制御 したりすることが可能となる。また、遅延時間に加え、例えば変化する音を発生するこ とでメダルの移動の擬似的な演出をさらに効果的に行う場合、音の再生速度 (変化 速度)や発生する間隔を制御することで、演出されるメダルの移動速度を変えること ができ、この結果、ゲームプレイヤに遅延される時間を予測させることが可能となる。 例えば、遅延時間を長くする場合、音の再生速度を遅くしたり、鳴らす間隔を長くす ることで、ゲームプレイヤは遅延時間が長いことを予測することができる。一方、例え ば遅延時間を短くする場合、音の再生速度を早くしたり、鳴らす間隔を短くすることで 、ゲームプレイヤは遅延時間が短いことを予測することができる。  [0267] By changing and controlling the predetermined time (delay time) from when the medal Ml is inserted to when the medal M2 is discharged, the direction of medal movement can be changed according to the situation or game state, It is possible to control the maximum number of medals that can be consumed by one game player per unit time. In addition to the delay time, for example, in order to more effectively produce a medal movement by generating a changing sound, it is possible to control the sound playback speed (change speed) and the generation interval. Thus, the moving speed of the medals to be produced can be changed, and as a result, the game player can predict the delay time. For example, when the delay time is lengthened, the game player can predict that the delay time is long by slowing down the sound reproduction speed or lengthening the sounding interval. On the other hand, for example, when the delay time is shortened, the game player can predict that the delay time is short by increasing the sound reproduction speed or shortening the sounding interval.

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
[1] 第 1ゲーム媒体を貯留する所定テーブルと、  [1] a predetermined table for storing the first game media;
前記所定テーブル上をスライドして前記第 1ゲーム媒体を押進することで、当該所 定テーブル上における前記第 1ゲーム媒体の流れを生成するプッシャ手段と、 前記所定テーブル上における前記第 1ゲーム媒体の流れを制御する第 1流れ制御 手段と、  Pusher means for generating a flow of the first game medium on the predetermined table by sliding on the predetermined table and pushing the first game medium, and the first game medium on the predetermined table First flow control means for controlling the flow of
前記第 1流れ制御手段を前記所定テーブルから突出させる又は当該所定テープ ル上面下に退避させる移動手段と  Moving means for causing the first flow control means to protrude from the predetermined table or to retract below the upper surface of the predetermined table;
を有することを特徴とするゲーム装置。  A game apparatus comprising:
[2] 前記第 1流れ制御手段は、前記所定テーブルから突出した第 1ガイド板を含み、 前記所定テーブル上における前記第 1ゲーム媒体の流れは、前記第 1ガイド板によ り制限されることを特徴とする請求項 1記載のゲーム装置。  [2] The first flow control means includes a first guide plate protruding from the predetermined table, and the flow of the first game medium on the predetermined table is restricted by the first guide plate. The game device according to claim 1.
[3] 前記第 1流れ制御手段は、平行又はハ字状に組み合わされた 2つの前記第 1ガイ ド板を含むことを特徴とする請求項 2記載のゲーム装置。 3. The game apparatus according to claim 2, wherein the first flow control means includes the two first guide plates combined in parallel or in a C shape.
[4] 前記所定テーブルにおける所定端から落下した第 1ゲーム媒体をゲームプレイヤ へ払!、出す払出手段をさらに有し、 [4] The game device further includes payout means for paying the first game medium dropped from a predetermined end of the predetermined table to the game player!
前記第 1流れ制御手段は、前記第 1ゲーム媒体が前記所定端側へ流れるように、 所定テーブル上における前記第 1ゲーム媒体の流れを制御することを特徴とする請 求項 1から 3の何れ力 1項に記載のゲーム装置。  Any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the first flow control means controls the flow of the first game medium on a predetermined table so that the first game medium flows to the predetermined end side. The game device according to item 1.
[5] 前記所定テーブル上に貯留された第 2ゲーム媒体の流れを制御する第 2流れ制御 手段をさらに有し、 [5] Second flow control means for controlling the flow of the second game medium stored on the predetermined table,
前記プッシャ手段は前記所定テーブル上をスライドして前記第 1ゲーム媒体または 前記第 2ゲーム媒体を押進することで、当該所定テーブル上における前記第 2ゲー ム媒体の流れを生成することを特徴とする請求項 1から 4の何れか 1項に記載のゲー ム装置。  The pusher means generates a flow of the second game medium on the predetermined table by sliding on the predetermined table and pushing the first game medium or the second game medium. The game device according to any one of claims 1 to 4.
[6] 前記所定テーブル上に貯留された第 2ゲーム媒体の流れを制御する第 2流れ制御 手段をさらに有し、  [6] Second flow control means for controlling the flow of the second game medium stored on the predetermined table,
前記プッシャ手段は前記所定テーブル上をスライドして前記第 1ゲーム媒体または 前記第 2ゲーム媒体を押進することで、当該所定テーブル上における前記第 2ゲー ム媒体の流れを生成し、 The pusher means slides on the predetermined table and the first game medium or A flow of the second game medium on the predetermined table is generated by pushing the second game medium,
前記第 2流れ制御手段は、前記第 1ガイド板上に、当該第 1ガイド板と所定間隔を 隔てて配設された第 2ガイド板を含み、  The second flow control means includes a second guide plate disposed on the first guide plate at a predetermined interval from the first guide plate,
前記所定間隔は、前記第 1ゲーム媒体の厚さ以上であることを特徴とする請求項 2 記載のゲーム装置。  The game device according to claim 2, wherein the predetermined interval is equal to or greater than a thickness of the first game medium.
前記第 2流れ制御手段は、平行又はハ字状に組み合わされた 2つの前記第 2ガイ ド板を含むことを特徴とする請求項 6記載のゲーム装置。  7. The game apparatus according to claim 6, wherein the second flow control means includes the two second guide plates combined in parallel or in a C shape.
PCT/JP2006/317756 2005-10-13 2006-09-07 Game machine WO2007043258A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GB0808450A GB2445708B (en) 2005-10-13 2006-09-07 Game device
HK09100421.0A HK1123238A1 (en) 2005-10-13 2009-01-15 Game device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2005-298694 2005-10-13
JP2005298694A JP3939332B2 (en) 2005-10-13 2005-10-13 Game device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2007043258A1 true WO2007043258A1 (en) 2007-04-19

Family

ID=37942515

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2006/317756 WO2007043258A1 (en) 2005-10-13 2006-09-07 Game machine

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP3939332B2 (en)
GB (1) GB2445708B (en)
HK (1) HK1123238A1 (en)
TW (1) TW200730226A (en)
WO (1) WO2007043258A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009018067A (en) * 2007-07-13 2009-01-29 Daito Giken:Kk Game machine
GB2462541B (en) * 2007-08-21 2011-02-16 Namco Bandai Games Inc Token game machine
JP5718547B2 (en) * 2008-09-16 2015-05-13 株式会社タイトー Medal pusher game device
JP5155923B2 (en) * 2009-03-31 2013-03-06 株式会社タイトー game machine
JP5155922B2 (en) * 2009-03-31 2013-03-06 株式会社タイトー game machine
JP5981130B2 (en) * 2011-12-07 2016-08-31 株式会社タイトー Medal pusher game machine
JP5718869B2 (en) * 2012-09-18 2015-05-13 株式会社タイトー Medal pusher game device
JP5718868B2 (en) * 2012-09-18 2015-05-13 株式会社タイトー Medal pusher game device
JP6139903B2 (en) * 2013-02-14 2017-05-31 株式会社バンダイナムコエンターテインメント Medal game device
JP5563682B2 (en) * 2013-02-27 2014-07-30 株式会社タイトー Medal winning device and medal game machine
JP6082910B2 (en) * 2013-12-12 2017-02-22 株式会社コナミデジタルエンタテインメント game machine
JP6497190B2 (en) * 2015-04-23 2019-04-10 株式会社セガゲームス Game device
JP6159837B2 (en) * 2016-03-04 2017-07-05 株式会社タイトー Medal pusher game machine
JP7100821B2 (en) * 2018-01-31 2022-07-14 株式会社セガ Pusher type medal game device
JP6643548B1 (en) * 2018-10-12 2020-02-12 株式会社コナミアミューズメント Game equipment
JP6592682B1 (en) * 2018-10-22 2019-10-23 株式会社コナミアミューズメント Game device
GB2601007B (en) * 2020-12-01 2023-03-22 Electrocoin Leisure S Wales Ltd Coin pushing game apparatus

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001087540A (en) * 1999-09-27 2001-04-03 Namco Ltd Game machine
JP2002253842A (en) * 2001-02-27 2002-09-10 Konami Co Ltd Medal game machine
JP2004160148A (en) * 2002-09-18 2004-06-10 Namco Ltd Premium vending device and game device
JP2004194710A (en) * 2002-12-16 2004-07-15 Konami Co Ltd Pusher game machine

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001087540A (en) * 1999-09-27 2001-04-03 Namco Ltd Game machine
JP2002253842A (en) * 2001-02-27 2002-09-10 Konami Co Ltd Medal game machine
JP2004160148A (en) * 2002-09-18 2004-06-10 Namco Ltd Premium vending device and game device
JP2004194710A (en) * 2002-12-16 2004-07-15 Konami Co Ltd Pusher game machine

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW200730226A (en) 2007-08-16
JP2007105219A (en) 2007-04-26
TWI324943B (en) 2010-05-21
GB2445708B (en) 2010-11-17
JP3939332B2 (en) 2007-07-04
GB2445708A (en) 2008-07-16
GB0808450D0 (en) 2008-06-18
HK1123238A1 (en) 2009-06-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP3939332B2 (en) Game device
JP3980620B2 (en) Game device and its control method
JP3980619B2 (en) GAME DEVICE AND ITS CONTROL METHOD
TWI321060B (en)
WO2007080830A1 (en) Game machine
JP5411552B2 (en) Lottery device, lottery system and medal game device
WO2007080832A1 (en) Game apparatus
JP6634953B2 (en) Gaming machine
JP2023126416A (en) game machine
JP2007105500A (en) Game device
JP4253000B2 (en) Game device
JP5715745B2 (en) Multi medal pusher game machine
WO2007043259A1 (en) Game machine and method for producing false movement of game medium
JP2009061181A (en) Rolling body feeder and token game machine
JP6686294B2 (en) Amusement machine
JP2018175014A (en) Token game machine
JP2010068831A (en) Token entry mechanism of token game machine
JP2006068155A (en) Token game machine
JP6642418B2 (en) Gaming machine
JP6642416B2 (en) Gaming machine
JP6642417B2 (en) Gaming machine
JP2000197745A (en) Pachinko game machine
JP2005319206A (en) Ball supply and discharge device of vertical type pinball machine
JP2020049334A (en) Game machine
JP2018175015A (en) Token game machine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 0808450

Country of ref document: GB

Kind code of ref document: A

Free format text: PCT FILING DATE = 20060907

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 0808450.1

Country of ref document: GB

Ref document number: 808450

Country of ref document: GB

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 06783213

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1